Syllabus

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
&
SYLLABI
for
Bachelor of Technology / Master of Technology

(Dual Degree Programmes)
Scheme and Syllabus
for
a. Computer Science and Engineering Major Discipline
b. Information Technology Major Discipline
c. Electronics and Communication Engineering Major Discipline
1st Year Common Scheme and Syllabus, 2nd year Scheme and
Syllabus and Scheme of Studies framework for higher semesters)
Offered by
University School of Information, Communication & Technology at

the GGSIPU University Campus, Dwarka
Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha University

Sector 16C, Dwarka, Delhi – 110 078 [INDIA]
www.ipu.ac.in
Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Handbook of B.Tech. Part of B.Tech. / M. Tech. (Dual Degree Programmes) offered by USICT in its campus.
Approval History:
1. First year Scheme and Syllabus approved by BoS 31/10/2021.
2. First year Scheme and Syllabus approved by AC Subcommittee on 22/11/2021.
3. First year Scheme and Syllabus approved by Academic Council on 22/02/2022 vide agenda item AC 52.11.
4. 2nd year Scheme and Syllabus approved by BoS 10/09/2022
5. Minor Modification in BS113 and BS108 approved by BoS on 10/09/2022 w.e.f. Academic Session 2022-23.
And, the same approved in AC subcommittee on dt. 14.09.2022.
6. Inclusion of Basic Engineering Chemistry I and Basic Engineering Chemistry II papers in lieu of Engineering
Chemistry I and Engineering Chemistry II for admitted students in the 1st year, for students who did not study
chemistry at 10+2 level, approved by BoS on 10 /09/2022,w.e.f academic session 2022-23. And, the same
approved in AC subcommittee on dt. 14.09.2022.
7. Inclusion of lateral entry guidelines and bridge course with effect from lateral entry admissions in the year
2022-23 (regular batch 2021-22) approved by BoS on 10/09/2022. And, the same approved in AC
subcommittee on dt. 14.09.2022.
8. Correction in the marking scheme of BS110 approved by the BoS on 10/09/2022 with retrospective effect
from Academic Session 2021-22. And, the same approved in AC subcommittee on dt. 14.09.2022.
9. Scheme and syllabus of 3rd and 4th year approved by BoS on 24/08/2023 . And, the same approved in AC
subcommittee on dt. 29/09/2023 for batch admitted in A.S. 2021, and 2022 (in the first year / regular batch
and the corresponding lateral entry admissions).
10. The marking scheme for all non-NUES papers (theory/practical) to be as:
1. Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 40 marks
2. Term end Theory Examinations: 60 marks
w.e.f from the batch of A.S.: 2023-24 onwards (for lateral entry this provision shall be applicable from
admissions through lateral entry from admissions in the academic session 2024-25). The syllabus remains the
same. This provision was approved by the BoS on 24/08/2023. And, the same approved in AC subcommittee
on dt. 29/09/2023 w.e.f. from A.S 2023-24.

Page 1 of 399
Vision of the School

Create high-quality engineering professionals
Mission of the School

To serve humanity by creating professionally competent, socially sensitive engineers with
high ethical values who can work as individuals or in groups in multicultural global
environments.

Page 2 of 399
Introduction
This document describes the curriculum of the Bachelor of Technology part of the Dual Degree (Bachelor
Technology / Master of Technology) Programmes that are offered at the University School of Information,
Communication and Technology in its own campus (not at the affiliated institution of the University). In the
event of any difficulty of implementation, and / or interpretation of any clause of the document, the same may
be brought to the notice of Dean of the University School of Information Communication and Technology. The
decision of the Dean, University School of Information Communication and Technology shall be final and
implemented to resolve the issue. The same shall be put up in the subsequent meeting of the Board of Studies
of the University School of Information Communication and Technology for its approval. If the decision of the
Board of Studies of the University School of Information Communication and Technology is at variance with the
decision taken earlier by the Dean of the School, the decision of the Board shall be effective from the date of
the approval by the Board of Studies. In the interim period (between the approval of the Dean, of the School
and the Board of Studies approval), the decision already taken by the Dean of the school shall stand.
The textbooks recommended by AICTE vide its public notification (Annexure 1) and its amendments from time
to time, may be utilized by the concerned teachers for teaching of subjects in any discipline (as relevant).
The Outcome Based Education Framework implementation was approved by the BoS. The framework as
decided by the APC and of the school is shall be implemented w.e.f batch of Academic Sessuion 2023-24.
The marking scheme for all non-NUES papers (theory/practical) to be as:
w.e.f from the batch of A.S.: 2023-24 onwards (for lateral entry this provision shall be applicable from
admissions through lateral entry from admissions in the academic session 2024-25). For earler batch (regular)
admitted in the year 2021-22 and 2022-23 (and corresponding lateral entry admissions), the marking scheme
for all non-NUES papers (theory/practical) to be as defined within this document, that is, NUES papers out of
100, Theory to have 25 marks for Teachers Continuous Evaluation and 75 marks for term end examinations
while the corresponding bifurcation for practicals/projects/dissertation to be 40:60.

Page 3 of 399
Programme Outcomes
1. Engineering Knowledge (PO01): Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of
complex engineering problems.
2. Problem Analysis (PO02): Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.
3. Design/Development of Solutions (PO03): Design solutions for complex engineering
problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs
with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural,
societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct Investigations of Complex Problems (PO04): Use research-based knowledge
and research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of
data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions for complex
problems:
a. that cannot be solved by straightforward application of knowledge, theories
and techniques applicable to the engineering discipline as against problems
given at the end of chapters in a typical text book that can be solved using
simple engineering theories and techniques;
b. that may not have a unique solution. For example, a design problem can be
solved in many ways and lead to multiple possible solutions;
c. that require consideration of appropriate constraints / requirements not
explicitly given in the problem statement such as cost, power requirement,
durability, product life, etc.;
d. which need to be defined (modelled) within appropriate mathematical
framework; and
e. that often require use of modern computational concepts and tools, for
example, in the design of an antenna or a DSP filter.
5. Modern Tool Usage (PO05): Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,
resources, and modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to
complex engineering activities with an understanding of the limitations.
6. The Engineer and Society (PO06): Apply reasoning informed by the contextual
knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and Sustainability (PO07): Understand the impact of the professional
engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the
knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics (PO08): Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and Team Work (PO09): Function effectively as an individual, and as a
member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

Page 4 of 399
10. Communication (PO10): Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

with the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to
comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make effective
presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.
11. Project Management and Finance (PO11): Demonstrate knowledge and
understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these to
one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in
multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long Learning (PO12): Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and
ability to engage in independent and lifelong learning in the broadest context of
technological change.

Page 5 of 399
Course / Paper Group Codes:

BS: Basic Science
HS: Humanities, social science, management
ES: Engineering Science
MC: Mandatory courses
PC: Programme Core, that is course / paper offered in the discipline of the programme as a compulsory
paper.
PCE: Programme Core Elective, that is elective course / paper offered in the discipline of the programme.
EAE: Emerging Area Elective offered by school
OAE: Open area elective offered by other school or open / emerging area elective offered by the school.
This allows the student to have two minor specializations also.
Note: The papers offered by USICT as open elective shall only be offered in the Dwarka Campus of the
University. Students studying at the Dwarka Campus of the University only are eligible for these papers,
subject to the rules of the USICT.
Definitions:
Batch: The batch of the student shall mean the year of the first time enrolment of the students in the
programme of study in the first semester. Lateral entry students admitted in the 3rd semester / 2nd year shall
be designated as students admitted in the previous batch as they are admitted one year later. A student re-
admitted in a programme of study in a lower / later batch shall be considered as the student of the original
batch for the purpose calculation of duration of study.
Programme of study shall mean Bachelor of Technology.
Major specialization shall mean the discipline in which the student is admitted / upgraded or transferred.
Minor specialization shall mean the specializations earned through the EAE or OAE route subject to
fulfilment of requirements specified in the scheme of study for the concerned minor specialization.
Paper / Course shall be treated as synonyms. A paper is one unit of curriculum taught, in general, in one
particular semester, having upto 4 credits (for papers with
Acronyms:
APC: Academic programme committee comprising of all faculty of the school and as defined in the
implementation rules.
BoS: Board of Study of the school, USICT.
USICT: University School of Information, Communication and Technology.
L: Number of Lecture hours per week
T/P: Number of Tutorial / Practical Hours per week
C: Number of credits assigned to a course / paper
COE: Controller of Examinations of the Examinations Division of the University.
SGPA/CGPA: Semester/Cumulative Grade Point Average.
NUES: No term end examination shall be held. The evaluation shall be conducted as per the scheme of
examinations as described in the scheme of study.
NOTE: THE CURRENT DOCUMENT DEFINES THE SCHEME OF THE FIRST 4 YEARS (8 SEMESTER)
CORRESPONDING TO THE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY PART OF THE BACHELOR OF TECHNOLOGY /
MASTER OF TECHNOLOGY PART OF THE DUAL DEGREE PROGRAMMES OFFERED BY USICT AT THE DWARKA
CAMPUS OF THE UNIVERSITY. THE CURRENT DOCUMENT DEFINES THE SCHEME AND SYLLABUS FOR THE
FIRST AND SECOND YEAR ONLY.

Page 6 of 399
FIRST YEAR
Common Scheme and Syllabus for
Bachelor of Technology / Master of Technology
(Dual Degree Programmes)
In
a. Computer Science and Engineering - Major Discipline
b. Information Technology - Major Discipline
c. Electronics and Communication Engineering - Major Discipline

Page 7 of 399
In light of the eligibility condition specified in the AICTE Process Handbook 2022-23 (Page Nos 89 and 90), the
Basic Engineering Chemistry - I (BS-117) shall be offered in lieu of Engineering Chemistry – I (BS109) and Basic
Engineering Chemistry – II (BS116) shall be offered in lieu of Engineering Chemistry – II (BS104), to students
admitted from Academic Session 2022-23 (in the 1st Semester). This shall be offered only to students who have
not studied Chemistry at 10+2 Level and are admitted to the following disciplines only:
1) Computer Science and Engineering (CSE)
2) Information Technology (IT)
3) Electronics and Communications Engineering (ECE)
Note: The corresponding practical paper codes shall be unchanged.
(Addition from Academic Session 2022-23)

Page 8 of 399
First Semester
Group Code Paper L P Credits
Theory Papers
ES ICT101 Programming for Problem Solving 3 - 3
ES ICT103 Electrical Science 3 - 3
ES ICT105 Engineering Mechanics 3 - 3
HS HS107 Communication Skills-I 3 - 3
#
BS BS109 Engineering Chemistry – I 3 - 3
Or
BS117 Basic Engineering Chemistry – I
BS BS111 Engineering Mathematics – I 4 - 4
BS BS113 Engineering Physics – I 3 - 3
HS/MC LLB115* Indian Constitution 2 - 2
Practical/Viva Voce
ES ICT151 Programming for Problem Solving Lab. - 2 1
ES ICT153 Engineering Graphics-I - 2 1
ES ICT155 Electrical Science Lab. - 2 1
BS BS157 Engineering Chemistry-I Lab - 2 1
BS BS159 Engineering Physics - I Lab - 2 1
Total 24 10 29
*NUES : Comprehensive evaluation by the teacher concerned out of 100.
#The students who have not studied Chemistry at 10+2 level shall be offered BS-117 in lieu of BS-109, as applicable in
applicable disciplines. (Addition from the Academic Session 2022-23)
Group Code Paper L P Credits

NSS / NCC / Cultural Clubs / Technical Society /
HS/MS HS-352 2
Technical Club / Institution’s Innovation Council*
*NUES: Comprehensive evaluation of the students by the concerned coordinator of NCC / NSS / Cultural Clubs / Technical
Society / Technical Clubs / Institution’s Innovation Council, out of 100 as per the evaluation schemes worked out by these
activity societies, organizations; the co-ordinators shall be responsible for the evaluation of the same. These activities shall
start from the 1st semester and the evaluation shall be conducted at the end of the 6th semester for students admitted in the
first semester. Students admitted in the 2nd year (3rd semester) as lateral entry shall undergo training or participate in the
activities for the period of 3rd semester to 6th semester only. (Note: Innovation council added in from AS 2023-24 onwards)

Page 9 of 399
Second Semester
Group Paper Code Paper L P Credits
Theory Papers
ES School Specific Engineering Science Paper** 3
HS HS102 Communication Skills – II 3 - 3
BS BS104% Engineering Chemistry – II 3 - 3
Or
BS116 Basic Engineering Chemistry – II
BS BS106 Engineering Mathematics - II 4 - 4
BS BS108 Engineering Physics-II 3 - 3
BS BS110 Probability and Statistics for Engineers *** (Only for 3 2 4
regular batch 2021, and 2022)
BS BS110T Probability and Statistics for Engineers (Regular batch 3 - 3
2023 onwards)
HS/MC ICT114* Human Values and Ethics 1 - 1
BS/MC EMES112 Environmental Studies 4 - 4
Practical/Viva Voce
ES ICT152 Engineering Graphics-II Lab. - 2 1
BS BS156 Engineering Chemistry – II Lab - 2 1
BS BS158 Engineering Physics –II Lab - 2 1
BS BS110P Probability and Statistics for Engineers (Regular batch - 2 1
2023 onwards) Lab.
One paper from the following#:
ES ICT154 Workshop Technology 2 1
ES ICT160 Programming in Python 2
ES ICT162 Modern Workshop Practice (Intoduced from AS 2023- 2
24)
Total 24 10 29
*NUES: Comprehensive evaluation by the teacher out of 100, no term end examination shall be held.
%The students who have not studied Chemistry at 10+2 level shall be offered BS-116 in lieu of BS-104, as applicable in
applicable disciplines. (Addition from the Academic Session 2022-23)
# Either Workshop practice or Programming in Python paper shall be offered to the students by the school. If
Workshop Technology paper is offered it shall be considered as a Theory paper otherwise Workshop practice
shall be considered as practical paper
** School Specific Engineering Science Paper in this semester shall be one of the papers from the list below or
any paper (approved by the Board of Studies of the School) decided by the Academic Programme Committee of
the School to be offered in the first year/second semester.
Second Semester Open Elective from the School

Group Paper Paper L P Credits
Code
Open Elective Papers
ES ICT116 Introduction to Manufacturing Process 3 - 3
ES BS118 Industrial Chemistry 3 - 3
ES BT120 Introduction to Biotechnology 3 - 3
*** The Teachers’ Continuous Evaluation Component shall be 25, Term end theory examinations of 50 marks
and term end practical marks shall be of 25 marks maximum. The marks obtained in each component by the
student shall be reflected in the marksheet as internal marks out of 25 and external marks out of 75 (50 theory
and 25 practicals) (amended in 2022 for batch of 2021). This paper shall be offered to students of regular batch
of AS 2021-22 and 2022-23 (and corresponding lateral entry batch) (Line added in 2023).

Page 10 of 399
SYLLABUS OF FIRST YEAR

for
Offered by


Page 11 of 399
PaperCode: ICT101 Paper: Programming for Problem Solving L T/P C

PaperID: 164101 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Instruction for paper setter:
1. There should be 9 questions in the term end examinations question paper.
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus.This question should be objective, single
line answers or short answer type question of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every unit
shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be asked to
attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5 sub-parts / sub-questions.
Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper. The standard / level of
the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
5. The requirement of (scientific) calculators / log-tables / data – tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives:
1: To impart basic knowledge about simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems so that students can
understand how to write a program, syntax and logical errors in ‘C’.
2: To impart knowledge about how to implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion in ‘C’.
3: To impart knowledge about using arrays, pointers, files, union and structures to develop algorithms and
programs in ‘C’.
4: To impart knowledge about how to approach for dividing a problem into sub-problems and solve the problem
in ‘C’.
Course Outcomes (CO):
CO1: Ability to develop simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems and implement them in ‘C’.
CO2: Ability to implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion and functions in ‘C’
CO3: Ability to use arrays, pointers, union and structures to develop algorithms and programs in ‘C’.
CO4: Ability to decompose a problem into functions and synthesize a complete program using divide and conquer
approach in ‘C’.
Course Outcomes (CO) to Programme Outcomes (PO) Mapping (scale 1: low, 2: Medium, 3: High)
CO/PO PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 PO05 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
Unit I
Introduction to Programming: Computer system, components of a computer system, computing environments, computer
languages, creating and running programs, Preprocessor, Compilation process, role of linker, idea of invocation and
execution of a programme. Algorithms: Representation using flowcharts, pseudocode.
Introduction to C language: History of C, basic structure of C programs, process of compiling and running a C program, C
tokens, keywords, identifiers, constants, strings, special symbols, variables, data types, I/O statements. Interconversion of
variables.
Operators and expressions: Operators, arithmetic, relational and logical, assignment operators, increment and decrement
operators, bitwise and conditional operators, special operators, operator precedence and associativity, evaluation of
expressions, type conversions in expressions. [10Hrs]
Unit II
Control structures: Decision statements; if and switch statement; Loop control statements: while, for and do while loops,
jump statements, break, continue, goto statements.
Arrays: Concepts, One dimensional array, declaration and initialization of one dimensional arrays, two dimensional arrays,
initialization and accessing, multi dimensional arrays.
Functions: User defined and built-in Functions, storage classes, Parameter passing in functions, call by value, Passing arrays
to functions: idea of call by reference, Recursion.
Strings: Arrays of characters, variable length character strings, inputting character strings, character library functions, string
handling functions. [10Hrs]
Unit III
Pointers: Pointer basics, pointer arithmetic, pointers to pointers, generic pointers, array of pointers, functions returning
pointers, Dynamic memory allocation. Pointers to functions. Pointers and Strings
Structures and unions: Structure definition, initialization, accessing structures, nested structures, arrays of structures,
structures and functions, self referential structures, unions, typedef, enumerations.

Page 12 of 399
File handling: command line arguments, File modes, basic file operations read, write and append.
Scope and life of variables, multi-file programming.
C99 extensions. ‘C’ Standard Libraries: stdio.h, stdlib.h, assert.h, math.h, time.h, ctype.h, setjmp.h, string.h, stdarg.h, unistd.h
[10Hrs]
Unit IV
Basic Algorithms: Finding Factorial, Fibonacci series, Searching, Basic Sorting Algorithms- Bubble sort, Insertion sort and
Selection sort. Find the square root of a number, array order reversal, reversal of a string, two-way merge sort, stacks,
queues, single –link linked list, Binary search tree. [10Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. How to solve it by Computer by R. G. Dromey, Prentice-Hall India EEE Series, 1982.
2. The C programming language by B W Kernighan and D M Ritchie, Pearson Education, 1988.
References:
1. Programming Logic & Design by Tony Gaddis, Pearson, 2nd Ed. 2016.
2. Programming Logic and Design by Joyce Farrell, Cengage Learning, 2015.
3. Engineering Problem Solving With C by Delores M. Etter, Pearson, 2013.
4. Problem Solving and Program Design in C by Jeri R. Hanly and Elliot B. Koffman, Pearson, 2016.
5. Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs by Harold Abelson and Gerald Sussman with Julie Sussman, MIT Press,
1985.
6. How to Design Programs by Matthias Felleisen, Robert Bruce Findler, Matthew Flatt, and Shriram Krishnamurthi, MIT
Press, 2018.
7. ANSI/ISO 9899-1990, American National Standard for Programming Languages ‘C’ by American National Standards
Institute, Information Technology Industry Council, 1990 (C89).
8. ISO/IEC 9899:1999. International Standard for Programming Languages – C (ISO/IEC 9899) by American National
Standards Institute, Information Technology Industry Council, 2000 (C99).
9. INCITS/ISO/IEC 9899-2011.American National Standard for Programming Languages ‘C’by American National Standards
Institute, Information Technology Industry Council, 2012 (C11).

Page 13 of 399
PaperCode: ICT103 Paper: Electrical Science L T/P C

PaperID: 164103 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To impart knowledge of the basics electrical engineering.
2: To impart knowledge of the working of RLC circuits.
3: To impart basic knowledge about filters and magnetic circuits.
4: To impart basic knowledge about electrical machines.
CO1: Ability to understand and use Kirchpff’s Laws to solve resistive circuit problems.
CO2: Ability to analyse resistive, inductive and capacitive circuits for transient and steady state sinusoidal solutions.
CO3: Understand the first order filters and magnetic circuits.
CO4: Understand the design of electrical machines.
Course Outcomes (CO to Programme Outcomes (PO) Mapping (scale 1: low, 2: Medium, 3: High
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 1 2
Unit - I
DC Circuits: Passive circuit components, Basic laws of Electrical Engineering, Temperature Resistance Coefficients. voltage
and current sources, Series and parallel circuits, power and energy, Kirchhoff’s Laws, Nodal & Mesh Analysis, delta-star
transformation, superposition theorem, Thevenin’s theorem, Norton’s theorem, maximum power transfer theorem. Time
domain analysis of first Order RC & LC circuits. [10Hrs]
Unit – II
AC Circuits: Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, peak and rms values, phasor representation, real power, reactive
power, apparent power, power factor. Analysis of single-phase ac circuits consisting of R, L, C, RL, RC, RLC combinations
(series and parallel), resonance. Three phase balanced circuits, voltage and current relations in star and delta connections.
[10Hrs]
Unit - III
D. C. Generators & Motors: Principle of operation of Generators & Motors, Speed Control of shunt motors, Flux control,
Rheostatic control, voltage control, Speed control of series motors.
A. C. Generators & Motors: Principle of operation, Revolving Magnetic field, Squirrel cage and phase wound rotor, Starting
of Induction motors, Direct on line and Star Delta starters, Synchronous machines. [10Hrs]
Unit - IV:
Transformers: Construction and principle of operation, equivalent circuit, losses in transformers, regulation and efficiency.
Auto-transformer and three-phase transformer connections.
Measuring Instruments: Electromagnetism, Different Torques in Indicating instruments, Moving Iron Instruments:
Construction & Principle, Attraction and Repulsion type; Moving Coil instruments: Permanent Magnet type; Dynamometer
type Instruments. [10Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals by Vincent Del Toro, PHI (India), 1989
References:
1. An Introduction to Electrical Science by Adrian Waygood, Routledge, 2nd Ed. 2019.
2. Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology by John Bird, Elsevier, 2007.
3. Principles and Applications of Electrical Engineering by Giorgio Rizzoni, MacGraw-Hill, 2007.

Page 14 of 399
4. Electrical Engineering by Allan R. Hambley, Prentice-Hall, 2011.

5. Hughes Electical & Electronic Technology by Edward Hughes revised by Hohn Wiley, Keith Brown and Ian McKenzie
Smith, Pearson, 2016.
6. Electrical and Electronics Technology by E. Hughes, Pearson, 2010.
7. Basic Electrical Engineering by D.C. Kulshrestha, McGraw-Hill, 2009.
8. Basic Electrical Engineering by D. P. Kothai and I.J. Nagrath, McGraw-Hill, 2010.

Page 15 of 399
PaperCode: ICT105 Paper: Engineering Mechanics L T/P C

PaperID: 164105 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus.This question should be objective,
single line answers or short answer type question of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every
unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be
asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5 sub-parts
/ sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper. The standard /
level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
Course Objectives:
1: To impart knowledge to solve problems pertaining to force systems, equilibrium and distributed
systems.
2: To impart knowledge to solve problems of friction and engineering trusses.
3: To impart knowledge to deal with the problems of kinematics and kinetics of particle
4: To impart knowledge to deal with the problems of kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies.
CO1: Ability to solve problems pertaining to force systems, equilibrium and distributed systems.
CO2: Ability to solve problems of friction and engineering trusses.
CO3: Ability to deal with the problems of kinematics and kinetics of particle
CO4: Ability to deal with the problems of kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies.
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 2
Unit I
Force System: Introduction, force, principle of transmissibility of force, resultant of a force system, resolution of a force,
moment of force about a line, Varigon’s theorem, couple, resolution of force into force and a couple, properties of couple
and their application to engineering problems.
Equilibrium: Force body diagram, equations of equilibrium and their applications to engineering problems, equilibrium of
two force and three force members.
Distributed Forces: Determination of center of gravity, center of mass and centroid by direct integration and by the method
of composite bodies, mass moment of inertia and area moment of inertia by direct integration and composite bodies
method, radius of gyration, parallel axis theorem, polar moment of inertial. [10Hrs]
Unit II
Structure: Plane truss, perfect and imperfect truss, assumption in the truss analysis, analysis of perfect plane trusses by the
method of joints, method of section and graphical method.
Friction: Static and Kinetic friction, laws of dry friction, co-efficient of friction, angle of friction, angle of repose, cone of
friction, frictional lock, friction in flat pivot and collar bearing, friction in flat belts. [10Hrs]
Unit III
Kinematics of Particles: Rectilinear motion, plane curvilinear motion, rectangular coordinates, normal and tangential
coordinates.
Kinetics of Particles: Equation of motion, rectilinear motion and curvilinear motion, work-energy equation, conservation of
energy, concept of impulse and momentum, conservation of momentum, impact of bodies, co-efficient of restitution, loss
of energy during impact. [10Hrs]
Unit IV
Kinematics of Rigid Bodies: Concept of rigid body, types of rigid body motion, absolute motion, introduction to relative
velocity, relative acceleration (Corioli’s component excluded) and instantaneous center of zero velocity, Velocity and
acceleration.
Kinetics of Rigid Bodies: Equation of motion, translatory motion and fixed axis rotation, application of work energy principles
to rigid bodies conservation of energy.

Page 16 of 399
Beam: Introduction, types of loading, methods for the reactions of a beam, space diagram, types of end supports, beams
subjected to couple. [10Hrs]
Textbooks:
1.Engineering Mechanics by A.K.Tayal, Umesh Publications.
References:
1. 'Engineering Mechanics' by K. L. Kumar, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
2. 'Engineering Mechanics' by S. Timoshenko, D. H. Young, J. V. Rao, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
3. 'Engineering Mechanics-Statics and Dynamics' by Irwing H. Shames, PHI.
4. 'Engineering Mechanics' by Basudev Bhattacharya, Oxford Higher Education.

Page 17 of 399
PaperCode: HS107 Paper: Communication Skills - l L T/P C

PaperID: 99107 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
1. There should be 9 questions in the term-end examinations question paper.
2. The first unit will be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question will have Five sub-parts, and the students
will be required to answer any THREE parts of 5 marks each. This unit will have a total weightage of 15 marks.
3. Apart from unit 1 which is compulsory, the rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every unit
attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain up to 5 sub-parts / sub-questions.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper. The standard / level of
Course Objectives:
1: To help them understand the structures of language, and build up the vocabulary.
2: To enhance language proficiency and communication competence.
3: To understand basic principles of written communication.
4: To develop the efficiency of using language for Specific Purposes with clarity.
5: To be able to critically appreciate the written texts and audio-visual inputs effectively.
6: To develop the theoretical understanding of interpersonal communication effectively.
CO1: Ability to understand the basic structure of language
CO2: Ability to communicate effectively in writing.
CO3: Ability to present their ideas effectively in professional and demanding situations.
CO4: Ability to interpret texts and comprehend the extended discourse.
CO1 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
Unit I
Basic Language Efficiency 1: Parts of Speech, Sentence Structure, Subject-Verb Agreement, Vocabulary, Common Errors,
[8Hrs]
Unit II
Basic Language Efficiency 2: Writing Skills: Types of Writing, Paragraph writing,Paraphrasing, Summarizing, Précis Writing
[8Hrs]
Unit III
Formal Written Communication: Meetings – Agenda and Minutes,Press release, Letter writing, Notice, Memorandum, E-
mails [8Hrs]
Unit IV
Appreciating written Texts for comprehension ability:
1. Steven Spielberg’s Speech at Harvard Commencement 2016(https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TYtoDunfu00 )
2. Lecture by Johan Rockstrom: Let the Environment Guide our Development
http://www.ted.com/talks/johan_rockstrom_let_the_environment_guide_our_development
[8Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. High English Grammar and Composition by Wren, P.C. & Martin H., S.Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Technical Communication: Principles & Practice by Meenakshi Raman, New Delhi: Oxford University Press
References:
1. Be Grammar Ready: The Ultimate Guide to English Grammar by John Eastwood, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,
2020.
2. Communication Skills: A Workbook by Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Basic Technical Communication by Kavita Tyagi & Padma Mishra, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2012.
4. Advanced Technical Communication by Kavita Tyagi & Padma Mishra, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2011.

Page 18 of 399
PaperCode: BS109 Paper: Engineering Chemistry - l L T/P C

PaperID: 99109 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To impart knowledge about understanding and modeling atomic structure and chemical bonding.
2: To impart knowledge about understanding and modeling Thermochemistry and Reaction Kinetics.
3: To impart knowledge about understanding and modeling organic compound structure and reactions.
4: To impart knowledge about understanding and modeling Stereochemistry.
CO1: Ability to understand and model atomic structure and chemical bonding.
CO2: Ability to understand and model Thermochemistry and Reaction Kinetics.
CO3: Ability to understand and model organic compound structure and reactions.
CO4: Ability to understand and model Stereochemistry.
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Atomic Structure: Introduction to wave mechanics, the Schrödinger equation as applied to hydrogen atom, origin of quantum
numbers, Long form of periodic table on the basis of Electronic configuration s, p, d, f block elements periodic trends,
Ionization potential, atomic and ionic radii electron affinity & electro-negativity.
Chemical Bonding: Ionic bond, energy changes, lattice energy Born Haber Cycle, Covalent bond-energy changes, Potential
energy curve for H2 molecule, characteristics of covalent compound, co-ordinate bond-Werner’s Theory, effective atomic
numbers, A hybridization and resonance, Valence Shell Electron Repulsion theory (VSEPR), Discussion of structures of H2O,
NH3, BrF3, SiF4, Molecular orbital theory, Linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO) method. Structure of simple homo
nuclear diatomic molecule like H2, N2, O2, F2.
[12Hrs]
Unit II
Thermochemistry: Hess’s Law, heat of reaction, effect of temperature on heat of reaction at constant pressure (Kirchhoff’s
Equation) heat to dilution, heat of hydration, heat of neutralization and heat of combustion, Flame temperature. Reaction
Kinetics: Significance of rate law and rate equations, order and molecularity, Determinations of order of simple reactions-
experimental method, Equilibrium constant and reaction rates -Lindermann, collision and activated complex theories,
complex reactions of 1st order characteristics of consecutive, reversible and parallel reactions-Steady state and non-steady
state approach. [10 Hrs]
Unit III
Basic concepts of Organics: Inductive, electromeric, mesomeric and hyperconjugative effects. Stability of reaction
intermediates. Electrophiles and nucleophiles, concepts of acids and bases. Arrhenius, Lowry-Bronsted and Lewis theory of
acids and bases (HSAB), Carbon acids (active methylene groups), super acids. Bonds weaker than covalent bond: Hydrogen
bonding - nature, types, stability and effects. IUPAC Nomenclature. [8Hrs]
Unit IV
Stereochemistry: Classification of stereoisomers, diastereomers, Separation of enantiomers. Absolute configuration (R and
S), Projection formulae. Stereochemistry of compounds containing two asymmetric C-atoms. Elements of symmetry -
center, plane and axis of symmetry, Conformations: Conformations around a C-C bond in acyclic and cyclic compounds.
[10Hrs]

Page 19 of 399
Textbooks / References:
1. Engineering Chemistry (16th Edition) Jain, Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, 2013.
2.Textbook of Engineering Chemistry by Jaya Shree Anireddy, Wiley, 2017
3.Engineering Chemistry by E.R. Nagarajan and S. Ramalingam, Wiley, 2017.

Page 20 of 399
Paper Code: Paper: Basic Engineering Chemistry- I L T/P C

PaperID: w.e.f. Academic session 2022-23 3 - 3
TO BE OFFERED TO STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT STUDIED CHEMISTRY AT 10+2 LEVEL IN LIEU OF BS109
Marking Scheme:
1.Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 25 marks
2.Term and Theory Examinations: 75 marks
1. There should be 9 questions in the term-end examination question paper.
2. The first question will be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question will have five sub-parts, and the
students will be required to answer any THREE parts of 5 marks each. This question will have a total weightage of
15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, the rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every
unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be asked
to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain up to 5 sub-parts/sub-
questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper. The standard/level of
5. The requirement of (scientific) calculators/ log-tables / data-tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about atomic structure, periodicity and chemical bonding.
2. To impart understanding about thermodynamics and reaction kinetics.
3. To understand the basic concepts of organic chemistry.
4. To impart basic understanding about biomolecules.
CO1: Students will be able to understand microscopic chemistry in terms of atomic orbitals and chemical bonding
CO2: Ability to understand thermodynamics and reaction kinetics
CO3: Ability to understand organic compound structure and reactions
CO4: Students will be able to understand the basic structure and functions of biomolecules.
CO/PO PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 P005 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Atomic Structure: Atomic models; Rutherford, Bohr’s model (with drawbacks), Plank’s quantum theory,
quantum mechanical model of the atom: dual behaviour of atom, Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle, basic idea
of Schrödinger equation, orbitals and quantum numbers.
Periodic Table and properties: long form of periodic table on the basis of electronic configuration, s, p, d, f
block elements, periodic trends: Ionisation potential, atomic and ionic radii, electron affinity and electronegativity.
Chemical Bonding: Lewis symbols, Octet rule, ionic bond (bond parameters), covalent bond, hybridisation and
resonance, valence shell electron repulsion (VSEPR) theory, structures of H 2O, NH3, BrF3, SiF4. Elementary idea
of Valence bond theory, Molecular orbital theory.
Unit II
Thermodynamics: Basic thermodynamic terms, types of thermodynamic processes, concept of internal energy
and enthalpy, Hess’s law, heat of reaction, heat of dilution, heat of hydration, heat of neutralization, heat of
combustion, concept of spontaneity and entropy, Gibb’s energy change and equilibrium.
Kinetics: Rate of chemical reaction, factors influencing rate of reaction, order, molecularity of reaction, zero
order, first order reactions, temperature dependence of reaction rate, effect of catalyst on rate of reaction.
Unit III:
Basic Concepts of Organic Chemistry: Inductive, electromeric, mesomeric and hyperconjugative effects. Stability
of reaction intermediates. Electrophiles and nucleophiles, concept of acids and bases. Arrhenius, Lowry-Bronsted
and Lewis theory of acids and bases (HSAB), Carbon acids (active methylene groups), super acids, Bonds weaker
than covalent bond: Hydrogen bonding-nature, types, stability and effects. IUPAC Nomenclature.
Unit IV
Biomolecules:

Page 21 of 399
Carbohydrates: Classification (aldoses and ketoses), monosaccharide (glucose and fructose), D-L configuration,
oligosaccharides (sucrose, lactose, maltose), polysaccharides (starch, cellulose, glycogen): importance. Proteins:
Elementary idea of a - amino acids, peptide bond, polypeptides, proteins, primary structure, secondary structure,
tertiary structure and quaternary structure (qualitative idea only), denaturation of proteins; enzymes. Vitamins:
Classification and functions. Nucleic Acids: DNA and RNA.

Page 22 of 399
PaperCode: BS111 Paper: Engineering Mathematics – I L T/P C

PaperID: 99111 4 - 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To understand use series, differential and integral methods to solve formulated engineering problems.
2: To understand use Ordinary Differential Equations to solve formulated engineering problems.
3: To understand use linear algebra to solve formulated engineering problems.
4: To understand use vector calculus to solve formulated engineering problems.
CO1: Ability to use series, differential and integral methods to solve formulated engineering problems.
CO2: Ability to use Ordinary Differential Equations to solve formulated engineering problems.
CO3: Ability to use linear algebra to solve formulated engineering problems.
CO4: Ability to use vector calculus to solve formulated engineering problems.
CO1 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
Unit I
Partial derivatives, Chain rule, Differentiation of Implicit functions, Exact differentials.Maxima, Minima and saddle points,
Method of Lagrange multipliers. Differentiation underIntegral sign, Jacobians and transformations of coordinates. [8Hrs]
Unit II
Ordinary Differential Equations (ODEs): Basic Concepts. Geometric Meaning of y’= ƒ(x, y). Direction Fields, Euler’s Method,
Separable ODEs. Exact ODEs. Integrating Factors, Linear ODEs. Bernoulli Equation. Population Dynamics, Orthogonal
Trajectories. Homogeneous Linear ODEs with Constant Coefficients. Differential Operators. Modeling of Free Oscillations of
a Mass–Spring System, Euler–Cauchy Equations. Wronskian, Nonhomogeneous ODEs, Solution by Variation of Parameters.
Power Series Method for solution of ODEs: Legendre’s Equation. Legendre Polynomials, Bessel’s Equation, Bessels’s functions
Jn(x) and Yn(x). Gamma Function [12Hrs]
Unit III
Linear Algebra: Matrices and Determinants, Gauss Elimination, Linear Independence. Rank of a Matrix. Vector Space.
Solutions of Linear Systems and concept of Existence, Uniqueness, Determinants. Cramer’s Rule, Gauss–Jordan Elimination.
The Matrix Eigenvalue Problem.
Determining Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors, Symmetric, Skew-Symmetric, and Orthogonal Matrices.Eigenbases.
Diagonalization. Quadratic Forms.Cayley – Hamilton Theorem (without proof) [10Hrs]
Unit IV
Vector Calculus: Vector and Scalar Functions and Their Fields. Derivatives, Curves. Arc Length. Curvature. Torsion, Gradient
of a Scalar Field. Directional Derivative, Divergence of a Vector Field, Curl of a Vector Field, Line Integrals, Path Independence
of Line Integrals, Double Integrals, Green’s Theorem in the Plane, Surfaces for Surface Integrals, Surface Integrals, Triple
Integrals, Stokes Theorem. Divergence Theorem of Gauss. [10Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Erwin Kreyszig, John Wiley, 10th Ed., 2011.
2. Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineering, by K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson and S. J. Bence, CUP, 2013. (for Unit I)
References:
1. Engineering Mathematics by K.A. Stroud withDexter J. Booth, Macmillan, 2020.

Page 23 of 399
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Larry Turyn, Taylor and Francis, 2014.

3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Dennis G. Zill, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2018.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB by Dean G. Duffy, Taylor and Francis, 2017.
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Merle C. Potter, Jack L. Lessing, and Edward F. Aboufadel, Springer (Switzerland),
2019.

Page 24 of 399
PaperCode: BS113 Paper: Engineering Physics – I L T/P C

PaperID: 99113 3 - 3
Applicable w.e.f. Academic Session 2022-23
Marking Scheme:
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus.This question should be objective, single line answers or
short answer type question of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every unit shall have two
questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be asked to attempt only one of the two
questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5 sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of
15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper.The standard / level of the
questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
Course Objectives:
1: To understand thermodynamic principles.
2: To understand and model oscillations and waves.
3: To understand and model interference, diffraction and polarization phenomenon.
4: To understand and appreciate relativistic systems and Lasers.
CO1: Ability to apply thermodynamic principles to solution of engineering problems.
CO2: Ability to understand and model oscillations and waves.
CO3: Ability to understand and model interference, diffraction and polarization phenomenon.
CO4: Ability to understand and appreciate relativistic systems and Lasers.
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
Unit I
Introduction to Thermodynamics: Fundamental Ideas of Thermodynamics, The Continuum Model, The Concept of a
“System’”, “State”, “Equilibrium”, “Process’”. Equations of state, Heat, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics, Work, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, entropy [8Hrs]
Unit II
Waves and Oscillations: Wave motion, simple harmonic motion, wave equation, superposition principle. Introduction to
Electromagnetic Theory: Maxwell’s equations. work done by the electromagnetic field, Poynting’s theorem, Momentum,
Angular momentum in electromagnetic fields, Electromagnetic waves: the wave equation, plane electromagnetic waves,
energy carried by electromagnetic waves [8Hrs]
Unit III
Interference: Interference by division of wave front (Young's double slit experiment, Fresnel's biprism), interference by
division of amplitude (thin films, Newton's rings, Michelson's interferometer), Coherence and coherent sources
Diffraction: Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction; Fraunhofer diffraction for Single slit, double slit, and N-slit (diffraction
grating), Fraunhofer diffraction from a circular aperture, resolving power and dispersive power of a grating, Rayleigh
criterion, resolving power of optical instruments
Polarization: Introduction to polarization, Brewster’s law, Malu's law, Nicol prism, double refraction, quarter-wave and half-
wave plates, optical activity, specific rotation, Laurent half shade polarimeter. [12Hrs]
Unit IV
Theory of relativity: The Michelson-Morley Experiment and the speed of light; Absolute and Inertial frames of reference,
Galilean transformations, the postulates of the special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations, time dilation, length
contraction, velocity addition, mass energy equivalence.
Introduction to Laser Physics: Introduction, coherence, Einstein A and B coefficients, population inversion, basic principle
and operation of a laser, the He-Ne laser and the Ruby laser [12Hrs]

Page 25 of 399
Textbooks:
1. Concepts of Modern Physics (SIE)by Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajan, and S. Rai Choudhury,McGraw-Hill, 2017.
2. Physics for Scientists and Engineers by Raymond A. Serway and John W. Jewett, 9th Edition , Cengage, 2017
References:
1. Modern Physics by Kenneth S. Krane, Wiley, 2020.
2. Principles of Physics by Robert Resnick, Jearl Walker and David Halliday, Wiley, 2015.
3. Optics by Ajoy Ghatak, McGraw Hill, 2020.

Page 26 of 399
PaperCode: BS113 Paper: Engineering Physics – I L T/P C

PaperID: 99113 3 - 3
Applicable only to batch admitted in 2021-22
Marking Scheme:
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus.This question should be objective, single line answers or
short answer type question of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every unit shall have two
questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be asked to attempt only one of the two
questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5 sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of
15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper. The standard / level of the
questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
Course Objectives:
1: To understand thermodynamic principles.
2: To understand and model oscillations and waves.
3: To understand and model interference, diffraction and polarization phenomenon.
4: To understand and appreciate relativistic systems and Lasers.
CO1: Ability to apply thermodynamic principles to solution of engineering problems.
CO2: Ability to understand and model oscillations and waves.
CO3: Ability to understand and model interference, diffraction and polarization phenomenon.
CO4: Ability to understand and appreciate relativistic systems and Lasers.
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 2
Unit I
Introduction to Thermodynamics: Fundamental Ideas of Thermodynamics, The Continuum Model, The Concept of a
“System’”, “State”, “Equilibrium”, “Process’”. Equations of state, Heat, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics, Work, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, entropy [8Hrs]
Unit II
Waves and Oscillations: Wave motion, simple harmonic motion, wave equation, superposition principle. Introduction to
Electromagnetic Theory: Maxwell’s equations. work done by the electromagnetic field, Poynting’s theorem, Momentum,
Angular momentum in electromagnetic fields, Electromagnetic waves: the wave equation, plane electromagnetic waves,
energy carried by electromagnetic waves [8Hrs]
Unit III
Interference: Interference by division of wave front (Young's double slit experiment, Fresnel's biprism), interference by
division of amplitude (thin films, Newton's rings, Michelson's interferometer), Coherence and coherent sources
Diffraction: Fraunhofer and Fresnel diffraction; Fraunhofer diffraction for Single slit, double slit, and N-slit (diffraction
grating), Fraunhofer diffraction from a circular aperture, resolving power and dispersive power of a grating, Rayleigh
criterion, resolving power of optical instruments
Polarization: Introduction to polarization, Brewster’s law, Malu's law, Nicol prism, double refraction, quarter-wave and half-
wave plates, optical activity, specific rotation, Laurent half shade polarimeter. [12Hrs]
Unit IV
Theory of relativity: The Michelson-Morley Experiment and the speed of light; Absolute and Inertial frames of reference,
Galilean transformations, the postulates of the special theory of relativity, Lorentz transformations, time dilation, length
contraction, velocity addition, mass energy equivalence. Invariance of Maxwell’s equations under Lorentz Transformation.
Introduction to Laser Physics: Introduction, coherence, Einstein A and B coefficients, population inversion, basic principle
and operation of a laser, the He-Ne laser and the Ruby laser [12Hrs]

Page 27 of 399
Textbooks:
3. Concepts of Modern Physics (SIE)by Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajan, and S. Rai Choudhury,McGraw-Hill, 2017.
References:
6. Optics by Ajoy Ghatak, McGraw Hill, 2020.

Page 28 of 399
PaperCode: LLB115 Paper: Indian Constitution L T/P C

PaperID: 99115 2 - 2
Marking Scheme:
3. This is an NUES paper, hence all examinations to be conducted by the concerned teacher.
Instruction for paper setter (Maximum Marks for Term End Examinations: 75):
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper.
Course Objectives:
1: To create awareness among students about the Indian Constitution
2: To create consciousness among students about democratic principles and enshrined in the Constitution of
India
CO1: To understand institutional mechanism and fundamental values enshrined in the Constitution of India
CO2: To understand the inter-relation between Centre and State Government
CO3: To understand Fundamental Rights and Duties
CO4: To understand the structure and functions of judicial systems in the country.
CO1 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - - 1
CO2 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - - 1
CO3 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - - 1
CO4 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - - 1
Unit I
Introduction to Constitution of India: Definition, Source and Framing of the Constitution of India.Salient Features of the
Indian Constitution. Preamble of the Constitution. [6Hrs]
Unit II
Fundamental Rights and Duties: Rights To Equality (Article 14-18).Rights to Freedom (Article 19-22).Right against Exploitation
(Article 23-24).Rights to Religion and Cultural and Educational Rights of Minorities( Article 25- 30). The Directive Principles
of State Policy – Its significance and application. Fundamental Duties – Necessary obligations and its nature, legal status and
significance [6Hrs]
Unit III
Executives and Judiciary: Office of President, Vice President and Governor: Power and Functions, Parliament, Emergency
Provisions-, President Rule; Union Judiciary: Appointment of Judges, Jurisdiction of the Supreme Court, State Judiciary: Power
and functions, Writ Jurisdiction [6Hrs]
Unit IV
Centre- States Relation: Is Indian Constitution Federal in Nature, Legislative relations between Union and States,
Administrative Relations between Union and States, Financial Relations between Union and States [6Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. Constitutional Law of India by J.N Pandey, Central Law Publication, 2018.
2. Introduction to the Indian Constitution of Indiaby D.D. Basu, PHI, New Delhi, 2021
3. The Constitution of India by P.M. Bakshi, Universal Law Publishing Co., 2020.
References:
1. Indian Constitutional Law by M.P. Jain, Lexis Nexis, 2013
2.Constitution of India byV.N. Shukla, Eastern Book Agency, 2014

Page 29 of 399
PaperCode: ICT151 Paper: Programming for Problem Solving Lab. L P C

PaperID: 164151 - 2 1
Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 40 marks Term End Examinations: 60 Marks
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT101 (Programming for Problem Solving)
as this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
2. The practical list shall be notified by the teacher in the first week of the class commencement.

Page 30 of 399
PaperCode: ICT153 Paper: Engineering Graphics-I L P C

PaperID: 164153 - 2 1
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will learn the introduction of Engineering graphics, various equipment used, various scales,
dimensions and BIS codes used while making drawings for various streams of engineering disciplines.
2: The students will learn theory of projections and projection of points.
3: The students will learn projection of lines and projection of planes.
4: The students will learn the projection of solid and development of surfaces
CO1: To understand the theory of projections and projection of points.
CO2: Ability to do line projections.
CO3: Ability to do plane projections.
CO4: Ability to do solid projections and development of surfaces
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
Unit I
Introduction: Engineering Graphics/Technical Drawing, Introduction to drawing equipments and use of instruments,
Conventions in drawing practice. Types of lines and their uses, BIS codes for lines, technical lettering as per BIS codes,
Introduction to dimensioning, Types, Concepts of scale drawing, Types of scales
Theory of Projections: Theory of projections, Perspective, Orthographic, System of orthographic projection: in reference to
quadrants, Projection of Points, Projection in different quadrants, Projection of point on auxiliary planes. Distance between
two points, Illustration through simple problems.
Unit II
Projection of Lines: Line Parallel to both H.P. and V.P., Parallel to one and inclined to other, Other typical cases: three view
projection of straight lines, true length and angle orientation of straight line: rotation method, Trapezoidal method and
auxiliary plane method, traces of line.
Unit III
Projection of Planes: Projection of Planes Parallel to one and perpendicular to other, Perpendicular to one and inclined to
other, Inclined to both reference planes, Plane oblique to reference planes, traces of planes.
Planes Other than the Reference Planes: Introduction of other planes (perpendicular and oblique), their traces, inclinations
etc., projections of points and lines lying in the planes, conversion of oblique plane into auxiliary plane and solution of related
problems.
Unit IV
Projection of Solids: Projection of solids in first or third quadrant, Axis parallel to one and perpendicular to other, Axis parallel
to one inclined to other, Axis inclined to both the principal plane, Axis perpendicular to profile plane and parallel to both H.P.
and V.P., Visible and invisible details in the projection, Use of rotation and auxiliary plane method.
Development of Surface: Purpose of development, Parallel line, radial line and triangulation method, Development of prism,
cylinder, cone and pyramid surface for both right angled and oblique solids, Development of surface.
Note: The sheets to be created shall be notified by the concerned teacher in the first week of teaching.
Textbooks:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D. Bhatt, 53rd Ed., Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Gujarat,2017.
References:
1. Engineering Drawingby P.S. Gill, S.K Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Technical Drawing with Engineering Graphics by Frederick E. Giesecke, Shawna Lockhart, Marla Goodman, and Cindy M.
Johnson, 15th Ed., Prentice Hall, USA, 2016
3. Engineering Drawingby M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.

Page 31 of 399
PaperCode: ICT155 Paper: Electrical Science Lab. L P C

PaperID: 164155 - 2 1
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT103 (Electrical Science) as this is the practical
component of the corresponding theory paper.
PaperCode: BS157 Paper: Engineering Chemistry - I Lab. L P C

PaperID: 99157 - 2 1
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of BA109 (Engineering Chemistry - I) as this is the
practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
2. The practical list shall be notified by the teacher in the first week of the class commencement under intimation to
the office of the school in which the paper is being offered.
PaperCode: BS159 Paper: Engineering Physics - I Lab. L P C

PaperID: 99159 - 2 1
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of BA113 (Engineering Physics - I) as this is the

Page 32 of 399
PaperCode: HS102 Paper: Communication Skills - ll L T/P C

PaperID: 99102 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper.
Course Objectives:
1: To develop the theoretical framework of communication to understand the professional interaction.
2: To develop confidence in all aspects of communication whether verbal or non-verbal.
3: To be able to create error-free and well-formatted formal documents for professional records.
4: To be able to overcome the barriers to effective communication.
5: To inculcate the capacity to organize ideas and systematically present them through various media.
6: To be able to critically appreciate the written texts and audio-visual inputs effectively.
CO1: Ability to understand basic concepts regarding communication and develop a clear understanding of the flow
of thoughts.
CO2: Ability to apply verbal and non-verbal communication skills in real-life situations.
CO3: Ability to write and document the information in the appropriate formats.
CO4: Ability to effectively communicate in interpersonal and intercultural situations without being misunderstood.
CO1 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO2 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
CO4 - - - - - - - - 3 3 - 3
Unit I
Communication as Process:Concept of Communication, Communication as a Process, Formal, Informal and Intercultural
communication, Barriers to Effective Communication and remedies, Characteristics of Effective Communication [8Hrs]
Unit II
Communication Efficiency:Concept of Non-verbal Communication, Elements of Non-verbal Communication – Gestures,
Postures, Facial-expressions, Gaze, Eye contact, and Space, Presentation skills – Interviews, Group Discussion, Making
presentations with Audio-visual aids, Electronic Communication – Internet and Social media. [8Hrs]
Unit III
Technical Documents:Definition, Types, Structure, Significant Features of: Resume Writing, Report Writing, Proposal Writing,
Dissertation, and Research Papers [8Hrs]
Unit IV
Communication in Society and Workplace:
Text 1 – Gender-inclusive Language
Background, Purpose, and Guidelines
United Nations Gender-inclusive Language
https://www.un.org/en/gender-inclusive-language/index.shtml
Text 2 – Cultural Diversity in India

India: Unity in Cultural Diversity Introduction (P. xii – xviii)
https://dsel.education.gov.in/sites/default/files/book_unity_in_diversity.pdf
Text 3 – The Matrix (1999)

Genre: Movie (Science Fiction)
Dir. The Wachowski Brothers
[8Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. High English Grammar and Composition by Wren, P.C. & Martin H., S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi.
2. Technical Communication: Principles & Practice by Meenakshi Raman, New Delhi: Oxford University Press

Page 33 of 399
References:
1. Be Grammar Ready: The Ultimate Guide to English Grammar by John Eastwood, New Delhi, Oxford University Press,
2020.
2. Communication Skills: A Workbook by Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2018.
3. Basic Technical Communication by Kavita Tyagi & Padma Mishra, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2012.
4. Advanced Technical Communication by Kavita Tyagi & Padma Mishra, New Delhi, PHI Learning, 2011.

Page 34 of 399
PaperCode: BS104 Paper: Engineering Chemistry - ll L T/P C

PaperID: 99104 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To understand methods to make pure water and use fuels.
2: To understand the use of techniques used to characterize engineering materials.
3: To understand the properties and industrial applications of polymers.
4: To understand the basics of nano-technology and bio chemistry
CO1: Ability to make pure water and use fuels and perform energy conversion calculations
CO2: Ability to use techniques used to characterize engineering materials.
CO3: Understand the properties and industrial applications of polymers.
CO4: Understand the basics of nano-technology and bio chemistry
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Water treatment: Introduction, Hardness of water, Disadvantages of hard water, Water-softening-Lime-Soda process, Ion-
exchanger polished water, Boiled-feed water, boiler problems-scale, sludge priming and foaming, caustic embrittlement and
corrosion.
Fuels: Classification of fuels, Calorific values, Comparison between solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, Bomb calorimeter, Calorific
value of gaseous fuel, Theoretical calculation of calorific value of a fuel, Wood, Coal, Analysis of coal, Natural Gas, Producer
gas, water gas, Non-Conventional sources of energy. [10Hrs]
Unit II
Spectroscopic Techniques: Basic principles of spectroscopic methods. The use The use of various spectroscopic techniques
for the determination of structure of simple compounds. XRD, SEM and TEM. [10Hrs]
Unit III
Polymers: Basic concepts & Terminology, such as monomers, Polymers, functionality, Thermoplastics, Thermosets, Linear,
Branched, cross linked polymers etc. Different definitions of molecular weight's viz. Mw, Mn, Mv and then determinations,
Industrial applications of polymers. General methods of synthesis of organics and their applications. [10Hrs]
Unit IV
Nano Technology: Introduction, Properties, Synthesis and characterization of Nanomaterials, Material self-assembly,
Nanoscale materials and their applications.
Biochemistry: Molecular basis of life, study of macro molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids, Nucleic acid. Metabolism,
basic concepts and design, Glycolysis citric acid cycle oxidative phosphorylation pentose phosphate pathway. [10Hrs]
Textbooks/References:
1. Engineering Chemistry (16th Edition) by Jain, Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company, 2013.
2. Textbook of Engineering Chemistry by Jaya Shree Anireddy, Wiley, 2017.
3. Engineering Chemistry byE.R. Nagarajan and S. Ramalingam, Wiley, 2017.
4. Biochemistry by Lubert Stryer, Jeremy Berg, John Tymoczko, Gregory Gatto 9th Edition 2019. W H Freeman & Co.

Page 35 of 399
Paper Code: BS 116 Paper: Basic Engineering Chemistry-II L T/P C

PaperID: w.e.f. Academic Session 2022-23 3 - 3
TO BE OFFERED TO STUDENTS WHO HAVE NOT STUDIED CHEMISTRY AT 10+2 LEVEL IN LIEU OF BS109
Marking Scheme:
1.Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 25 marks
2.Term and Theory Examinations: 75 marks
6. There should be 9 questions in the term-end examination question paper.
7. The first question will be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question will have five sub-parts, and the
students will be required to answer any THREE parts of 5 marks each. This question will have a total weightage of
15 marks.
8. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, the rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every
unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall be asked
to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain up to 5 sub-parts/sub-
questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
9. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper. Thestandard/level of
10. The requirement of (scientific) calculators/ log-tables / data-tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives:
1. To understand methods to make pure water and use fuels.
2. To understand corrosion and the methods used to prevent it.
3. To understand the properties and industrial applications of some important engineering materials.
4. To understand the basics and applications of nanotechnology.
CO1: Ability to make pure water and use fuels and perform energy conversion calculations.
CO2: Understand the causes and remedies of Corrosion.
CO3: Students will be able to understand the important applications of cement, glass and polymers.
CO4: Understand the potential applications of nanomaterials.
CO/PO PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 P005 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Water treatment: Introduction, Hardness of water, Disadvantages of hard water, Water softening techniques-
Lime-Soda process, Ion Exchange Method, Boiler feed water, Boiler problems- scale and sludge formation,
priming and foaming, caustic embrittlement and corrosion.
Fuels: Classification of fuels, Calorific values, Comparison between solid, liquid and gaseous fuels, Bomb
calorimeter, calorific value of gaseous fuels, Theoretical calculation of calorific value of a fuel, Wood, Coal,
Analysis of coal, Natural gas, Producer gas, Water gas, non-Conventional sources of energy.
Unit II
Corrosion and its Control: Definition, effects, theory (mechanisms): dry/chemical, wet/electrochemical
corrosion, Pilling-Bedworth ratio; Types of corrosion: Galvanic corrosion, Soil corrosion, Pitting corrosion,
Concentration cell or Differential Aeration corrosion, Stress corrosion; Mechanism of rusting of iron, Passivity.
Factors influencing corrosion; protective measures: galvanization, tinning, cathodic protection, sacrificial anodic
protection; electroplating and prevention of corrosion through material selection and design.
Unit III:
Engineering Materials: Portland Cement: manufacturing by Rotary Kiln, role of gypsum, chemistry of setting
and hardening of cement. Glass: manufacturing by tank furnace, significance of annealing, types and properties
of soft glass, hard glass, borosilicate glass. Polymers: Basic concepts & terminology, classification and
functionality of polymers, Properties and applications of (excluding synthesis): polyethylene, polymethacrylate,
nylon, bakelite, polycarbonate, conducting polymers, liquid crystalline polymers, biodegradable polymers.
Unit IV
Nano chemistry: Nanoscience & Nanotechnology; Top-down and bottom-up approaches for nanomaterial
synthesis, properties of nanomaterials, synthesis: mechanical grinding, Sol-gel process, chemical vapour
condensation; surface characterization techniques: BET and TEM; properties and applications of nanoscale

Page 36 of 399
materials: Carbon nanotubes, fullerenes, quantum dots, nanowires, nanocrystals, nanocones. Practical
applications of nanomaterials in different areas.
Textbooks:
1. Engineering Chemistry: Fundamentals and Applications (Second Edition) Shikha Agarwal, Cambridge
University Press, 2019.
2. Engineering Chemistry (Seventeenth Edition) Jain& Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publication Company, 2021.

Page 37 of 399
PaperCode: BS106 Paper: Engineering Mathematics – II L T/P C

PaperID: 99106 4 - 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To understand Complex series methods.
2: To understand Complex analysis
3: To understand Fourier and Laplace methods
4: To understand how to solve specific formulated engineering problems using PDE methods.
CO1: Ability to use Complex series methods.
CO2: Ability to use Complex analysis to solve formulated engineering problems
CO3: Ability to use Fourier and Laplace methods to solve formulated engineering problems
CO4: Ability to solve specific formulated engineering problems using PDE methods.
CO1 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1 2
CO2 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
Unit I
Complex Analysis – I : Complex Numbers and Their Geometric Representation, Polar Form of Complex Numbers. Powers and
Roots, Derivative. Analytic Function, Cauchy–Riemann Equations. Laplace’s Equation, Exponential Function, Trigonometric
and Hyperbolic Functions. Euler’s Formula, de’Moivre’s theorem (without proof), Logarithm. General Power. Principal
Value.Singularities and Zeros. Infinity,
Line Integral in the Complex Plane, Cauchy’s Integral Theorem, Cauchy’s Integral Formula, Derivatives of Analytic Functions,
Taylor and Maclaurin Series. [10Hrs]
Unit II
Complex Analysis – II: Laurent Series, Residue Integration Method. Residue Integration of Real Integrals,
Geometry of Analytic Functions: Conformal Mapping, Linear Fractional Transformations (Möbius Transformations), Special
Linear Fractional Transformations, Conformal Mapping by Other Functions, Applications: Electrostatic Fields, Use of
Conformal Mapping. Modeling, Heat Problems, Fluid Flow. Poisson’s Integral Formula for Potentials [10Hrs]
Unit III
Laplace Transforms: Definitions and existence (without proof), properties, First Shifting Theorem (s-Shifting), Transforms of
Derivatives and Integrals and ODEs, Unit Step Function (Heaviside Function).Second Shifting Theorem (t-Shifting), Short
Impulses. Dirac’s Delta Function. Partial Fractions, Convolution. Integral Equations, Differentiation and Integration of
Transforms. Solution of ODEs with Variable Coefficients, Solution of
Systems of ODEs. Inverse Laplace transform and its properties.
Fourier Analysis: Fourier Series, Arbitrary Period. Even and Odd Functions. Half-Range Expansions, Sturm–Liouville Problems.
Fourier Integral, Fourier Cosine and Sine Transforms, Fourier Transform. Usage of fourier analysis for solution of ODEs.
Inverse Fourier transform and its properties. [10Hrs]
Unit IV
Partial Differential Equations (PDEs): Basic Concepts of PDEs. Modeling: Vibrating String, Wave Equation. Solution by
Separating Variables. Use of Fourier Series. D’Alembert’s Solution of the Wave Equation. Characteristics. Modeling: Heat
Flow from a Body in Space. Heat Equation:Solution by Fourier Series.Steady Two-Dimensional Heat Problems. Dirichlet
Problem. Heat Equation: Modeling Very Long Bars.Solution by Fourier Integrals and Transforms. Modeling: Membrane, Two-
Dimensional Wave Equation. Rectangular Membrane. Laplacian in Polar Coordinates. Circular Membrane. Laplace’s Equation
in Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinates. Potential. Solution of PDEs by Laplace Transforms. [10Hrs]

Page 38 of 399
Textbooks:
References:
1. Engineering Mathematics by K.A. Stroud withDexter J. Booth, Macmillan, 2020.
2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Larry Turyn, Taylor and Francis, 2014.
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Dennis G. Zill, Jones & Bartlett Learning, 2018.
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics with MATLAB by Dean G. Duffy, Taylor and Francis, 2017.
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Merle C. Potter, Jack L. Lessing, and Edward F. Aboufadel, Springer (Switzerland),
2019.
6. Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineering, by K. F. Riley, M. P. Hobson and S. J. Bence, CUP, 2013.

Page 39 of 399
PaperCode: BS108 Paper: Engineering Physics - ll L T/P C

PaperID: 99108 w.e.f. 2022-23 3 - 3
Applicable only to the batch admitted in academic session 2021-22
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To learn about the quantum nature of reality.
2: To learn about quantum statistics and its significance.
3: To learn about the band theory of solids and properties and characteristics of diodes.
4: To understand the basics of physical basis of biology.
CO1: Understand and appreciate the quantum nature of reality.
CO2: Understand quantum statistics and its significance.
CO3: Understand the band theory of solids and properties and characteristics of diodes.
CO4: To have an understanding of the physical basis of Biology.
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Quantum Mechanics: Introduction: Wave particle duality, de Broglie waves, the experiment of Davisson and Germer,
electron diffraction, physical interpretation of the wave function, properties, the wave packet, group and phase velocity, the
uncertainty principle . The Schrödinger wave equation (1D), Eigen values and Eigen functions, expectation values, simple
Eigen value problems – solutions of the Schrödinger’s equations for the free particle, the infinite well, the finite well,
tunneling effect, the scanning electron microscope, the quantum simple harmonic oscillator (qualitative), zero point energy.
Unit II
Quantum Statistics: The need for statistics , statistical distributions: Maxwell Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac
statistics, their comparisons, Fermions and Bosons, Applications of quantum statistics: 1. Molecular speed and energies in
an ideal gas; 2. The Black body spectrum, the failure of classical statistics to give the correct explanations – Bose-Einstein
statistics applied to the Black Body radiation spectrum; Fermi-Dirac distribution, free electron theory, electronic specific
heats, Fermi energy and average energy; Dying stars.
Unit III
Band Theory of Solids: Origin of energy bands in solids, motion of electrons in a periodic potential – the Kronig–Penny model
(Qualitative). Brillouin zones, effective mass, metals, semi-conductors and insulators and their energy band structures.
Extrinsic and Intrinsic semiconductors, doping – Fermi energy for doped and undoped semiconductors, the p-n junction
(energy band diagrams with Fermi energy), the unbiased diode, forward and reverse biased diodes – tunnel diodes, zener
diode, photo diode its characteristics, LED
Unit IV
The DNA double helix - molecules to life (qualitative)X – ray diffraction and crystallography as a technique to determine
structure: Basic principles and methodology.
Textbooks:
1. Concepts of Modern Physics (SIE)by Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajan, and S. Rai Choudhury,McGraw – Hill, 2017.

Page 40 of 399
References:
3. Solid State Electronic Devices ,by Streetman and Ben G Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited; 2006
4. https://drive.google.com/file/d/169AQBvIzHzbRjZU6M8oe260ZUWp7iUm1/view [part of NPTEL Lectures
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/101/115101121/#

Page 41 of 399
PaperCode: BS108 Paper: Engineering Physics - ll L T/P C

PaperID: 99108 3 - 3
Applicable only to the batch admitted in academic session 2021-22
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To learn about the quantum nature of reality.
2: To learn about quantum statistics and its significance.
3: To learn about the band theory of solids and properties and characteristics of diodes.
4: To understand the basics of physical basis of biology.
CO1: Understand and appreciate the quantum nature of reality.
CO2: Understand quantum statistics and its significance.
CO3: Understand the band theory of solids and properties and characteristics of diodes.
CO4: To have an understanding of the physical basis of Biology.
CO1 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO3 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
CO4 2 2 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Quantum Mechanics: Introduction: Wave particle duality, de Broglie waves, the experiment of Davisson and Germer,
electron diffraction, physical interpretation of the wave function, properties, the wave packet, group and phase velocity, the
uncertainty principle . The Schrödinger wave equation (1D), Eigen values and Eigen functions, expectation values, simple
Eigen value problems – solutions of the Schrödinger’s equations for the free particle, the infinite well, the finite well,
tunneling effect, the scanning electron microscope, the quantum simple harmonic oscillator (qualitative), zero point energy.
[12Hrs]
Unit II
Quantum Statistics: The need for statistics , statistical distributions: Maxwell Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac
statistics, their comparisons, Fermions and Bosons, Applications of quantum statistics: 1. Molecular speed and energies in
an ideal gas; 2. The Black body spectrum, the failure of classical statistics to give the correct explanations – Bose-Einstein
statistics applied to the Black Body radiation spectrum; Fermi-Dirac distribution, free electron theory, electronic specific
heats, Fermi energy and average energy; Dying stars.
[12Hrs]
Unit III
Band Theory of Solids: Origin of energy bands in solids, motion of electrons in a periodic potential – the Kronig–Penny model
(Qualitative). Brillouin zones, effective mass, metals, semi-conductors and insulators and their energy band structures.
Extrinsic and Intrinsic semiconductors, doping – Fermi energy for doped and undoped semiconductors, the p-n junction
(energy band diagrams with Fermi energy), the unbiased diode, forward and reverse biased diodes – tunnel diodes, zener
diode, photo diode its characteristics, LED [12Hrs]
Unit IV
Introduction to Physics in Biology: Overview : from molecules to life - the building blocks of biology, DNA Packing and
Structure, The relationship between shape and function of biomolecules, Numbers and Sizes, System Variability and Spatial
Scales, Timescales in Biological Systems [4Hrs]
Textbooks:
3. Concepts of Modern Physics (SIE)by Arthur Beiser, Shobhit Mahajan, and S. Rai Choudhury,McGraw – Hill, 2017.

Page 42 of 399
References:
7. Solid State Electronic Devices ,by Streetman and Ben G Prentice Hall India Learning Private Limited; 2006
8. https://drive.google.com/file/d/169AQBvIzHzbRjZU6M8oe260ZUWp7iUm1/view [part of NPTEL Lectures
https://nptel.ac.in/courses/115/101/115101121/#

Page 43 of 399
PaperCode: BS110 Paper: Probability and Statistics for Engineers L P C

PaperID: 99110 3 2 4
Marking Scheme:
3. Term end Practical Examinations: 25 marks
The marksheet shall reflect the teachers continuous evaluation as internal (out of 25) and the term end examination
(out of 75, 25 for practical term end and 50 for theory term end examination) as external.
Instruction for paper setter (Term end Theory Examinations):
Course Objectives:
1: To understand probability and probability distributions.
2: To understand methods of summarization of data.
3: To understand and use test for hypothesis.
4: To understand methods for design experiments and analysis.
CO1: Ability to solve probability problems and describe probability distributions.
CO2: Ability to describe and summarize data.
CO3: Ability to use test for hypothesis.
CO4: Ability to design experiments and analyse using ANOVA.
CO1 - 3 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 2
CO2 - 3 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 2
CO3 - 3 2 2 1 - - - - - 2 2
CO4 - 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 2 2
Unit I
Basics: Probability and Statistical models, Sample Spaces and Events, Counting Techniques, Interpretations and Axioms of
Probability, Unions of Events and Addition Rules, Conditional Probability, Intersections of Events and Multiplication and Total
Probability Rules, Independence, Bayes’ Theorem, Random Variables.
Discrete and Continuous Random Variables and Distributions: Probability Distributions and Probability Mass / density
Functions, Cumulative Distribution Functions, Mean and Variance of a Random Variable, Discrete and continuous Uniform
Distribution, Binomial Distribution, Geometric and Negative Binomial Distributions, Hypergeometric Distribution, Poisson
Distribution. Normal Distribution, Normal Approximation to the Binomial, and Poisson Distributions; Exponential
Distribution, Erlang and Gamma Distributions, Weibull Distribution, Lognormal Distribution, Beta Distribution.
[10Hrs]
Unit II
Joint Probability Distributions for Two Random Variables, Conditional Probability Distributionsand Independence, Joint
Probability Distributions for Two Random Variables, Covariance and Correlation, Common Joint Distributions, Linear
Functions of RandomVariables, General Functions of Random Variables, Moment-Generating Functions.
Numerical Summaries of Data, Stem-and-Leaf Diagrams, Frequency Distributions and Histograms, Box Plots, Time Sequence
Plots, Scatter Diagrams, Probability Plots. Point Estimation, Sampling Distributions and the Central Limit Theorem without
proof, General Concepts of Point Estimation, Methods of Point Estimation, Statistical Intervals for a Single Sample.
[10Hrs]
Unit III
Hypotheses Testing for a Single Sample: Tests on the Mean of a Normal Distribution with Variance Known / Unknown, Tests
on the Variance and Standard Deviation of a Normal Distribution, Tests on a Population Proportion, Testing for Goodness of
Fit, Nonparametric tests (Signed, Wilcoxon), Similarly Statistical Inference for Two Samples.
Regression and Correlation: Linear Regression, Least Squares Estimators, Hypotheses testing for simple linear regression,
Confidence Intervals, Adequacy of model, Correlation, Transformed Variables, Logistic Regression. Similarly, for multiple
linear regression including aspects of MLR. [10Hrs]

Page 44 of 399
Unit IV
ANOVA and Design of experiments: Designing Engineering Experiments, Completely Randomized Single-Factor
Experiment, The Random Effects Model, Randomized complete block design, Concept of Factorial Experiments, Two Factor
Factorial Experiments, General Factorial Experiments, 2k Factorial Designs, Response Surface Methods and Designs. SQC:
Quality improvement and Statistics, Control Charts including 𝑋 and R or S charts, P and U charts, time weighted charts.
[10Hrs]
Note:Atleast two laboratory practicals in each unit to be conducted. The list of practicals to be notified by the concerned
teacher to the school where the students are admitted at the start of the teaching in the semester.
Textbooks:
1.Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers by Douglas G. Montgomery and Runger, Wiley, 2018
References:
1. Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for Engineers by Richard A. Johnson, Pearson, 10th Ed., 2018.
2. Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists by Ronald E. Walpole, Raymond H. Myers, Sharon L. Myers and Keying
Ye, Pearson, 2016.
3. Statistics and probability with applications for engineers and scientists using Minitab, R and JMP, C. Gupta, Irwin
Guttman, and Kalanka P. Jayalath, Wiley, 2020.
4. Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences, Jay Devore, Cengage Learning, 2014.
5. Probability and Statistics in Emgineering, William W. Hines, Douglas C. Montgomery, David M. Goldman, and Connie M.
Borror, Wiley, 2003.

Page 45 of 399
PaperCode: ICT114 Paper: Human Values and Ethics L P C

PaperID: 164114 1 - 1
Marking Scheme:
3. This is an NUES paper, the examinations are to be conducted by the concerned teacher.
Course Objectives:
1: To help students regulate their behavior in a professional environment as employees
2: To make students aware of the impact of taking non-ethical engineering decisions.
3: To understand that mind and desire control is needed for being ethical.
4: To understand organizational culture and to adapt to varying cultures withoutcompromising ethical values
CO1: Realize the importance of human values.
CO2: Understand that excessive desires of the mind make a person unethical and restless,while fewer desires lead
to peace and professional progress
CO3: Assess different types of risks involved in unethical practices. Know various means ofprotesting against
unethical practices.
CO4: Assess the benefits of restraining from unethical practices like bribery, extortion,nepotism, nexus between
politicians and industrialists.
CO1 - - - - - 3 - 3 1 1 - 1
CO2 - - - - - 3 - 3 1 1 - 1
CO3 - - - - - 3 - 3 1 1 - 1
CO4 - - - - - 3 - 3 1 1 - 1
Unit I
Human Values: Morals, Values, Ethics, Integrity, Work ethics, Service learning, Virtues, Respect for others, Living peacefully,
Caring, Sharing, Honesty, Courage,Valuing time, Cooperation, Commitment, Empathy, Self-confidence, Challenges in the
work place, Spirituality [3Hrs]
Unit II
Engineering Ethics: Senses of engineering ethics, Variety of moral issues, Types of inquiries, Moral dilemma, Moral autonomy,
Moral development (theories), Consensus and controversy, Profession, Models of professional roles, Responsibility, Theories
about right action (Ethical theories), Self-control, Self-interest, Customs, Religion, Self-respect, Case study: Choice of the
theory
Engineering as experimentation, Engineers as responsible experimenters, Codes of ethics, Industrial standards, A balanced
outlook on law, Case study: The challenger [3Hrs]
UnitIII
Safety definition, Safety and risk, Risk analysis, Assessment of safety and risk, Safe exit, Risk-benefit analysis
Sefety lessons from ‘the challenger’, Case study: Power plants,Collegiality and loyalty, Collective bargaining,
Confidentiality, Conflict of interests, Occupational crime, Human rights, Employee rights, Whistle blowing, Intellectual
property rights. [4Hrs]
UnitIV
Globalization, Multinational corporations, Environmental ethics, Computer ethics, Weapons development, Engineers as
managers, Consulting engineers, Engineers as expert witness, Engineers as advisors in planning and policy making, Moral
leadership, Codes of ethics, Engineering council of India, Codes of ethics in Business Organizations [3Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. A Textbook on Professional Ethics and Human Values, by R. S. Naagarazan, New Age Publishers, 2006.
References:
1. Professional Ethics and Human Values by D. R. Kiran, McGraw-Hill, 2014.

Page 46 of 399
2. Engineering Ethics, by Charles E Harris and Micheal J Rabins, Cengage Learning Pub., 2012.
3. Ethics in Engineering, Mike Martin and Roland Schinzinger, McGraw Hill Pub., 2017.
4. Unwritten laws of Ethics and Change in Engineeringby The America Society of Mechanical Engineers, 2015.
5. Engineering Ethics by Charles B. Fleddermann, Pearson, 2014.
6. Introduction to Engineering Ethics by Mike W. Martin and Roland Schinzinger, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
7. Engineering Ethics: Concept and Cases by Charles E. Harris, Michael S. Pritchard and Michael J.Rabins, Cengage, 2009.
8. Ethics in Engineering Practiceand Research by Caroline Whitbeck, Cambridge University Press, 2007.

Page 47 of 399
PaperCode: EMES112 Paper: Environmental Studies L P C

PaperID: 99112 4 - 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: The course is designed to impart basic knowledge of the environment and its components.
2: The course deals in creating awareness about the energy resources and current environmental problems faced
by the world.
3: To understand and learn about environment pollution, related case studies and measures taken for control to
pollution.
4: To understand and explore different approaches of conserving and protecting environment for the benefit of
society.
CO1: Environmental Studies course will provide necessary information and knowledge about the various aspects of
environment, ecosystems and related biodiversity.
CO2: Students will be able to learn and understand about the availability and sustainable use of resources,
environmental problems and their short term and long term impacts to humans.
CO3: Course will help them to learn about environmental policies and protocols, social issues and role of human in
conservation and protection of environment.
CO4: Overall, course will help students to develop skills and ability of understanding environment- human
relationship.
Course Outcomes (CO to Programme Outcomes (PO)) Mapping (scale 1: low, 2: Medium, 3: High)
CO1 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 1 1 1 1
CO2 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 1 1 1 1
CO3 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 - 1 1 - - 2 3 2 1 1 1 1
Unit I
Fundamentals:The Multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies: Definition, components, scope and importance, need
for public awareness;
Ecosystems: Concept, Structure and function of an ecosystem, energy flow in ecosystems, food chain, food web, ecological
pyramids, ecological succession; Introduction to types, characteristics features, structure and function of different
ecosystems including forest, grassland, desert and aquatic ecosystem;
Biodiversity: Introduction to biodiversity-definition, genetics, species, ecosystem diversity, biogeographical classification of
India, value of biodiversity-consumptive uses, productive, social, ethical, aesthetic and option values, biodiversity at global,
national and local level, India as a mega diversity nation, endangered and endemic species of India, hot spots of biodiversity,
threats to biodiversity – habitat loss, poaching of wild life, man wildlife conflicts and conservation of biodiversity- in-situ and
ex-situ conservation. [16Hrs]
Unit II
Renewable and Non-renewable Resources:Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy
sources, use of alternate energy sources-green fuel.
Water Resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits
and problems
Forest resources: Use and over-exploitation, deforestation, Timber extraction, mining, dams and their effects on forest and
tribal people, case studies
Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources, case studies
Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by agriculture and over-grazing, effects of modern agriculture,
fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity, case studies
Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification.
Role of individual in conservation of natural resources, Resource Management-Sustainable development. [8Hrs]

Page 48 of 399
Unit III
Environmental Pollution: (a) Air Pollution: Types of pollutants, source, effects, sink & control of primary pollutants– CO, NOX,
HC, SOx and particulates, effect of pollutants on man & environment: photochemical smog, acid rain and global warming,
CO2 Sequestration. (b) Water Pollution: Classification of Pollutants, their sources, waste water treatment (domestic and
industrial). (c) Soil Pollution: Composition of soil, classification and effects of solid pollutants and their control. (d) Solid
Waste Management: Classification, waste treatment and disposal methods; compositing, sanitary land filling, thermal
processes, recycling and reuse methods. (e) Hazardous wastes - Classification, radioactive, biomedical & chemical, treatment
and disposal- Physical, chemical and biological processes. (f) Marine Pollution: Causes, effects and control of marine
pollution, coastal zone management (g) Thermal pollution: Causes, effects and control of marine pollution, coastal zone
management.
Disaster Management: Floods, earth quake, cyclone and landslides [8Hrs]
Unit IV
Environmental Policies, Human Population and Environment
Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion, nuclear accidents, case studies; Some important
Environmental laws, issues involved in enforcement of environment legislations, Green bench; carbon footprint, Montreal
and Kyoto Protocol, conservation of Biological Diversity, The Chemical Weapons Convention, Environment Impact
Assessment; population growth and variation among nations, Impacts on environment and human health, human right,
Tribal people and rights, Human and wildlife conflicts in Indian context, Environmental ethics; Role of government and non
government organizations in public awareness and environment improvement. [13Hrs]
Field work (equal to 5 hours) : visit to local areas to document environmental assets, study of simple ecosystems, study and
identification of common plants, birds and insects.
Suggested Readings and References:

1. A textbook of environmental studies, R. Gadi, S. Rattan, S. Mohaptra, Kataria Publication, 2014.
2. Elements of environmental sciences & engineering, P. Meenakshi, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2014.
3. Basics of Environment and Ecology, A. kaushik & C.P. Kaushik, New Age International Publishers, 2010.
4. Fundamental concepts in environmental studies, D.D. Mishra, S Chand & Co. Ltd., 2008.
5. Textbook of environmental studies, E. Barucha, UGC, 2005.
6. Environmental studies, B. Joseph, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2005.

Page 49 of 399
PaperCode: ICT152 Paper: Engineering Graphics-II L P C

PaperID: 164152 - 2 1
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will learn sectioning of solid figures.
2: The students will understand 3D projections. They will have understanding of isometric and oblique
projections.
3: The students will have understanding of perspective projections,
4: The students will learn computer aided drafting.
CO1: Ability to draw sectional diagrams of solids
CO2: Ability to draw 3S projections (isometric and oblique).
CO3: Ability to draw perspective projections.
CO4: Understand and use a CAD tool (AutoCAD).
3
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 2
Unit I
Section of Solids: Definition of Sectioning and its purpose, Procedure of Sectioning, Illustration through examples, Types of
sectional planes-application to few examples.
Unit II
Isometric Projection: Classification of pictorial views, Basic Principle of Isometric projection, Difference between isometric
projection and drawing, Isometric projection of solids such as cube, prism, pyramid and cylinder.
Oblique Projection: Principle of oblique projection, difference between oblique projection and isometric projection, receding
lines and receding angles, oblique drawing of circle, cylinder, prism and pyramid.
Unit III
Perspective Projection: Principle of perspective projection, definitions of perspective elements, visual ray method, vanishing
point method.
Conversion of 3D to 2D figures.
Unit IV
Introduction to CADD: Interfacing and Introduction to CAD Software, Coordinate System, 2D drafting: lines, circles, arc,
polygon, etc., Dimensioning, 2-D Modelling, Use of CAD Software for engineering drawing practices.
Note: The sheets to be created shall be notified by the concerned teacher in the first week of teaching.
Textbooks:
1. Engineering Drawing by N.D. Bhatt, 53rd Ed., Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Gujarat,2017.
References:
1. Engineering Drawingby P.S. Gill, S.K Kataria & Sons, New Delhi, 2013.
2. Technical Drawing with Engineering Graphics by Frederick E. Giesecke, Shawna Lockhart, Marla Goodman, and Cindy M.
Johnson, 15th Ed., Prentice Hall, USA, 2016
3. Engineering Drawingby M.B. Shah and B.C. Rana, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education, New Delhi, 2009.
4. AutoCAD 2017 for Engineers & Designersby Sham Tickoo,, Dreamtech Press 2016.

Page 50 of 399
PaperCode: BS156 Paper: Engineering Chemistry - II Lab. L P C

PaperID: 99156 - 2 1
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of BA104 (Engineering Chemistry - II) as this is the
PaperCode: BS158 Paper: Engineering Physics - II Lab. L P C

PaperID: 99158 - 2 1
Instructions:
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of BA108 (Engineering physics - II) as this is the

Page 51 of 399
PaperCode: ICT154 Paper: Workshop Technology L P C

PaperID: 164154 - 2 1
Marking Scheme:
Instructions:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will learn basics of safety precautions to be taken in lab. / workshop
2: The students will have an overview of different machines used in workshop and the operations performed on
these machines.
3: The students will have understanding of various welding processes.
4: The students will have understanding of sheet metals hop and fitting shop
CO1: Ability to safely work in a Lab./workshop.
CO2: Ability to use machines (lathe, mill, shaper, planer, grinder, drill).
CO3: Ability to weld.
CO4: Ability to use sheet metal tools and fitting shop tools.
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 3 - - - - - 2
CO2 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
CO3 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
CO4 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
Unit I
Safety, precautions and maintenance: Safety in shop, safety devices, safety and precautions - moving machine and
equipment parts, electrical parts and connections, fire, various driving systems like chain, belt and ropes, electrical
accidents, an overview of predictive, preventive and scheduled maintenance, standard guidelines to be followed in shop.
Unit II
Introduction to machine shop: Introduction to Lathe, Milling, shaper, Planer, grinder, drilling and overview of operations
performed on these machines by making some jobs.
Unit III
Introduction to welding shop: Welding, types of welding, tools and applications, gas welding and arc welding, edge
preparation, various joints formation by gas welding and electric arc welding.
Unit IV
Introduction to sheet metal shop: Sheet metal tools and operations, formation of a box using sheet.
Introduction to fitting shop: Introduction to fitting, tools and applications, some jobs in fitting shop.
Textbooks:
1. Workshop Technology Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Hajra Choudhary and Roy, Media Promoters and Publishers, 2018.
References:
1. A course in Workshop Technology Vol.1 and Vol. 2, B. S. Raghuvanshi, Dhanpat Rai and Compnay, 2015.
2. Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Processes), Khurmi and Gupta, S. Chand Publication, 2010.

Page 52 of 399
PaperCode: ICT160 Paper: Programming in Python L P C

PaperID: 164160 2 1
Marking Scheme:
Instructions:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will learn the Programming in the Python Language
2: The students will learn usage of language implemented data structures.
3: The students shall learn the object oriented features of the Python Language.
4: The students will learn usage of the Numpy, Panda and Matplotlib
CO1: Ability to write procedural programmes in Python.
CO2: Ability to write programs using standard data structures.
CO3: Ability to use object oriented paradigm to write program in Python.
CO4: Ability to use Numpy, Panda and Matplotlib modules to write programs.
CO1 - 1 2 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO2 - 1 2 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO3 - 1 2 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO4 - 1 2 1 3 - - - 1 1 1 1
Unit I
Identifiers, keywords, statements & expressions, variables, operators, precedence & associativity, data types, indention,
comments, console I/O, type conversion. Control flow statements (if family; while & for loops; continue & break
statements), exception handling. Functions, command line arguments.
Unit II
String management & usage, Lists, Dictionaries, Tuples & Sets. The operations on these data structures. Filter, Map and
Reduce Function,
Unit III
Object Oriented Programming: Properties / attributes, methods, inheritance, class variables & functions, static methods,
delegation, abstract base classes, Generic function.
File Handling.
Unit IV
Numpy: Dtypes, Multidimensional Arrays, Slicing, Numpy Array & Memory, Array element-wise operations, Numpy Data
I/O, floating point numbers, Advanced Numpy dtypes.
Pandas: Using series and Dataframes, Indexing &Reindexing, Deleting and merging items, Common operations, Memory
usage and dtypes, Pipes, Displying dataframes, Rolling & Filling operations.
Matplotlib: Setting defaults, Legends, Subplots, Sharing Axes, 3D surfaces.
Note: Atleast two laboratory practicals in each unit to be conducted. The list of practicals to be notified by the concerned
teacher at the start of the teaching in the semester.
Textbooks:
1. Introduction to Python Programming, Gowrishankar S. and Veena A., CRC Press, 2019.
2. Python Programming for Data Analysis, Jose Unpingco, Springer Nature, 2021.
References:
1. Python: An Introduction to Programming, James R. Parker, 2nd Ed., Mercury Learning And Information, 2021.
2. Introduction to Computation and Programming Using Python, John V. Guttag, The MIT Press, 2021.
3. Python Programming: A Practical Approach, Vijay Kumar Sharma, Vimal Kumar, Swati Pathak, and Shashwat Pathak,
CRC Press, 2021.

Page 53 of 399
PaperCode: ICT162 Paper: Modern Workshop Practice L P C

PaperID: 164162 - 2 1
Marking Scheme:
Instructions:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will learn basics of safety precautions to be taken in lab. / workshop
2: The students will have an overview of different machines used in workshop and the operations performed on
these machines.
3: The students will have understanding of 3D printing with practical experience in its usage.
4: The students will have understanding lathe machine and its usage
CO1: Ability to safely work in a Lab./workshop.
CO2: Ability to use machines (lathe, mill, shaper, planer, grinder, drill, CNCWood-Cutter).
CO3: Ability to weld.
CO4: Ability to use sheet metal tools and fitting shop tools.
CO1 2 1 2 2 3 3 - - - - - 2
CO2 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
CO3 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
CO4 2 1 2 2 3 1 - - - - - 2
Unit I
Safety, precautions and maintenance: Safety in shop, safety devices, safety and precautions - moving machine and
equipment parts, electrical parts and connections, fire, various driving systems like chain, belt and ropes, electrical
accidents, an overview of predictive, preventive and scheduled maintenance, standard guidelines to be followed in shop.
Unit II
Introduction to machine shop: Introduction to Lathe, Milling, shaper, Planer, grinder, drilling and CNC woodcutter, and
overview of operations performed on these machines.
Unit III
3D Printing and Digital Manufacturing
Definition, Types, Evolution, History. Product design and rapid product development. Feasibility of RPT, designing and
prototyping, manufacturing and product release. Creation of STL or SLA file format of a 3D solid model. Fused Deposition
Modeling (FDM): Models and specifications, Process, Working principle, Applications, Advantages and disadvantages, Case
studies, practical demonstration.
Unit IV
Types of lathe drivers, merit and demerit. Description in details-head stock cone pulley type- all geared type-construction &
function. Tumbler gear set. Reducing speed necessary & uses. Back Gear Unit -its construction use. Lathe cutting tool-
different types, shapes and different angles (clearances and rake), specification of lathe tools Drills-different parts, types,
size etc., different cutting angles, cutting speed for different material. Boring tool. Lubricant and coolant-types, necessity,
system of distribution, selection of coolant for different material: Handling and care. Knurling meaning, necessity, types,
grade, cutting speed for knurling. Lathe mandrel different types and their uses.
Textbooks:
1. Workshop Technology Vol. 1 and Vol. 2, Hajra Choudhary and Roy, Media Promoters and Publishers, 2018.
2. An Introduction to 3D Printing, Victoria E Zukas and Jonas A Zukas, Design Publishing, 2015
References:
1. A course in Workshop Technology Vol.1 and Vol. 2, B. S. Raghuvanshi, Dhanpat Rai and Compnay, 2015.
2. Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Processes), Khurmi and Gupta, S. Chand Publication, 2010.
Note: This paper shall be offered by IDEA lab of the University.

Page 54 of 399
PaperCode: ICT116 Paper: Introduction to Manufacturing Process L T/P C

PaperID: 164116 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: The students will have basic understanding of various manufacturing processes. The students will have
knowledge about casting process.
2: The students will have understanding of joining processes.
3: The students will have understanding of forging and sheet metal works.
4: The students will have basic idea of powder metallurgy and manufacturing of plastic components.
CO1: Understand casting process.
CO2: Understand joining process.
CO3: Understand forging and sheet metal work.
CO4: Basic understanding of powder metallurgy and manufacturing of plastic components.
CO1 2 1 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1 2 - - - - - 1 1
Unit I
Definition of manufacturing, Importance of manufacturing towards technological and social economic development,
Classification of manufacturing processes, Properties of materials.
Metal Casting Processes: Sand casting, Sand moulds, Type of patterns, Pattern materials, Pattern allowances, Types of
Moulding sand and their Properties, Core making, Elements of gating system. Description and operation of cupola.
Working principle of Special casting processes - Shell casting, Pressure die casting, Centrifugal casting. Casting defects.
[10Hrs]
Unit II
Joining Processes: Welding principles, classification of welding processes, Fusion welding, Gas welding, Equipments used,
Filler and Flux materials. Electric arc welding, Gas metal arc welding, Submerged arc welding, Electro slag welding, TIG and
MIG welding process, resistance welding, welding defects. [10Hrs]
Unit III
Deformation Processes: Hot working and cold working of metals, Forging processes, Open and closed die forging process.
Typical forging operations, Rolling of metals, Principle of rod and wire drawing, Tube drawing. Principle of Extrusion, Types
of Extrusion, Hot and Cold extrusion.
Sheet metal characteristics -Typical shearing operations, bending and drawing operations, Stretch forming operations, Metal
spinning. [10Hrs]
Unit IV
Powder Metallurgy: Introduction of powder metallurgy process, powder production, blending, compaction, sintering
Manufacturing Of Plastic Components: Types of plastics, Characteristics of the forming and shaping processes, Moulding of
Thermoplastics, Injection moulding, Blow moulding, Rotational moulding, Film blowing, Extrusion, Thermoforming. Moulding
of thermosets- Compression moulding, Transfer moulding, Bonding of Thermoplastics.
[10Hrs]
Textbooks:
1. Manufacturing Technology: Foundry, Forming and WeldingVolume 1, P. N Rao, , McGrawHill, 5e, 2018.
2.Elements of Workshop TechnologyVol. 1 and 2by Hajra Choudhury, Media Promoters Pvt Ltd.,2008.

Page 55 of 399
References:
1. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, by Serope Kalpajian and Steven R.Schmid, Pearson Education, 5e,
2014.
2. Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes, and Systems by Mikell P. Groover, John Wiley and Sons,
4e, 2010 .
3. Production Technology byR.K.Jain and S.C. Gupta, Khanna Publishers. 16th Edition, 2001.

Page 56 of 399
PaperCode: BS118 Paper: Industrial Chemistry L T/P C

PaperID: 99118 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: Learn about the functioning of drugs and dyes.
2: Learn about the most important ways of preventing corrosion.
3: Learn about the properties of heterocycles
4: Learn about techniques of synthesis.
CO1: Understand the functioning of drugs and dyes.
CO2: Understand the most important ways of preventing corrosion.
CO3: Understand the properties of heterocycles
CO4: Understand techniques of synthesis.
CO1 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1
CO4 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1
Unit I
Polymerization technology, dyes and drugs: classification of polymers, plastics, fibres, elastomers. Dyes: Requirements of a
dye, chemical nature, classification, chemistry of representative important dyes. Pharmaceuticals: sulfa drugs, antipyretics
and analgesics, antibiotics, antimalarials. Caustic soda & Chlorine. Hydrochloric acid. Sulphur & sulphuric Acid. [10Hrs]
Unit II
Corrosion: Corrosion and its economic aspects, Thermodynamics of corrosion, Immunity, corrosivity and passivation.
Mechanism and kinetics of Corrosion. Electrochemical methods for corrosion testing.
Corrosion Prevention Techniques: Metallic coatings, organic paints, varnishes, corrosion inhibitors, cathodic and anodic
protection. Corrosion Prevention Techniques: Metallic coatings, organic paints, varnishes, corrosion inhibitors, cathodic and
anodic protection. [10Hrs]
Unit III
Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds: Introduction, nomenclature, structures, and reactivities of heterocyclic compounds.
Chemistry and reactivity of five and six membered heterocyclic compounds with one hetero atoms. Chemistry of selected
industrially important heterocyclic compounds. [8Hrs]
Unit IV
Synthetic Methods: Introduction to synthesis, strategy of synthesis. Designing of green synthesis: choice of starting materials,
reagents, catalysts and solvents. Basic principles of green chemistry and synthesis of organic compounds involving basic
principles of green chemistry methodology of synthesis. New methods in organic synthesis: microwave technique, use of
phase transfer catalyst in organic synthesis. [12Hrs]
Textbooks and References:

1. J.P. Mukhlyonov: Fundamentals of Chemical Technology.
2.M.G. Rao, M.Sittig: Dryden’s out line of Chemicals Technology.
3.Emil Raymond Riegel: Industrial Chemistry.
4. Frank Hall Thorp: Outlines of Industrial Chemistry.
5.M.G. Fontana: Corrosion Engineering, McGraw Hill International Book Co. London.
6.L.L. Shreir: Corrosion, Vol I and Vol II, Newness Butterworths, Edward Arnold Ltd, London.
7.J.C. Scully: Fundamental of Corrosion, Pargmon Press Inc. New York, USA
8.J.A. Joule, K. Mills and G.F. Smith: Heterocyclic chemistry, III Ed., East West Press vt Ltd, ND.

Page 57 of 399
9.A.R. Katrizky and J.A. Boulton: Advances in Heterocyclic chemistry, Vol 1-27, Academic Press, NY.
10.R.M. Achesion: An Introduction to the Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds, II Ed, NY.

Page 58 of 399
PaperCode: BT120 Paper: Introduction to Biotechnology L T/P C

PaperID: 160120 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1: To introduce different areas in Biotechnology to students, laying a foundation for future courses within our
biotechnology programme.
2: To provide a historical perspective of the growth and development of biotechnology, as well as its scope and
importance.
3: To help students understand the interdisciplinary nature of biotechnology, involving integration of several
disciplines to generate knowledge and technology impacting society and environment.
4: To sensitize students towards IPR, safety and ethical concerns in biotechnology research and applications.
CO1: Understand the history, scope, interdisciplinary nature and significance of biotechnology.
CO2: Understand the basics of recombinant DNA technology, protein structure and engineering, bioinformatics and
principle(s) underlying basic biotechnological techniques.
CO3: Describe the basics of culturing microbes, animal cells and plant cells in laboratory, and their respective
applications in Biotechnology.
CO4: Have an awareness about the IPR, safety and ethical issues involved in use of biotechnology.
CO1 3 2 3 3 1 1 1 - - - - 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 - - - - 1
CO3 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1
CO4 3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - 1
Unit I
Introduction: Historical perspective, Definition of Biotechnology; Areas of biotechnology; Scope; Importance and
Commercial potential; Interdisciplinary nature;
Solutions and Buffers: Introduction to Solutions and Buffers; Modes of expressing concentration of a solution, Making
solutions, Concept of pH and buffers, Henderson-Hasselbach equation, Criteria for selection of buffers; [8Hrs]
Unit II
Recombinant DNA Technology: Tools of rDNA Technology; Making recombinant DNA; Introduction of recombinant DNA into
host cells; Introduction to selection and screening techniques for identification of recombinants; Agarose Gel
Electrophoresis; Principle, Steps and Applications of Polymerase Chain Reaction;
Protein Structure and Engineering: Introduction to the world of Proteins, Amino acids as building blocks, Non-covalent
interactions, Structure of proteins, Structure Function relationship in Proteins, Recombinant proteins of high value,
Introduction to Protein Engineering and Design, Introduction to Proteomics.
Introduction to basic techniques in Biotechnology: Beer-Lambert’s Law, Spectrophotometer, Agarose Gel Electrophoresis,
SDS-PAGE, Gel-Filtration Chromatography, Ion Exchange Chromatography, Affinity chromatography.
Introduction to Bioinformatics: Concept of Primary and Secondary databases, Nucleic acid and Protein databases,
Introduction to sequence alignment, Applications of bioinformatics. [12Hrs]
Unit III
Microbial Biotechnology: Microbial Culture Techniques; Measurement and Kinetics of Microbial Growth; Scale up of
microbial process; Isolation of microbial products; Strain Isolation; Improvement and Preservation;
Plant Biotechnology: History of plant tissue culture; Plant cell and tissue culture techniques; Transgenic plants with beneficial
traits;
Animal Biotechnology: History of animal tissue culture; Animal Cell culture techniques; Finite and Continuous cell lines;
Characterization of cell lines; Scale-up of animal cell culture; Applications of microbial, plant and animal biotechnology.
[12Hrs]

Page 59 of 399
Unit IV
Biotechnology and Society: Introduction to Patenting; Criterion for patents; Reading a patent; National and International
Patent Laws; Safety and Ethical issues in Biotechnology; Biotechnology in India and global trends; Product safety and
marketing. [8Hrs]
Text / Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Biotechnology, W.J. Thieman and M.A. Palladino, Pearson, 2019.
2. Biotechnology Foundations, J.O. Grady, 2019.
3. Gene cloning and DNA Analysis. An introduction. T. A Brown, Wiley-Blackwell Science, 2016.
4. Concepts in Biotechnology: History, Science and Business, K.Buchholz and J. Collins, Wiley-VCH, 2011.
5. Biotechnology, H.K. Das, 2010, Wiley Publishers.
6. Biotechnology, Smith, 2009, Cambridge Press.
7. Principles and Techniques of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology by Wilson & Walker, Cambridge Press, 2008.

Page 60 of 399
BRIDGE COURSES FOR THE B.TECH LATERAL ENTRY STUDENTS
All the Lateral Entry students of B.Tech., who are directly admitted in the 2 nd Year / 3rd
Semester of the Progarmme of Study, have to pass the following bridge courses.
Paper Code Paper Name L/P
BC-121 Bridge Course in Mathematics 3
BC-123 Bridge Course in Programming in C 3
Implementation Rules for Bridge Courses:
1. The classes for the above bridge courses in the 3rd Semester shall be conducted alongwith the classes of the
other courses.
2. These papers have to be qualified by the students.
3. For these papers examination shall be conducted by the concerned subject teacher as NUES, the same shall
be transferred to Examination Division of the University.
4. The degree to be awarded to the student only subject to the acquiring qualifying grade/marks in the bridge
courses and the minimum credits in the regular courses of the scheme of study as prescribed.
5. These Courses shall be qualifying in nature; they shall not be included for calculation of CGPA. The qualifying
marks shall be 40 marks in each paper.
6. A separate marksheet will be issued by the Examination Division of the University for the Bridge Course.

Page 61 of 399
Paper Code(s): BC-121 L/P

Paper: Bridge Course in Mathematics 3
Marking Scheme:
3. This is NUES, non-credit and qualifying Paper. All examinations to be conducted by the concerned
teacher.
Instructions for paper setter:
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question should be
objective, single line answers or short answer type question of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus.
Every unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student
shall be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto
5 sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper. The standard
/ level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
Course Objectives:
1: To understand the limits, differentiation and integration.
2: To understand differential equations.
3: To understand the concepts of matrices.
4: To understand the concept of vectors and to find out Eigen values.
CO1 Ability to understand the use of limits, differentiation and integration.
CO2 Ability to understand and apply the ordinary differential equations.
CO3 Ability to use matrices to solve linear equations.
CO4 Ability to understand linear independence and dependence of vectors.
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
Unit I
Differentiation: Limits, Definition, Formulas, Differentiation Rules, Real life applications of Differentiation
Integration: Definition, Indefinite Integral, Integration formulas, Definite Integral and its properties,
Real life applications of Integration
Unit II
Ordinary Differential Equations: Definition, Solution of ordinary differential equation, linear differential equation
of first order, initial value problem, linear differential equation of higher order with constant coefficients
Unit III
Matrices-I: Definition of Matrix and Determinant, Type of Matrices, Properties of Determinants, Transpose of a
matrix, Inverse of a matrix, Solution of system of linear equations using the inverse of a matrix, Rank of a matrix.
Unit IV
Matrices-II: Vectors, Linear independence and dependence of vectors; Eigen values and Eigen vectors or matrix.
Textbooks:
1. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B S Grewal, Khanna Publishing.
References:

Page 62 of 399
Paper Code(s): BC-123 L/P

Paper: Bridge Course in Programming in C 3
Marking Scheme:
3. This is NUES, non-credit and qualifying Paper. All examinations to be conducted by the concerned
teacher.
Instructions for paper setter:
5 sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course / paper. The standard
/ level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
Course Objectives:
1: To impart basic knowledge about simple algorithms for arithmetic and logical problems so that
students can understand how to write a program, syntax and logical errors in ‘C’.
2: To impart knowledge about how to implement conditional branching, iteration and recursion in ‘C’.
3: To impart knowledge about using arrays, pointers and structures to develop programs in ‘C’.
4: To impart knowledge about using structures, unions and strings to develop programs in ‘C’.
CO1 Ability to write simple programs in in ‘C’.
CO2 Ability to implement conditional branching, iteration and arrays in ‘C’
CO3 Ability to implement functions and pointers in ‘C’
CO4 Ability to use structures, unions and strings in the programs in ‘C’.
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO2 3 3 2 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 - - - 2 1 1 3
Unit I
Introduction to Programming: Creating and running programs, Preprocessor, Compilation process, role of linker,
idea of invocation and execution of a programme.
Introduction to C language: Basic structure of C programs, C tokens, variables, data types, I/O statements. Inter-
conversion of variables.
Operators and expressions: Operators, arithmetic, relational and logical, assignment operators, increment and
decrement operators operator precedence and associativity, evaluation of expressions, type conversions in
expressions.
Unit II
Control structures: Decision statements; if and switch statement; Loop control statements: while, for and do
while loops, jump statements, break, continue, goto statements.
Arrays: Concepts, One dimensional array, declaration and initialization of one dimensional arrays, two
dimensional arrays, initialization and accessing, multi-dimensional arrays.
Unit III
Functions: User defined and built-in Functions, storage classes, Parameter passing in functions, call by value,
Passing arrays to functions: idea of call by reference, Recursion.
Pointers: Pointer basics, pointer arithmetic, functions returning pointers, Dynamic memory allocation. Pointers
and Strings.
Unit IV
Structures and unions: Structure definition, initialization, accessing structures, structures and functions, self-
referential structures, unions, typedef.

Page 63 of 399
Strings: Arrays of characters, variable length character strings, inputting character strings, character library
function.
Textbooks:
1. The C programming language by B W Kernighan and D M Ritchie, Pearson Education, 1988.
References:
1. Engineering Problem Solving With C by Delores M. Etter, Pearson, 2013.
2. Problem Solving and Program Design in C by Jeri R. Hanly and Elliot B. Koffman, Pearson, 2016.
3. ANSI/ISO 9899-1990, American National Standard for Programming Languages ‘C’ by American National
Standards Institute, Information Technology Industry Council, 1990 (C89).

Page 64 of 399
THE SCHEME OF EXAMINATIONS OF 2nd to 4thYEAR

for
Dual degree Programs (B.Tech./M.Tech.)
Offered by


Page 65 of 399
Primary Discipline:
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Page 66 of 399
Programme Education Objectives (PEO)
PEO 1: Our students will apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in their careers and/or obtain advanced
degrees.
PEO 2: Our students will behave ethically and responsibly, and will remain informed and involved as full
participants in their profession and society.
PEO 3: Our students will creatively solve problems, communicate effectively, and successfully function in diverse
and inclusive multi-disciplinary teams.
PEO4 4: Our students will apply principles and practices of computing grounded in mathematics and science to
successfully complete hardware and/or software-related engineering projects to meet customer business
objectives and/or productively engage in research.
Programme Specific Outcomes (PSO)
On completion of the programme of study, the students will have the ability to:
PSO 1: Identify, formulate, and solve complex engineering problems by applying principles of engineering, science,
and mathematics.
PSO 2: Apply engineering analysis & design to produce solutions that meet specified needs with consideration of
public health, safety, and welfare, as well as global, cultural, social, environmental, and economic factors.
PSO 3: Communicate effectively with a range of audiences.
PSO 4: Recognize ethical and professional responsibilities in engineering situations and make informed judgments,
which must consider the impact of engineering solutions in global, economic, environmental, and societal
contexts.
PSO 5: Function effectively on a team whose members together provide leadership, create a collaborative and
inclusive environment, establish goals, plan tasks, and meet objectives.
PSO 6: Develop and conduct appropriate experimentation, analyze and interpret data, and use engineering
judgment to draw conclusions.
PSO 7: Acquire and apply new knowledge as needed, using appropriate learning strategies.
PEO to PO Mapping
PEO/PO PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 PO05 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
PEO 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
PEO 2 1 - - - - 3 3 3 - - - 3
PEO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 -
PEO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 3 -
(scale 1: low, 2: Medium, 3: High)
PSO to PO Mapping
PSO/PO PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 PO05 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
PSO 1 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3
PSO 2 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - -
PSO 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 3 -
PSO 4 - - - - - 3 3 3 1 - - -
PSO 5 - - - - - - - 1 3 1 3 -
PSO 6 1 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 3
PSO 7 - - - - - - - - - - - 3

Page 67 of 399
Third Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT201 Foundations of Computer Science 4 - 4
PC ICT203 Operating Systems 3 - 4
PC ICT205 Digital Logic & Computer Design 4 - 4
PC ICT207 Database Management Systems 4 - 4
PC ICT209 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 4 - 4
PC ICT211 Data Structures 4 - 4
HS/MS ECO213 Engineering Economics 2 - 2
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT251 Database Management Systems Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT253 Object Oriented Programming Using C++ Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT255 Data Structures Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT257 Operating Systems Lab. - 2 1
Total 25 8 29
Fourth Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT202 Computer Graphics 3 - 4
PC ICT204 Computational Methods 4 - 4
PC ICT206 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 4 - 4
PC ICT208 Theory of Computation 4 - 4
PC ICT210 Software Engineering 3 - 4
PC ICT212 Computer Networks 4 - 4
HS/MS MS214 Accountancy for Engineers 2 - 2
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT252 Computer Networks Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT256 Computational Methods Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT258 Computer Graphics Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT260 Software Engineering Lab - 2 1
Total 24 10 29

Page 68 of 399
Fifth Semester
Code Paper Paper L P Credits
Code
Theory Papers
PC ICT301 Digital Signal Processing 4 - 4
PC ICT303 Compiler Design 3 - 3
PCE Core area Elective - 1 4
EAE Elective in Emerging Areas 1 (Students to choose one group) 4
OAE Elective from other schools or emerging area / open elective 4
offered by the school - 1.
HS HS305*** Elements of Indian History for Engineers 2 2
MS MS307** Entrepreneurship Mindset 2 2
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT391 Digital Signal Processing Lab. 2 1
PC ICT395 Compiler Design Lab. 2 1
PC ICT393 Summer Training (after 4th semester) Report * 1
Total 26
*NUES : Comprehensive evaluation by the a committee of teachers, constituted by the Academic Programme Committee,
out of 100. The training shall be of 4 to 6 weeks duration. The training can be under the mentorship of a teacher of the
school,
**NUES: Comprehensive evaluation by the teacher of the paper, out of 100.
***NUES: Comprehensive evaluation by the teacher of the paper, out of 100. The paper shall be taught by teachers of
University School of Liberal Arts
Sixth Semester
Code
Theory Papers
PCE Core area Elective – 2 4
EAE Elective in Emerging Areas -2 (Students to choose one group) 4
EAE Elective in Emerging Areas – 3 (Students to choose one group) 4
offered by the school – 2
offered by the school - 3
HS/MS ICT302 Technical Writing Using Latex 2 2
Practical/Viva Voce
HS/MC ICT392* NSS / NCC / Cultural clubs / Technical Society / Technical club* 2
Total 28
*NUES : Comprehensive evaluation of the students by the concerned coordinator of NCC / NSS / Cultural Clubs / Technical
Society / Technical Clubs, out of 100 as per the evaluation schemes worked out by these activity societies, organizations;
the co-ordinators shall be responsible for the evaluation of the same. These activities shall start from the 1st semester and
the evaluation shall be conducted at the end of the 6th semester.

Page 69 of 399
Seventh Semester
Group Paper Paper L T/P Credits
Code
Theory Papers
EAE Elective in Emerging Areas -4 (Students to 4
choose one group)
EAE Elective in Emerging Areas - 5(Students to 4
choose one group)
OAE Elective from other schools or emerging area / 4
open elective offered by the school – 4
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT497 Minor Project** 4
Total 29
out of 100.
** The student shall be allocated a supervisor / guide for project work at the end of 6 th semester by the School, the project
shall continue into the 8th semester. In the 7th semester evaluation, the criteria for evaluation shall be conceptualization of
the project work, the back-ground study / literature survey and identification of objectives and methodology to be followed
for project. 40 marks evaluation for the Teachers’ Continuous Evaluation / Internal Assessment shall be done by the
concerned supervisor while the term end examinations of 60 marks shall be conducted by the supervisor concerned and the
external examiner deputed by the Examinations Division. In the absence of the supervisor, the Dean of the school can assign
the responsibility of the supervisor (for purpose of examinations) to any faculty of the school.

Page 70 of 399
Eighth Semester
Code
Practical/Viva Voce/Internship%
PC / Project ICT452 Major Project – Dissertation**,# 15
ICT454 Major Project Viva Voce# 4
ICT456 Project Progress Evaluation* 2
PC / Internship ICT458 Internship Report**,# 15
ICT460 Internship Viva Voce# 4
ICT462 Internship Progress Evaluation* 2
Total 21
out of 100.
% By default every student shall do the project work (ICT452, ICT454, and ICT456). A student shall either be allowed to do a
project work (ICT452, ICT454, and ICT456) or an internship (ICT458, ICT460, and ICT462). The student must apply for approval
to do internship before the commencement of the 8th semester to the school, and only after approval of Dean of the school
through Training and Placement Officer of the School, shall proceed for internship.
** The student offered project work shall be allocated a supervisor / guide for project work at the end of 6 th semester by the
School, the project shall continue into the 8th semester.
# Students may be allowed to do internship in this semester in lieu of Major project. The students allowed to proceed for
internship shall be required to maintain a log-book of activities performed during internship. The same has to be
countersigned by the mentor at the organization where internship is completed.
ICT452: Evaluation shall be conducted of 40 marks (Teachers’ continuous evaluation / internal assessment) by the supervisor.
And, 60 marks by an external examiner deputed by examinations division (COE), for a total of 100 marks.
And, 60 marks by a bench of the supervisor and the external examiner deputed by examinations division (COE), for a total of
100 marks.
ICT456/ICT462: Comprehensive evaluation by the committee of teachers, constituted by the Academic Programme
Committee, out of 100.
ICT458/ICT460: Evaluation shall be conducted of 40 marks (Teachers’ continuous evaluation / internal assessment) by the
training and placement officer of the School on the basis of the report submitted by the student. And, 60 marks by a bench
of the Training and Placement Officer of the School and the external examiner deputed by examinations division (COE), for
a total of 100 marks.
In the absence of the supervisor or the Training and placement officer (as the case may be), the Dean of the school can assign
the responsibility of the supervisor or the Training and Placement officer (for purpose of examinations) to any faculty of the
school.
Note on Elective Papers: The elective papers shall be allowed to be taken / studied by the students, by the APC of the School,
keeping in view that two papers studied by the student should not have a substantial overlap. All papers studied by the
student should be substantially distinct in content.

Page 71 of 399
PROGRAMME CORE ELECTIVE PAPERS (PCE)
Paper Paper Paper Name T P Credits

Code
Semester 5: Choose any one paper
311 ICT311T Artificial Intelligence 3 - 3
ICT311P Artificial Intelligence Lab. - 2 1
313 ICT313T Microprocessors and Interfacing 3 - 3
ICT313P Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab - 2 1
315 ICT315T Engineering Optimization 3 - 3
ICT315P Engineering Optimization Lab. - 2 1
317 ICT317T Social Network Analysis and Sentiment Analysis 3 - 3
ICT317P Social Network Analysis and Sentiment Analysis Lab. - 2 1
319 ICT319T Software Requirements and Estimation 3 - 3
ICT319P Software Requirements and Estimation Lab. - 2 1
321 ICT321 Graph Theory for Computer Science 4 - 4
331 ICT331T PCB Fabrication and IoT 2 - 2
ICT331P PCB Fabrication and IoT Lab. - 4 2
Semester 6: Choose any Two Paper
312 ICT312T Java Programming 3 - 3
ICT312P Java Programming Lab. - 2 1
314 ICT314T Systems Programming 3 - 3
ICT314P Systems Programming Lab. - 2 1
316 ICT316T Introduction to Robotics Engineering 3 - 3
ICT316P Introduction to Robotics Engineering Lab. - 2 1
318 ICT318T Network Security and Cryptography 3 - 3
ICT318P Network Security and Cryptography Lab. - 2 1
320 ICT320T Visual Basic.Net Programming 3 - 3
ICT320P Visual Basic.Net Programming Lab. - 2 1
322 ICT322 Quantum Computing 4 - 4
324 ICT324T Natural Language Processing 3 - 3
ICT324P Natural Language Processing Lab. - 2 1
326 ICT326T Object Technology and UML 3 - 3
ICT326P Object Technology and UML Lab. - 2 1
328 ICT328T Design Patterns 3 - 3
ICT328P Design Patterns Lab. - 2 1
330 ICT330T Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 - 3
ICT330P Data Warehousing and Data Mining Lab. - 2 1
332 ICT332 Computational Geometry 4 - 4
334 ICT334T Introduction to Mobile Ad Hoc Networks 3 - 3
ICT334P Introduction to Mobile Ad Hoc Networks Lab. - 2 1
Semester 7: Choose any Two Papers
401 ICT401T Advanced Java Programming 3 - 3
ICT401P Advanced Java Programming Lab. - 2 1
403 ICT403T Blockchain Technology 3 - 3
ICT403P Blockchain Technology Lab. - 2 1
405 ICT405T Semantic Web 3 - 3
ICT405P Semantic Web Lab. - 2 1
407 ICT407T C#.net Programming 3 - 3
ICT407P C#.net Programming Lab. - 2 1
409 ICT409 Cyber Security and Forensics 4 - 4
411 ICT411T Software Verification, Validation and Testing 3 - 3
ICT411P Software Verification, Validation and Testing Lab. - 2 1
413 ICT413 Cloud Computing 4 - 4
415 ICT415T Introduction to IoT 3 - 3
ICT415P Introduction to IoT Lab. - 2 1
417 ICT417 Complexity Theory 4 - 4
419 ICT419T Human Computer Interface 3 - 3
ICT419P Human Computer Interface Lab. - 2 1
421 ICT421T Software Project Management 3 - 3

Page 72 of 399

Code
ICT421P Software Project Management Lab. - 2 1
423 ICT423T Next Generation Web 3 - 3
ICT423P Next Generation Web Lab. - 2 1
425 ICT425T Web Mining 3 - 3
ICT425P Web Mining Lab. - 2 1
Note:
1. Each paper to be studied as elective is of 4 credits. In most of the papers, there are two components, a 3 credit theory
component to be evaluated as a (pure) theory paper (25 marks teacher’s continuous evaluation and 75 marks term end
examination) and a (pure) laboratory / practical paper of 1 credit (40 marks teacher’s continuous evaluation and 60 marks
term end examination). If the paper is of 4 credits with only one component, then it is equivalent to a theory paper (25 marks
teacher’s continuous evaluation and 75 marks term end examination).
2. An elective shall be offered to the student based on the availability of resources and faculty at the institution and at least
one third of the batch or at least 20 students must be willing to take the elective.
3. Each PCE slot is of 4 credits, if in a particular slot, the paper has no practical component, then it is of 4 credits (a pure
theory paper), otherwise for purpose of examination and conduct of classes, the course is split in two papers, namely a
theory paper of 3 credits and a practical paper of 1 credit. The student has to study for 4 credits per slot of PCE group. This
is reflected by suffixing the paper code by T (for Theory component) and P (for Practical component), if required.

Page 73 of 399
Implementation Rules:
1. The examinations, attendance criteria to appear in examinations, promotion and award of the degree shall be governed
by the Ordinance 11 of the University. The term “major discipline” / “primary discipline” in this document refers to the
discipline in which student is admitted / studies from 3rd semester onwards. However credits of courses / paper for OAE /
EAE groups shall not be considered for the purpose of promotion from one year of study to the subsequent year of study.
2. Minimum duration of the Bachelor of Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree) programme
shall be 4 years (N=4 years) (8 semesters) for the students admitted in the 1st year and 1st semester of the degree programme.
Lateral entry students shall be admitted in the 2nd year and 3rd semester of the degree programme (effectively in the batch
admitted in the first year in the previous academic session and shall be deemed to have been exempted from the courses /
papers of the first year of the degree programme. No exemption certificate shall be issued in any case.
A specific lateral entry students’ minimum duration shall be the same as the minimum duration for the batch
in which he/she is admitted as a lateral entry student in the 2 nd year.
3. Maximum duration of the Bachelor of Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree) programme
shall be 6 years (N+2 years). After completion of N+2 years of study, if the student has appeared in the papers of all the
semesters upto 8th semester, then a maximum extension of 1 year may be given to the student for completing the
requirements of the degree if and only if the number of credits already earned by the student is atleast 165 from the (non-
honours components). Otherwise, the admission of the student shall stand cancelled. After the period of allowed study, the
admission of the student shall be cancelled.
A specific lateral entry students’ maximum duration shall be the same as the minimum duration for the batch
in which he/she is admitted as a lateral entry student in the 2nd year.
4. Only after qualifying for the award of the degree of Bachelor of Technology, the student may be allowed to proceed for
the Master in Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree). The degree shall be awarded only after
the fulfilment of all requirements of the Scheme and Syllabus of Examinations and the applicable Ordinance.
5. The scheme and syllabi of the Master of Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree) shall be
notified separately. This document pertains to the Bachelor of Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual
Degree) programme only.
6. (a) The students shall undergo the following group of Courses / Papers as enumerated in the scheme (for students admitted
in the 1st year / 1st semester).
Semester (Credits) Total Mandatory
Group I II III IV V VI VII VIII Credits Credits
BS 12 20 32 16
HS 5 4 2 2 4 4 21 10
ES 12 5 17 17
PC 27 27 10 5 21 90 90
PCE 4 8 8 20 16
EAE 4 8 8 20 16
OAE / EAE 4 8 8 20 10
Total 29 29 29 29 26 28 29 21 220 175
TABLE 1: Distribution of Credits. (Project / internship credits are 27 out of the 90 credits for Programme Core (PC) credits,
while extra-curricular activities credits are 2 out of 21 credits for humanities / management / social science group (HS)).
This table is for students admitted in the 1st year and 1st semester of the degree programme.
(b) The students admitted as lateral entry student in the second year / 3rd semester of the degree programme shall have to
undergo the following group of Courses / Papers as enumerated in the scheme (From the year 2022-23 lateral entry
admissions):

Page 74 of 399
Group III IV V VI VII VIII Credits Credits
HS 2 2 4 4 12 6
PC 27 27 10 5 21 90 90
PCE 4 8 8 20 16
EAE 4 8 8 20 16
OAE / EAE 4 8 8 20 10
Total 29 29 26 28 29 21 162 138
This table is for students admitted as lateral entry students in the 2nd year and 3rd semester of the degree programme.
7. Mandatory Credits value is 175, and specify the number of credits from each subject group to be mandatorily acquired by
the student for the award of the degree (Table 1), for students admitted as students in the 1st year and 1st semester of the
degree programme. While for students admitted as lateral entry in the 2nd year and 3rd semester the Mandatory Credits
value is 138, and specify the number of credits from each subject group to be mandatorily acquired by the student for the
award of the degree (Table 2). See clause 12 and 13 also
8. Some of the papers are droppable in the sense that the student may qualify for the award of the degree even when the
student has not cleared / passed some of the papers of these group. However, the student has to earn the minimum credits
for the programme of study as specified. See clause 12 and 13 also.
9. The open electives of the OAE group of courses may be taken through SWAYAM / NPTEL MOOCs platform. The student
desirous of doing a MOOC based course among the OAE group must seek approval of the APC of the school for the same
before the commencement of the semester. The APC shall allow the MOOC based OAE option to the student if and only if
the MOOC subject / course being considered for the student is being offered in line with the Academic Calendar applicable.
The student shall submit the successful completion certificate with marks to the School for onwards transfer to the
Examination Division. The Examinations Divisions shall take these marks on record for incorporation in the result of the
appropriate semester. These marks / grades of these courses shall be used for calculation of the SGPA/CGPA of the student
concerned by the examination division of the University. If a student takes even one OAE paper through MOOCs, then the
student shall not be eligible for two minor specialization. The degree to the student on fulfilment of other requirements for
such cases shall be through clause 13.b. or 13.c or 13.d.
These MOOC courses taken by the students, if allowed by the APC of the school shall be of 4 credits or more collectively to
be against or for one paper slot in the scheme, through MOOCs, though the marks shall be shown individually. That is in one
paper slot in the scheme wherever a MOOC course is allowed, the student may register for more than one paper to aggregate
4 credits or more. If the credits of these MOOC Courses, allowed to a student is more than 4, then the maximum credit for
the programme shall be amended accordingly for the particular student. Also, in a particular semester, a student may take
more than one MOOC course with the approval of the APC to meet the credit requirements of OAE for the semester. The
cost of taking the MOOC course is to be borne by the concerned student. The results of the MOOC courses shall be declared
separately by the examination division from the result for the papers conducted by the examination division of the University.
However, if the student opts for emerging area electives in this group also, the same shall be allowed subject to other
conditions specified in the rules / scheme.
10. To earn an Honours degree, the student may enrol for 20 credits or more through SWAYAM / NPTEL MOOCs platform.
This point has to be read together with other points specially point 13 and 14, The acquisition of the credits should be
completed before the 15th of the July of the admission year plus 4 years. That is, if a student is admitted in the year X, then
these credits must be acquired through MOOCs by 15th July of the year (X+4), no extra duration or time shall be allocated.
Honours in the degree shall be awarded if and only if at least 20 credits are acquired through MOOCs. To obtain Honours in
the programme, the student must apply to the School about the same before the commencement of the 5 th semester. The
specific courses through MOOCs shall be registered by the student only after approval by the Academic Programme
Committee (APC) of the School. The APC shall approve the course if it is not already studied by the student or the student
shall not study it in future and adds value to the major area of specialization (which is the degree). The papers for which the
student desires to appear for Honours through MOOCs, all papers results shall be submitted by the student to the school for

Page 75 of 399
onwards transfer to Examination Division of the University, to be taken on record of the University. The results of these
papers shall be a part of the records of the examinations of the students. The records shall be submitted by the student to
the school, then transferred to the Examinations division, shall be notified by the examinations division of the University,
and a separate marksheet shall be issued by the Examinations divisions. The cost of taking the MOOC course is to be borne
by the concerned student. Such courses shall be reflected as additional courses / papers for the student.
If a student acquires less than 20 credits through MOOCs, following the mechanism specified, then also the results of these
papers shall be taken on record as specified above, though no Honours degree shall be awarded.
The papers through MOOCs for Honours degree shall not be a part of the set of the papers over which the SGPA / CGPA of
the student shall be calculated.
The papers through MOOCs for Honours degree shall be additional papers studied by the students and are to be taken into
account only for award of Honours in the degree programme, if 20 credits are earned through MOOCs as approved by APC,
by a student. See Clause 14 also.
11. Maximum Credits is at least 220 (Table 1) for students admitted in the 1st year and 1st semester, these are the credits for
which the student shall have to study for the non-Honours component of the curriculum. And, for lateral entry students
admitted in the 2nd year and 3rd semester of the degree programme, the maximum credit required to be studied is at least
162 (Table 2). See clause 9 also.
The student has to appear in the examinations for these credits in all components of evaluation as specified in the scheme
of studies.
12. Minimum Credits required to be earned is atleast 200 (out of the 220 non Honours papers credits, see clause 11 also) for
students admitted in the 1st year and 1st semester. And, for lateral entry students admitted in the 2nd year and 3rd semester
of the degree programme, the minimum credit required to be earned is at least 148 (out of the 162 non Honours papers
credits, see clause 11 also). See clause 7 also.
13. The following degree route can be taken by a student (also refer point 14):
a. The students shall be awarded two minor specializations, one from EAE and one from OAE / EAE route
under the following conditions:
i. The student has earned The student has earned the mandatory credits as defined in Table 1 or Table
2 (as applicable) and clause 7.
ii. The student earns 20 credits from one group of EAE courses offered as a minor specialization by
USICT.
iii. The student earns 20 credits from one group of OAE courses offered as a minor specialization by USICT
or any other school. Papers taken through MOOCs for OAE shall not entitle the student to a minor
specialization.
iv. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast as
specified in clause 12.
The degree nomenclature of the degree shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Primary Discipline) with
minor specializations in <concerned EAE discipline> and <concerned OAE discipline>)”; if criteria / point
10 is not satisfied for Honours. Otherwise, if criteria / point 10 is met, then the degrees shall be an Honours
degree and the nomenclature shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Primary Discipline) with minor
specializations in <concerned EAE discipline> and <concerned OAE / EAE specialization>) (Honours)”, if in
addition to point 13.a.i, 13.a.ii, 13.a.iii, and 13.a.iv, the student fulfils the criteria for Honours as specified
at point 10.
b. The students shall be awarded one minor specialization from EAE route under the following conditions:
USICT.
iii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast as
minor specialization in <concerned EAE specialization>)”; if criteria / point 10 is not satisfied for Honours.
Otherwise, if criteria / point 10 is met, then the degrees shall be an Honours degree and the nomenclature
shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Primary Discipline) with minor specialization in <concerned EAE
specialization>) (Honours)”, if in addition to point 13.b.i, 13.b.ii, and 13.b.iii, the student fulfils the criteria
for Honours as specified at point 10.
c. The students shall be awarded one minor specialization from OAE / EAE route under the following
conditions:

Page 76 of 399
i. The student has earned the student has earned the mandatory credits as defined in Table 1 or Table
ii. The student earns 20 credits from one group of OAE courses offered as a minor specialization by
USICT or any other school. Papers taken through MOOCs for OAE shall not entitle the student to a
minor specialization.
iii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast as
minor specialization in <concerned OAE / EAE specialization>)”; if criteria / point 10 is not satisfied for
Honours. Otherwise, if criteria / point 10 is met, then the degrees shall be an Honours degree and the
nomenclature shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Primary Discipline) with minor specialization in
<concerned OEA / EAE specialization>) (Honours)”, if in addition to point 13.c.i, 13.c.ii, and 13.c.iii, the
student fulfils the criteria for Honours as specified at point 10.
d. The students shall be awarded the degree without any minor specialization under the following
conditions:
ii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast as
The degree nomenclature of the degree shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Major Discipline)”; if
criteria / point 6 is not satisfied for Honours. Otherwise, if criteria / point 10 is met, then the degrees
shall be an Honours degree and the nomenclature shall be as: “Bachelor of Technology (Major Discipline)
(Honours)”, if in addition to point 13.d.i and 13.d.ii, the student fulfils the criteria for Honours as specified
at point 10.
e. If the student does not fulfil any of the above criterions (point 13.a, 13.b, 13.c or 13.d), if the student
earns atleast the minimum credits specified in clause 12 (disregarding the mandatory credits clause of
Table 1 or 2 and Clause 7), then the student shall be award the degree as Bachelor of Technology (Major
Discipline). Such students shall not be eligible for the award of an Honours degree. Though if credits are
accumulated through MOOCs as per clause 10, the same shall be reflected in the marksheets of the
students.
14. The Honours degree shall only be awarded if the CGPA of the student is above or equal to 7.5 in addition to fulfilment of
criteria / point 10 and 13 above and the degree is awarded after the immediate completion of the 4 th of the batch from the
year of admission. No Honours shall be conferred if the degree requirements are not completed in the minimum duration.
15. Pass marks in every paper shall be 40.

16. Grading System shall be as per Ordinance 11 of the University.
17. The programme core electives (PCE) shall be specific to a major discipline, minor specializations and papers for EAE shall
be defined by the school and minor specializations and papers for OAE shall be defined by the concerned school. The school
shall offer atleast two emerging area elective groups for students of each major discipline, and atleast two open area elective
groups for students of each major discipline of the school. In addition, the school shall offer minor specialization groups as
OAE to other school students. The emerging area / open electives can also be offered as standalone papers not forming a
part of any elective groups also. The prerequisites for a specific paper, offered by the school, shall be defined in the detailed
scheme and syllabus document of the school. The school shall decide the group(s) and/or individual papers to be offered as
electives based on the availability of infrastructure and faculty. From the groups / papers offered by the school, an elective
paper / group shall be taught if and only if the number of students in a paper is at-least 20 or at-least 1/3 of the students of
a major discipline for which the paper / group is to be offered. The APC of the school may define a maximum number of
students allowed to register for a paper as an elective (EAE / OAE).
18. The students desirous to continue to the Master of Technology part of the dual degree programme, must first complete
the requirements for the award of the Bachelor of Technology degree, before being allowed to proceed for the Master of
Technology part.
19. Teachers of other Schools, as and when deputed by their school, for teaching the students enrolled in programmes
offered by the University School of Information, Communication and Technology (USICT) shall be a part of the Academic
Programme Committee of the school. Such teachers, for all academic matters, including teaching, teachers’ continuous
evaluation, term end examinations etc. shall be governed by the decisions of the APC of USICT. Similarly, the guest faculty,
the visiting faculty and the contract / Ad Hoc faculty as and when deputed to teach students of USICT shall form a part of
APC of USICT.

Page 77 of 399
20. The medium of instructions shall be English.

Page 78 of 399
Primary Discipline:
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Page 79 of 399
PEO 1: Our students will apply their knowledge and skills to succeed in their careers and/or obtain an advanced
degree.
PEO 2: Our students will behave ethically and responsibly, and will remain informed and involved as full
participants in their profession and society.
PEO 3: Our students will creatively solve problems, communicate effectively, and successfully function in diverse
and inclusive multi-disciplinary teams.
PEO 4: Our students will apply principles and practices of information technology to identify, implement, and enable
effective technologies and apply fundamental computing knowledge to solve information technology
problems and be capable of doing research.
Programme Specifc Outcomes (PSO)
PSO 1: Analyze a complex computing problem and to apply principles of computing and other relevant disciplines
to identify solutions.
PSO 2: Design, implement, and evaluate a computing-based solution to meet a given set of computing
requirements in the context of the program's discipline.
PSO 3: Communicate effectively in a variety of professional contexts.
PSO 4: Recognize professional responsibilities and make informed judgments in computing practice based on legal
and ethical principles.
PSO 5: Function effectively as a member or leader of a team engaged in activities appropriate to the program's
discipline.
PSO 6: Identify and analyze user needs and to take them into account in the selection, creation, integration,
evaluation, and administration of computing-based systems.
PEO to PO Mapping
PEO 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
PEO 2 1 - - - - 3 3 3 - - - 3
PEO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 -
PEO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 1 1 3 -
PSO to PO Mapping
PSO 1 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - - 3
PSO 2 - 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - - 3
PSO 3 - - - - - 3 - - 3 3 3 -
PSO 4 - - - - - 3 3 3 1 - - -
PSO 5 - - - - - - - 1 3 1 3 -
PSO 6 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - - - 3

Page 80 of 399
Third Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT201 Foundations of Computer Science 4 - 4
PC ICT203 Operating Systems 3 - 3
PC ICT205 Digital Logic & Computer Design 4 - 4
PC ICT207 Database Management Systems 4 - 4
PC ICT209 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 4 - 4
PC ICT211 Data Structures 4 - 4
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT251 Database Management Systems Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT253 Object Oriented Programming using C++ Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT255 Data Structures Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT257 Operating System Lab. - 2 1
Total 25 8 29
Fourth Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT202 Computer Graphics 3 - 3
PC ICT206 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 4 - 4
PC ICT208 Theory of Computation 4 - 4
PC ICT210 Software Engineering 3 - 3
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT254 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT258 Computer Graphics Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT260 Software Engineering Lab. - 2 1
Total 24 10 29

Page 81 of 399
Fifth Semester
Code
Theory Papers
PC ICT303 Compiler Design 3 - 3
offered by the school - 1.
HS HS305*** Elements of Indian History for Engineers 2 2
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT395 Compiler Design Lab. 2 1
Total 2 26
school,
Sixth Semester
Code
Theory Papers
Practical/Viva Voce
Total 28
the co-ordinators shall be responsible for the evaluation of the same. These activities shall start from the 1 st semester and

Page 82 of 399
Seventh Semester
Code
Theory Papers
choose one group)
choose one group)
Practical/Viva Voce
Total 29
out of 100.

Page 83 of 399
Eighth Semester
Code
ICT454 Major Project Viva Voce# 4
PC / Internship ICT458 Internship Report**,# 15
ICT462 Internship Progress Evaluation* 2
Total 21
out of 100.
through Training and Placement Officer of the School shall proceed for internship.
100 marks.
school.

Page 84 of 399
PROGRAMME CORE ELECTIVE PAPERS

Code
ICT313P Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab. - 2 1
ICT315P Engineering Optimization - 2 1
317 ICT317T Social Network Analysis and Sentiment Analysis 3 - 3
ICT317P Social Network Analysis and Sentiment Analysis - 2 1
323 ICT323T VHDL Programming 3 - 3
ICT323P VHDL Programming Lab - 2 1
325 ICT325T Multimedia Technologies 3 - 3
ICT325P Multimedia Technologies Lab. - 2 1
312 ICT312T Java Programming 3 - 3
ICT312P Java Programming - 2 1
314 ICT314T Systems Programming 3 - 3
ICT314P Systems Programming - 2 1
ICT316P Introduction to Robotics Engineering - 2 1
ICT318P Network Security and Cryptography - 2 1
320 ICT320T Visual Basic.Net Programming 3 - 3
ICT320P Visual Basic.Net Programming - 2 1
322 ICT322 Quantum Computing 3 - 3
324 ICT324T Natural Language Processing 3 - 3
ICT324P Natural Language Processing Lab. - 2 1
336 ICT336T Introduction to Information and Communication Theory 3 - 3
ICT336P Introduction to Information and Communication Theory Lab. - 2 1
338 ICT338T Database Modelling and Design 3 - 3
ICT338P Database Modelling and Design Lab - 2 1
340 ICT340T Analog and Digital Communication 3 - 3
ICT340P Analog and Digital Communication Lab - 2 1
326 ICT326T Object Technology and UML 3 - 3
ICT326P Object Technology and UML Lab. - 2 1
401 ICT401T Advanced Java Programming 3 - 3
ICT401P Advanced Java Programming Lab. - 2 1
403 ICT403T Blockchain Technology 3 - 3
ICT403P Blockchain Technology Lab. - 2 1
405 ICT405T Semantic Web 3 - 3
ICT405P Semantic Web Lab. - 2 1
407 ICT407T C#.net Programming 3 - 3
ICT407P C#.net Programming Lab. - 2 1
409 ICT409 Cyber Security and Forensic 4 - 4
411 ICT411T Software Verification Validation and Testing 3 - 3
ICT411P Software Verification Validation and Testing Lab. - 2 1
413 ICT413 Cloud Computing 4 - 4
427 ICT427T Middleware Technologies 3 - 3
ICT427P Middleware Technologies Lab. - 2 1
429 ICT429T Mobile Computing 3 - 3
ICT429P Mobile Computing Lab. - 2 1

Page 85 of 399
431 ICT431 E-Commerce 4 - 4

435 ICT435T Network Programming 3 - 3
ICT435P Network Programming Lab. - 2 1
433 ICT433T Wireless Communication and Networks 3 - 3
ICT433P Wireless Communication and Networks Lab. - 2 1
Note:

Page 86 of 399
shall be 4 years (N=4 years) (8 semesters).
the Master in Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree).
6. The students shall undergo the following group of Courses / Papers as enumerated in the scheme.
BS 12 20 32 16
HS 5 4 2 2 4 4 21 10
ES 12 5 17 17
PC 27 27 10 5 21 90 90
PCE 4 8 8 20 16
EAE 4 8 8 20 16
OAE / EAE 4 8 8 20 10
Total 29 29 27 29 26 28 29 21 220 175
7. Mandatory Credits (175) specify the number of credits from each subject group to be mandatorily acquired by the student
for the award of the degree. See clause 12 and 13 also.

Page 87 of 399
11. Maximum Credits: at least 220 (Table 1), these are the credits for which the student shall have to study for the non-
Honours component of the curriculum. The student has to appear in the examinations for these credits.
12. Minimum Credits: atleast 200 (out of the 220 non Honours papers credits). See clause 7 also.
i. The student has earned The student has earned the mandatory credits as defined in Table 1 and
clause 7.
USICT.
specialization.
iv. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast
200 credits.
at point 10.

Page 88 of 399
clause 7.
USICT.
iii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast
200 credits.
conditions:
clause 7.
200 credits.
conditions:
clause 7.
ii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast 200
credits.
at point 10.
earns atleast 200 credits out of 216 credits as enumerated in Table 1 (disregarding the mandatory credits
clause of Table 1 and Clause 7), then the student shall be award the degree as Bachelor of Technology
(Major Discipline). Such students shall not be eligible for the award of an Honours degree. Though if
credits are accumulated through MOOCs as per clause 10, the same shall be reflected in the marksheets
of the students.
15. The scheme of examinations for the B.Tech. Programmes at the affiliated institutions shall be notified separately.

Page 89 of 399
Technology part.
APC of USICT.

Page 90 of 399
Primary Discipline:
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATIONS ENGINEERING

Page 91 of 399
PEO 1: To be well acquainted with fundamentals of Electronics & Communication Engineering for leading a
successful career in industry or as an entrepreneur or pursuing higher education.
PEO 2: To inculcate rational approach towards constantly evolving technologies with ethical responsibilities.
PEO 3: To foster technical skills for innovative solutions in Electronics & Communication Engineering or related
areas.
PEO 4: To participate in life-long learning in the relevant domain for addressing global societal needs.
Programme Specifc Outcomes (PSO)

PSO 1: To understand and analyse the principles and working of different electronic systems.
PSO 2: To utilize their knowledge, skills and resources to demonstrate and implement technology-based systems
as per the requirement.
PSO 3: To offer real time and efficient solutions problems that are directly or indirectly related to Electronics and
Communication Engineering areas and will contribute towards the development of society.
PSO 4: Ability to collaborate different fields of science and technology with right blend of attitude and aptitude for
placements and higher education or to become a successful Entrepreneur and a worthy global citizen.
PEO to PO Mapping
PEO 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3
PEO 2 3 1 1 - 1 3 3 3 - - - 3
PEO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 3
PEO 4 1 - - - - 3 1 - - - - 3
PSO to PO Mapping
PSO 1 3 3 - - 3 - - - - - - 1
PSO 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - - 1
PSO 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3-
PSO 4 1 1 1 1 1 - - 1 1 3 - 3

Page 92 of 399
Third Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT215 Signal and Systems 3 - 3
PC ICT219 Digital Electronics 4 - 4
PC ICT221 Analog Electronics – I 4 - 4
PC ICT223 Analog Communications 3 - 3
PC ICT225 Engineering Electromagnetics 4 - 4
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT259 Digital Electronics Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT261 Analog Electronics – I Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT265 Signal and Systems Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT267 Analog Communications Lab. - 2 1
Total 24 10 29
Fourth Semester
Theory Papers
PC ICT216 Network Analysis and Synthesis 4 - 4
PC ICT218 Control Systems 3 - 3
PC ICT220 Analog Electronics – II 4 - 4
PC ICT222 Digital Communications 3 - 3
PC ICT224 Microprocessors 4 - 4
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT262 Analog Electronics – II Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT264 Microprocessors Lab. - 2 1
PC ICT266 Digital Communications - 2 1
PC ICT268 Control Systems Lab - 2 1
Total 24 10 29

Page 93 of 399
Fifth Semester
Code
Theory Papers
PC ICT309 Microelectronics and VLSI Design 3 - 3
OAE Elective from other schools or open elective offered by the school 4
- 1.
HS HS305*** Elements of Indian History for Engineers* 2 2
Practical/Viva Voce
PC ICT397 Microelectronics and VLSI Design Lab. 2 1
Total 2 26
school,
Sixth Semester
Code
Theory Papers
-2
-3
Practical/Viva Voce
Total 28
the co-ordinators shall be responsible for the evaluation of the same. These activities shall start from the 1 st semester and

Page 94 of 399
Seventh Semester
Code
Theory Papers
choose one group)
choose one group)
OAE Elective from other schools or open elective 4
OAE Elective from other schools or open elective 4
Practical/Viva Voce
Total 29
out of 100.

Page 95 of 399
Eight Semester
Code
ICT454 Major Project Viva Voce@ 4
PC / Internship ICT458 Internship Report# 15
ICT462 Internship Progress Evaluation*,# 2
Total 21
out of 100.
through Training and Placement Officer of the School, shall proceed for internship.
100 marks.
school.

Page 96 of 399
PROGRAMME CORE ELECTIVE PAPERS
Paper Paper Paper T P Credits

Code
ICT313P Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab. - 2 1
323 ICT323T VHDL Programming 3 - 3
ICT323P VHDL Programming Lab. - 2 1
327 ICT327T Telecommunication Switching and Networks 3 - 3
ICT327P Telecommunication Switching and Networks Lab. - 2 1
329 ICT329T Optoelectronic Devices 4 - 4
ICT316P Introduction to Robotics Engineering Lab. - 2 1
ICT318P Network Security and Cryptography Lab. - 2 1
336 ICT336T Introduction to Information and Communication Theory 3 - 3
ICT336P Introduction to Information and Communication Theory Lab - 2 1
344 ICT344 Random Processes and Stochastic Systems 4 - 4
346 ICT346T Antenna Design and Radiating Systems 3 - 3
ICT346P Antenna Design and Radiating Systems Lab. - 2 1
348 ICT348T Optical Communication Systems and Networks 3 - 3
ICT348P Optical Communication Systems and Networks Lab. - 2 1
350 ICT350T Embedded Systems 3 - 3
ICT350P Embedded Systems Lab. - 2 1
352 ICT352T RF Components and Circuit Design 3 - 3
ICT352P RF Components and Circuit Design Lab. - 2 1
354 ICT354 Multimedia Communications 4 - 4
356 ICT356T Wireless and Mobile Communication 3 - 3
ICT356P Wireless and Mobile Communication Lab. - 2 1
409 ICT409 Cyber Security and Forensic 4 - 4
429 ICT429T Mobile Computing 3 - 3
ICT429P Mobile Computing Lab. - 2 1
441 ICT441 Advanced Computer Architecture 4 - 4
443 ICT443 Smart Antennas 4 - 4
445 ICT445 Fabrication Technology 4 - 4
447 ICT447 Power Electronics 4 - 4
449 ICT449 Electronic Measurements 4 - 4
451 ICT451 MEMS and Sensors 4 - 4
453 ICT453T Radar and Satellite Communication 3 - 3
ICT453P Radar and Satellite Communication Lab. - 2 1
ICT457P Engineering Optimization Lab. - 2 1
459 ICT459T Radio and Television Engineering 3 - 3
ICT459P Radio and Television Engineering Lab. - 2 1
461 ICT461T RF and Microwave Engineering 3 - 3
ICT461P RF and Microwave Engineering Lab. - 2 1

Page 97 of 399
Note:

Page 98 of 399
shall be 4 years (N=4 years) (8 semesters).
the Master in Technology part of the Bachelor / Master of Technology (Dual Degree).
6. The students shall undergo the following group of Courses / Papers as enumerated in the scheme.
BS 12 20 32 16
HS 5 4 2 2 4 4 21 10
ES 12 5 17 17
PC 27 27 10 5 21 90 90
PCE 4 8 8 20 16
EAE 4 8 8 20 16
OAE / EAE 4 8 8 20 10
Total 29 29 27 29 26 28 29 21 220 175
7. Mandatory Credits (175) specify the number of credits from each subject group to be mandatorily acquired by the student
for the award of the degree. See clause 12 and 13 also.

Page 99 of 399
11. Maximum Credits: at least 220 (Table 1), these are the credits for which the student shall have to study for the non-
Honours component of the curriculum. The student has to appear in the examinations for these credits.
12. Minimum Credits: atleast 200 (out of the 220 non Honours papers credits). See clause 7 also.
clause 7.
USICT.
specialization.
iv. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast
200 credits.
at point 10.

Page 100 of 399
clause 7.
USICT.
200 credits.
conditions:
clause 7.
200 credits.
conditions:
clause 7.
ii. In addition, the total credits (including the above specified credits) earned by the student is atleast 200
credits.
at point 10.
earns atleast 200 credits out of 216 credits as enumerated in Table 1 (disregarding the mandatory credits
clause of Table 1 and Clause 7), then the student shall be award the degree as Bachelor of Technology
(Major Discipline). Such students shall not be eligible for the award of an Honours degree. Though if
credits are accumulated through MOOCs as per clause 10, the same shall be reflected in the marksheets
of the students.
15. The scheme of examinations for the B.Tech. Programmes at the affiliated institutions shall be notified separately.

Page 101 of 399
Technology part.
APC of USICT.

Page 102 of 399
MINOR SPECIALIZATION STREAMS

(EMERGING AREA ELECTIVE GROUPS)

Page 103 of 399
These papers / streams shall be offered as per the prerequisite specified. The papers are to be offered to at the
undergraduate level to the students of B.Tech. programmes. A course / paper is identified by the code allocated. A course
may be split into a theory component which shall have the letter ‘T’ attached while its practical component shall have the
letter ‘P’ suffixed. A student has to study both the theory and the practical component, if taken as an elective.
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Machine Learning & Data Analytics

Prerequisite: First Year Engineering Mathematics (3 papers), Programming in C at the level of the B.Tech. papers for these
topics in the Curriculum of B.Tech. part of the USICT programmes of studies offered at the USICT campus). (Any
Engineering Discipline).
Code Paper Code Paper L P Credits Semester
ITE301 ITE301T Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data Analytics 3 - 3 5th
ITE301P Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data Analytics Lab. - 2 1
ITE302 ITE302T Machine Learning 3 - 3 6th
ITE302P Machine Learning Lab - 2 1
ITE304 ITE304T Supervised and Deep Learning 3 - 3 6th
ITE304P Supervised and Deep Learning Lab - 2 1
ITE401 ITE401T Unsupervised Learning 3 - 3 7th
ITE401P Unsupervised Learning Lab - 2 1
ITE403 ITE403T Big Data Analytics 3 - 3 7th
ITE403P Big Data Analytics Lab - 2 1
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Soft Computing

Prerequisite: First Year Engineering Mathematics (3 papers), Programming in C at the level of the B.Tech. papers for these
topics in the Curriculum of B.Tech. part of the USICT programmes of studies offered at the USICT campus). (Any
Engineering Discipline).
ITE301 ITE301T Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data Analytics 3 - 3 5th
ITE301P Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data Analytics Lab. - 2 1
ITE306 ITE306T Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning 3 - 3 6th
ITE306P Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning Lab - 2 1
ITE308 ITE308T Fuzzy logic and Systems 3 - 3 6th
ITE308P Fuzzy logic and Systems Lab - 2 1
ITE407 ITE407T Global Optimization Methods 3 - 3 7th
ITE407P Global Optimization Methods Lab - 2 1
ITE409 ITE409T Expert Systems and Knowledge Representation 3 - 3 7th
ITE409P Expert Systems and Knowledge Representation Lab. - 2 1
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Internet of Things

Prerequisite: Only to be offered to students of B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) in CSE / IT / ECE (B.Tech. Part)
ITE305 ITE305T Introduction to Internet of Things 3 - 3 5th
ITE305P Introduction to Internet of Things Lab. - 2 1
ITE310 ITE310T Wireless and Sensor Networks 3 - 3 6th
ITE310P Wireless and Sensor Networks Lab - 2 1
ITE312 ITE312T IoT with Arduino, ESP, and Raspberry Pi 3 - 3 6th
ITE312P IoT with Arduino, ESP, and Raspberry Pi Lab - 2 1
ITE411 ITE411T Design of smart systems 4 - 4 7th
ITE413 ITE413T Privacy and Security issues in IoT 4 - 4 7th

Page 104 of 399
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Embedded Systems


ITE307 ITE307T Microprocessors and Interfacing * 3 - 3 5th
ITE307P Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE309 ITE309 Real time operating systems* 4 - 4
ITE314 ITE314T Embedded System Architecture and Design 3 - 3 6th
ITE314P Embedded System Architecture and Design Lab - 2 1
ITE316 ITE316T VHDL Programming* 3 - 3 6th
ITE316P VHDL Programming Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE318 ITE318T Programming in C for Embedded Systems* 3 - 3
ITE318P Programming in C for Embedded Systems Lab. - 2 1
ITE415 ITE415T Real Time Embedded System Programming 3 - 3 7th
ITE415P Real Time Embedded System Programming Lab - 2 1
ITE417 ITE417T Logic Design and Analysis Using Verilog* 3 - 3 7th
ITE417P Logic Design and Analysis Using Verilog Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
IT421 ITE421 Sensors and Actuators* 4 - 4
* Allocation on the basis of subjects studied earlier, by the School
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Software Engineering

Prerequisite: Only to be offered to students of B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) in CSE / IT (B.Tech. Part)
ITE311 ITE311T Software Measurements, Metrics, and 3 - 3 5th
Modelling - 2 1
ITE311P Software Measurements, Metrics, and
Modelling Lab
ITE320 ITE320T Software Project Management* 3 - 3 6th
ITE320P Software Project Management Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE322 ITE322T Service Oriented Architecture* 3 - 3
ITE322P Service Oriented Architecture Lab. - 2 1
ITE324 ITE324T Mining Software Repositories and Predictive 3 - 3 6th
Modelling
ITE324P Mining Software Repositories and Predictive - 2 1
Modelling Lab.
ITE423 ITE423T Software Verification, Validation and Testing* 3 - 3 7th
ITE423P Software Verification, Validation and Testing Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE425 ITE425T Software Security* 3 - 3
ITE425P Software Security Lab. - 2 1
ITE427 ITE427 Software Engineering Standards 4 - 4 7th
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in VLSI Design

Prerequisite: Only to be offered to students of B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) in ECE (B.Tech. Part)
ITE313 ITE313T Semiconductor Devices and Modelling 3 - 3 5th
ITE313P Semiconductor Devices and Modelling Lab. - 2 1
ITE326 ITE326T VLSI Technology and Design 3 - 3 6th
ITE326P VLSI Technology and Design Lab - 2 1
ITE328 ITE328T CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design 3 - 3 6th
ITE328P CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design Lab. - 2 1
ITE429 ITE429T CMOS Digital Circuits Design 3 - 3 7th
ITE429P CMOS Digital Circuits Design Lab. - 2 1
ITE435 ITE435 VLSI Testing 4 - 4 7th

Page 105 of 399
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Wireless and Mobile Communications

ITE315 ITE315T Wireless Communication Systems 3 - 3 5th
ITE315P Wireless Communication Systems Lab. - 2 1
ITE330 ITE330T Cellular and Mobile communication 3 - 3 6th
ITE330P Cellular and Mobile communication Lab. - 2 1
ITE332 ITE332T Ad hoc Sensor Networks 3 - 3 6th
ITE332P Ad hoc Sensor Networks Lab. - 2 1
ITE437 ITE437 Cognitive Radio & Networks 4 - 4 7th
ITE439 ITE439 Privacy and Security in Wireless Networks 4 - 4 7th
Emerging Area: Minor Specialization in Image Processing & Computer Vision

ITE317 ITE317T Fundamentals of Image Processing 3 - 3 5th
ITE317P Fundamentals of Image Processing Lab. - 2 1
ITE334 ITE334T Image Filtering and Restoration 3 - 3 6th
ITE334P Image Filtering and Restoration Lab. - 2 1
ITE336 ITE336T Computer Vision and Object Recognition 3 - 3 6th
ITE336P Computer Vision and Object Recognition Lab. - 2 1
ITE441 ITE441T Deep Learning for Image Analysis 3 - 3 7th
ITE441P Deep Learning for Image Analysis Lab. - 2 1
ITE447 ITE447T Medical Image Processing 3 - 3 7th
ITE447P Medical Image Processing Lab. - 2 1

Page 106 of 399
MINOR SPECIALIZATION STREAMS

(OPEN ELECTIVE GROUPS)

Page 107 of 399
OPEN ELECTIVE GROUPS

1. One open elective stream shall be offered from CSE/IT discipline to be called “minor specialization in Computer
Engineering”. This stream shall be offered to the B.Tech. part of the B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) in Electronics
and Communication Engineering and other engineering branches of the University campus (other schools but
classes shall be held only at Dwarka campus of the University) as (This shall not be offered to Students of B.Tech.
part of the B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) in CSE / IT):
Minor Specialization in Computer Engineering

ITE319 ITE319 Digital Logic and Computer Design* 4 - 4 5th
OR OR OR
ITE321 ITE321T Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using 3 - 3
C++*
ITE321P Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using 2 1
-
C++ Lab.
ITE338 ITE338T Data Structures and Algorithms 3 - 3 6th
ITE338P Data Structures and Algorithms Lab. - 2 1
ITE340 ITE340T Introduction to Database Management Systems 3 - 3 6th
ITE340P Introduction to Database Management Systems - 2 1
Lab.
ITE451 ITE451T Operating Systems 3 - 3 7th
ITE451P Operating Systems Lab. - 2 1
ITE453 ITE453T Introduction to Computer Networks* 3 - 3 7th
ITE453P Introduction to Computer Networks Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE455 ITE455T Software Engineering 3 - 3
ITE455P Software Engineering Lab. - 2 1
2. One open elective stream shall be offered from ECE discipline to be called “minor specialization in Electronics and
Communications Engineering”. This stream shall be offered to the B.Tech. part of the B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual
degree) in CSE / IT and other engineering branches of the University campus (other schools, but classes shall be
held only at Dwarka campus of the University) as (This shall not be offered to Students of B.Tech. part of the B.Tech.
/ M.Tech. (Dual degree) in ECE):
Minor Specialization in Electronics and Communications Engineering

ITE323 ITE323 Circuits and Systems 4 - 4 5th
ITE342 ITE342T Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 - 3 6th
ITE342P Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab. - 2 1
ITE344 ITE344 Digital Logic and Computer Design* 4 - 4 6th
OR OR OR
ITE346 ITE346T Microprocessors & Interfacing* 3 - 3
ITE346P Microprocessors & Interfacing Lab. - 2 1
ITE457 ITE457T Analog and Digital Communication* 3 - 3 7th
ITE457P Analog and Digital Communication Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE459 ITE459T Wireless and Sensor Networks* 3 - 3
ITE459P Wireless and Sensor Networks Lab. - 2 1
ITE453 ITE453T Introduction to Computer Networks* 3 - 3 7th
ITE453P Introduction to Computer Networks Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE463 ITE463T Introduction to Control Systems * 3 - 3
ITE463P Introduction to Control Systems Lab. - 2 1

Page 108 of 399
3. One open area elective stream from Computer Applications shall be offered to all engineering branches of the
University and shall be called “minor specialization in Software Development”. This stream shall be offered to the
B.Tech. part of the B.Tech. / M.Tech. (Dual degree) engineering branches of the University campus (classes shall
be held only at Dwarka campus of the University):
Minor Specialization in Software Development

ITE325 ITE325T Introduction to Database Management Systems * 3 - 3 5th
ITE325P Introduction to Database Management Systems - 2 1
Lab.
OR OR
OR
ITE455T Software Engineering* 3 - 3
ITE455
ITE455P Software Engineering Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE329 ITE329 System Analysis and Design* 4 - 4
ITE348 ITE348T Web Development – I* 3 - 3 6th
ITE348P Web Development – I Lab - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE350 ITE350T Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using 3 - 3
C++*
ITE350P Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using - 2 1
C++ Lab.
ITE352 ITE352T Programming in the Windows Environment* 3 - 3 6th
ITE352P Programming in the Windows Environment Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE354 ITE354T Software Project Management* 3 - 3
ITE354P Software Project Management Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE356 ITE356T Programming in Java* 3 - 3
ITE356P Programming in Java Lab. - 2 1
ITE465 ITE465T Web Development – II 3 - 3 7th
ITE465P Web Development – II Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE467 ITE467T Programming in the Linux Environment 3 - 3
ITE467P Programming in the Linux Environment Lab. - 2 1
ITE469 ITE469T Android Development 3 - 3 7th
ITE469P Android Development Lab. - 2 1
OR OR OR
ITE471 ITE471T Advanced Java Programming 3 - 3
ITE471P Advanced Java Programming Lab. - 2 1
OPEN ELECTIVE PAPERS (LIST OF PAPERS THAT CAN BE OFFERED AS STAND ALONE PAPERS BY THE SCHOOL TO ANY
ENGINEERING STUDENT OF THE UNIVERSITY CAMPUS.
1. Any paper that is a programme core paper (PC) (3rd Semester onwards offered by USICT through this
document) can be offered as an open elective to other branches of engineering provided the
prerequisite of the paper is satisfied by the student and the same paper is not a core / elective paper
for the student. The students may be allowed to study such subject with the approval of the APC of
USICT, subject to the condition that the paper is offered in the particular semester by the school.
2. Any paper that is a programme core elective paper (5rd Semester onwards, offered by USICT through
this document) can be offered as an open elective to other branches of engineering provided the
3. Any paper that is a emerging area elective paper (5rd Semester onwards offered by USICT through this
document) can be offered as an open elective to other branches of engineering provided the

Page 109 of 399
4. Any paper that is a open elective group paper (5thSemester onwards) can be offered as an open
elective to other branches of engineering provided the prerequisite of the paper is satisfied by the
student and the same paper is not a core / elective paper for the student. The students may be allowed
to study such subject with the approval of the APC of USICT, subject to the condition that the paper is
offered in the particular semester by the school.
5. The Board of School of University School of Information, Communication and Technology may approve
inclusion of papers with detailed syllabus for undergraduate programmes of studies in the university
campus (other school students) as open electives. The same shall become a part of the scheme and
syllabi of examinations for the concerned student once approved by the APC of the school.
6. The above shall apply in consonance with other rules specified in this document.

Page 110 of 399
Assessment of Outcomes Achieved in a Course / Paper. That is,

Learning Outcome Assessment Alignment Grid.
Learning Course/Project How Learning Resources Attainment
Outcome Will Be Level
Assessed
To complete the alignment grid, start by listing one learning outcome per row beneath the “Learning Outcome”
column. Make sure that each learning outcome can be assessed by a single method.
Next, beneath the "Course/ Project" column, list the course(s) or project(s) or assignments or tests that students
will complete in order to achieve the learning outcome.
In the "How Learning Will Be Assessed" column, list the assessment(s) tool that will be used for that particular
learning outcome. It is fine for there to be more than one assessment used for a particular outcome, so long as
each assessment captures the outcome in its entirety. Likewise, it is fine for a single assessment to be used for
multiple outcomes.
In the column entitled "Resources", list any additional materials, technologies, or resources needed for students
to meet the learning outcome.
In the column entitled "Attainment Level", list in a quantifiable manner the average attainment level.
Every teacher must make this sheet for every paper taught. Be that a paper with only theory component, only
practical component or with both theory and practical component.

Page 111 of 399
LIST OF COURSES / PAPERS WITH DETAILED SYLLABUS

(2nd Year)

Page 112 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 201 Paper: Foundations of Computer Science L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Papers: None
Marking Scheme :
1. Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation : 25 marks
2. Term and Theory Examinations : 75 marks
Instructions for paper setter
objective, single line answers or short answer type questions of total 15 marks.
3. Apart from question one which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consists of four units as per the
syllabus. Every unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However,
the student shall be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may
contain up to 5 sub-parts/sub-questions. Each unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning objectives of course/paper. The standard
/level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed text books.
5. The requirement of (scientific) calculators/log tables/data-tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce the concept of Mathematical Logic, concepts of sets, relation and functions
2. To introduce the concept of Algorithm and number theory
3. To understand Group theory and related examples
4. To use Graph theory for solving problems
Course Outcomes (CO)
CO1: Ability for constructing mathematical logic to solve problems
CO2: Ability to Analyze/ quantify the efficiency of a developed solution (algorithm) of a computational
problem
CO3: Ability to Understand mathematical preliminaries to be used in the subsequent courses of the
curriculum. This includes Boolean algebra, number theory, group theory, and combinatorics.
CO4: Ability to Understand diverse relevant topics in discrete mathematics and computation theory with
an emphasis on their applicability as mathematical tools in computer science.
Course Outcomes (CO) to Programme Outcomes (PO) mapping (scale 1: low, 2: Medium, 3: High)
PO01 PO02 PO03 PO04 PO05 PO06 PO07 PO08 PO09 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 3 3
UNIT – I
Sets, Logic, and Relation: Sets, Subsets, powerset, operations on sets, Propositional Logic, Rules of inferences
in propositional logic, Quantifiers, Predicates and validity, Predicate Logic, normal forms. Proof Techniques-
Direct Proof, Proof by Contraposition, and proof by contradiction. Principle of inclusion and exclusion,
pigeonhole principle, permutation and combination. Principle of Well Ordering, principle of mathematical
induction, principle of complete induction. Relation, properties of binary relation, equivalence relation and
class, closures (symmetric, reflexive, and transitive).
UNIT - II
Functions, Order relations and Boolean Algebra: Functions, Growth of functions, Permutation functions,
Partially ordered sets, lattices, Boolean algebra, Minimization of Boolean Expressions. GCD, LCM, prime
numbers.
Recurrence relations, solution methods for linear, first-order recurrence relations with constant coefficients,
generating functions, Analysis of Algorithms involving recurrence relations, solution method for a divide-and-
conquer recurrence relation. Masters theorem (with proof).
UNIT - III
Group theory: Semi-group, Monoid, Groups, Group identity and uniqueness, inverse and its uniqueness,
isomorphism and homomorphism, subgroups, Cosets and Lagrange’s theorem, Permutation group and
Cayley’s theorem (without proof), Normal subgroup and quotient groups. Groups and Coding.

Page 113 of 399
UNIT - IV
Graph theory: Graph Terminology, Planar graphs, Euler’s formula (proof), Euler and Hamiltonian path/circuit.
Chromatic number of a graph, five color theorem (proof), Shortest path and minimal spanning trees and
algorithms, Depth-first and breadth first search, trees associated with DFS & BFS, Connected components.
Complexity Analysis of the graph MST.
Textbook(s):
1. B. Kolman, R. C. Busby & S.C. Ross “Discrete Mathematical Structures”, 6th edition, PHI/Pearson, 2009.
2. R. L. Graham, D. E. Knuth & O. Patashnik, “Concrete Mathematics”, Pearson Education, 2000.
References:
1. Neal Koblitz, “A course in number theory and cryptography”, Springer – Verlag, 1994.
2. J.P. Tremblay & R. Manohar, “Discrete Mathematical Structure with Application to Computer Science,”
TMH, New Delhi (2000).
3. Norman L. Biggs, “Discrete Mathematics”, Second edition, Oxford University Press, New Delhi (2002).
4. T .H . Cormen, C . E . Leiserson, R .L . Rivest “Introduction to Algorithms”, 3rd edition, PHI/Pearson.
5. Anne Benoit, Yves Robert, Frédéric Vivien “A Guide to Algorithm Design: Paradigms, Methods, and
Complexity Analysis”, CRC Press, 2013.

Page 114 of 399
Paper Code: ICT203 Paper: Operating Systems L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 2 4
PrerequisitePaper: None
Marking Scheme :
Instructions for paper setter :
/level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed text book.
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce fundamentals of services provided by and the design of an operating system
2. To introduce Processor scheduling and synchronization techniques
3. To introduce Primary and Secondary memory management techniques
4. To introduce the structure and organization of the file system
Course Outcomes (CO) :
CO 1 Ability to understand OS types, and process management techniques.
CO 2 Ability to understand CPU scheduling and process synchronization techniques.
CO 3 Ability to understand memory management techniques like paging, segmentation and demand
paging etc.
CO 4 Ability to understand techniques for file system management and system security and protection
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Computer System Organization, Architecture, Operations, Resource Management, Kernel Data Structures, OS
Services, OS Types, OS Booting.
Process Management: Concept Scheduling, Operations, IPC, Client – Server Architecture. Multicore
Programming, Multithreading models, Thread Libraries, Implicit threading, Threading Issues
UNIT – II
CPU Scheduling: Concepts, Criteria, Algorithms, thread scheduling, multi-processor scheduling.
Process Synchronization: Critical Section, Petersen’s solution, Mutex locks, semaphores, monitors, POSIX
synchronization, Deadlocks and characterization; deadlock detection, prevention, avoidance,; recovery from
deadlocks.
UNIT – III
Memory Management: Main Memory: contiguous allocation, paging, page table, swapping. Virtual Memory:
Demand paging, copy on write, page replacement, frame allocation, thrashing, memory compression, kernel
memory allocation.
Storage Management: HDD scheduling, NVM scheduling, error detection and correction, storage device
management, swap space management, RAID. I/O hardware, application I/O interface, kernel I/O subsystem,
STREAMS.
UNIT - IV

Page 115 of 399
File System: Concept, access methods, directory structure, protection, memory mapped files. File system:
structure, operations, directory implementation, space allocation and management, recovery; file system
mounting, partitions, file sharing, virtual file systems, remote file systems.
Security and protection: program, system and network threats, cryptography as security tool, user
authentication, system protection techniques: goals, principles, domain, access matrix, role based access
control. (As a case study Linux and Windows OS to be used)
Note: The practical list shall be notified by the teacher in the first week of the class commencement.
Textbook(s):
1. A. Silberschatz, P. B. Galvin and G. Gagne, Operating system concepts, Wiley, 10 ed., 2018.
References:
1. W. Stallings, Operating systems – Internals and design principles,Pearson, 9th ed. 2018.
2. A. S. Tanenbaum and H. Bos, Modern Operating Systems, Pearson, 4 th ed., 2015.
3. M. Milenkovic, Operating System : Concepts and Design, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, 2000.
4. N. Chauhan, Principles of Operating Systems, Oxford University Press, 2014.
5 F, Mchoes, Understanding Operating System, Thomson Press, Third Edition, 2003.

Page 116 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 205 / Paper: Digital Logic and Computer Design L T/P C
ITE319 / ITE344
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper: None
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce basic concepts of Boolean Algebra and Combinational Logic
2. To introduce various sequential circuits, designing with examples
3. To relate combination circuit design and sequential circuit design with respect to the design of a
computer system
4. To introduce machine learning, computer arithmetic, modes of data transfer with respect to I/O and
Memory organization of a computer
CO 1 Ability to understand Boolean Algebra and Design Combinational Circuits .
CO 2 Ability to understand and Design Sequential Circuits.
CO 3 Ability to understand Design of a basic computer.
CO 4 Ability to understand Input-Output and Memory Organization of a Computer.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Boolean Algebra and Combinational Logic: Review of number systems , signed, unsigned, fixed point, floating
point numbers, Binary Codes, Boolean algebra – basic postulates, theorems , Simplification of Boolean
function using Karnaugh map and Quine-McCluskey method – Implementations of combinational logic
functions using gates, Adders, Subtractors, Magnitude comparator, encoder and decoders, multiplexers,
code converters , parity generator/checker, implementation of combinational circuits using multiplexers.
UNIT – II
Sequential Circuits: General model of sequential circuits, Flip-flops, latches , level triggering, edge triggering,
master slave configuration , concept of state diagram , state table, state reduction procedures , Design of
synchronous sequential circuits , up/down and modulus counters , shift registers, Ring counter , Johnson
counter , timing diagram , serial adder , sequence detector, Programmable Logic Array (PLA), Programmable
Array Logic (PAL), Memory Unit, Random Access Memory
UNIT – III
Basic Computer organization: Stored Program, Organization, Computer registers, bus system, instruction set
completeness, instruction cycle, Register Transfer Language, Arithmetic, Logic and Shift Micro-operations,
Instruction Codes, Design of a simple computer, Design of Arithmetic Logic unit, shifter, Design of a simple

Page 117 of 399
hardwired control unit, Programming the basic computer, Machine language instructions, assembly
language, Microprogrammed control, Horizontal and Vertical Microprogramming, Central Processing Unit,
instruction sets and formats, addressing modes, data paths, RISC and CISC characteristics.
UNIT - IV
Computer Arithmetic, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division algorithms, Input-Output
Organization, Modes of data transfer, Interrupt cycle, direct memory access, Input-Output processor,
Memory Organization, Memory Hierarchy, Associative Memory, Cache Memory, Internal and external
Memory, Virtual Memory.
Text Book(s)
1. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Pearson Education, 2016
2. M. Morris Mano, Rajib Mall “Computer System Architecture”, 3 rd Edition Pearson Education, 2017
References:
1. Leach, D. P., Albert P. Malvino, “Digital Principles and Applications”, McGraw Hill Education, 8 th Edition ,
2014
2. Jain, R.P. ,”Modern Digital Electronics”, McGraw Hill Education, 4 th Edition , 2010
3. Floyd, Thomas L. , “Digital Fundamentals” Pearson Education, 11th Edition, 2017
4. M. Rafiquzzaman, “Fundamentals of Digital Logic and Microcomputer Design”, Wiley, 5 th Ed., 2005.

Page 118 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 207 Paper : Database Management System L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce basic concepts, architecture and characteristics of database systems
2. To introduce relational model concepts and PL/SQL programming
3. To introduce relational database design and Normal forms based on functional dependencies
4. To introduce concepts of object oriented & distributed databases
CO 1 Ability to understand advantages of database systems
CO 2 Ability to use SQL as DDL, DCL and DML
CO 3 Ability to design database and manage transaction processing
CO 4 Understand object oriented & distributed databases systems and use them
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Basic concepts: database & database users, characteristics of the database systems, concepts and
architecture, date models, schemas & instances, DBMS architecture & data independence, database
languages & interfaces, data modelling using the entity-relationship approach. Enhanced ER concepts -
Specialization/Generalization, Aggregation, Mapping of ER model to Relational Model. Relational data base
design: functional dependencies & normalization for relational databases, normal forms based on functional
dependencies, (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF), lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, normal
forms based on multivalued & join dependencies (4NF & 5NF) & domain key normal form
UNIT - II:
Relational model concepts, relational model constraints, relational algebra, relational calculus, SQL – DDL,
DCL & DML views and indexes in SQL. Basics of SQL, DDL, DML,DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining
constraints – Primary key, foreign key, unique, not null, check, IN operator, Functions - aggregate functions,
Built-in functions – numeric, date, string functions, set operations, sub-queries, correlated sub-queries, Use
of group by, having, order by, join and its types, Exist, Any, All , view and its types. Transaction control
commands – Commit, Rollback, Save point, stored procedures,Triggers (with emphasis on mySQL and
postgreSQL).
UNIT - III
Properties of Transaction, Transaction states, Transaction Schedule, Serializability, Concurrency control
techniques, locking techniques, time stamp ordering, Recoverable schedules, granularity of data items,
Deadlock detection and Recovery, recovery techniques: recovery concepts, database backup and recovery
from catastrophic failures.

Page 119 of 399
UNIT - IV
File Structures and Indexing: Secondary Storage Devices, Operations on Files, Heap Files, Sorted Files,
Hashing, Single level indexes, Multi-level indexes, B and B+ tree indexes.
Concepts of Object Oriented Database Management systems & Distributed Database Management Systems
Textbooks:
1. R. Elmsari and S. B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of database systems”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2018
2. V. M. Grippa and S. Kumichev, “Learning MySQL”, O’Reilly, 2021.
3. Luca Ferrari and Enrico Pirozzi, Learn PostgreSQL: Build and manage high-performance database solutions
using PostgreSQL 12 and 13””, Packt Publishing, 2020.
References:
1. A. Silberschatz, H. F. Korth and S. Sudershan, “Database System Concept”, McGraw Hill, 6th Edition,2013.
2. Date, C. J., “An introduction to database systems”, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. P. Rob & C. Coronel, “Database Systems: Design Implementation & Management”, Thomson Learning, 6th
Edition, 2004
4. Desai, B., “An introduction to database concepts”, Galgotia publications, 2010
5. H. Garcia-Molina, J. D. Ullman, J. Widom, “Database System: The Complete Book”, PH.
6. Joel Murach, Murach's Mysql””, 3rd Edition-Mike Murach and Associates, Incorporated, 2019.
7. MySQL and PostgreSQL manuals.

Page 120 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 209 Paper: Object Oriented Programming Using C++ L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
Instructions for paper setter :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce the basic Concepts of Object Oriented Programming (data types, operators and
functions) using C++
2. To introduce concepts of Classes and Objects with the examples of C++ programming
3. To understand object oriented features such as Inheritance and Polymorphism
4. To use various object oriented concepts (exceptional handling) to solve different problems
CO 1 Ability to have an in-depth knowledge of object oriented programming paradigm
CO 2 To be able to develop basic C++ programming skills
CO 3 To be able to apply various object oriented features using C++
CO 4 Ability to have an understanding of generic programming & standard templates
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Object Oriented Programming Paradigm, Basic Concepts of Object Oriented Programming, Benefits of Object
Oriented Programming, Object Oriented Languages, Applications of Object Oriented Programming, C++
Programming Language, Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers and Constants, Data Types, Type Compatibility,
Variables, Operators in C++, Implicit Type Conversions, Operator Precedence, The Main Function, Function
Prototyping, Call by Reference, Return by Reference, Inline Functions, Function Overloading, Friend
Functions, default parameter value.
UNIT - II
Specifying a class, Member Functions, Encapsulation, information hiding, abstract data types, objects &
classes, Static Member Functions, Arrays of Objects, Constructors & Destructors, Parameterized Constructors,
Copy Constructors, Dynamic Constructors, Destructors, identity and behaviour of an object, C++ garbage
collection, dynamic memory allocation, Explicit Type Conversions, Operator Overloading.
UNIT - III
Inheritance, inheritance methods, Class hierarchy, derivation – public, private & protected, aggregation,
Inheritance Constructors, composition vs. classification hierarchies, Containership, Initialization List,
Polymorphism, categorization of polymorphic techniques, polymorphism by parameter, parametric
polymorphism, generic function – template function, function overriding, run time polymorphism, virtual
functions.
UNIT - IV

Page 121 of 399
Standard C++ classes, using multiple inheritance, persistant objects, streams and files, namespaces, exception
handling, generic classes, standard template library: Library organization and containers, standard containers,
algorithm and Function objects, iterators and allocators, strings, streams, manipulators, user defined
manipulators, vectors.
Textbook(s):
1. Stanley B. Lippman, Josée Lajoie, Barbara E. Moo, “C++ Primer”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
2. Ivor Horton, “Using the C++ Standard Template Libraries”, Apress, 2015.
3. R. Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming using C++”, Galgotia.
References:
1. A.R.Venugopal, Rajkumar, T. Ravishanker “Mastering C++”, TMH
2. Bjarne Stroustrup, “Programming: principles and practice using C++”, Addison-Wesley, 2015.
3. Bjarne Stroustrup, “A Tour of C++”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2018.
4. Bjarne Stroustrup, “The C++ Programming Language”, 4th Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2013.
5. Peter Van Weert and Marc Gregoire, “C++17 Standard Library Quick Reference: A Pocket Guide to Data
Structures, Algorithms, and Functions”, Apress (2019)
6. Rumbaugh et. al. “ Object Oriented Modelling & Design”, Prentice Hall
7. G . Booch “Object Oriented Design & Applications”, Benjamin,Cummings.
8. E.Balaguruswamy, “Objected Oriented Programming with C++”, TMH
9. Steven C. Lawlor, “The Art of Programming Computer Science with C++”, Vikas Publication.
10. Slobodan Dmitrović, Modern C++ for Absolute Beginners”:A Friendly Introduction to C++ Programming
Language and C++11 to C++20 Standards”, Apress, 2020.

Page 122 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 211 Paper: Data Structures L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper: ICT101
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce basics of Data structures (Arrays, strings, linked list etc.)
2. To understand the concepts of Stacks, Queues and Trees, related operations and their
implementation
3. To understand sets, heaps and graphs
4. To introduce various Sorting and searching Algorithms
CO 1 To be able to understand difference between structured data and data structure
CO 2 To be able to create common basic data structures and trees
CO 3 To have a knowledge of sets, heaps and graphs
CO 4 To have basic knowledge of sorting and searching algorithms
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Overview of data structure, Basics of Algorithm Analysis including Running Time Calculations, Abstract Data
Types, Arrays, Arrays and Pointers, Multidimensional Array, String processing, General Lists and List ADT, List
manipulations, Single, double and circular lists. Stacks and Stack ADT, Stack Manipulation, Prefix, infix and
postfix expressions, recursion. Queues and Queue ADT, Queue manipulation.
UNIT - II
Sparse Matrix Representation (Array and Link List representation) and arithmetic (addition, subtraction and
multiplication), polynomials and polynomial arithmetic.
Trees, Properties of Trees, Binary trees, Binary Tree traversal, Tree manipulation algorithms, Expression trees
and their usage, binary search trees, AVL Trees, Heaps and their implementation, Priority Queues, B-Trees,
B* Tree, B+ Tree
UNIT - III
Sorting concept, order, stability, Selection sorts (straight, heap), insertion sort (Straight Insertion, Shell sort),
Exchange Sort (Bubble, quicksort), Merge sort (External Sorting) (Natural merge, balanced merge and
polyphase merge). Searching – List search, sequential search, binary search, hashing methods, collision
resolution in hashing.
UNIT - IV
Disjoint sets representation, union find algorithm, Graphs, Graph representation, Graph Traversals and their
implementations (BFS and DFS). Minimum Spanning Tree algorithms, Shortest Path Algorithms

Page 123 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. Richard Gilberg , Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Structures: A Pseudocode Approach with C, 2 nd Edition,
Cengage Learning, Oct 2004
2. E. Horowitz, S. Sahni, S. Anderson-Freed, "Fundamentals of Data Structures in C", 2nd Edition, Silicon Press
(US), 2007.
References:
1. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C”, 2 nd Edition, Pearson, September, 1996
2. Robert Kruse, “Data Structures and Program Design in C”, 2nd Edition, Pearson, November, 1990
3. Seymour Lipschutz, “Data Structures with C (Schaum's Outline Series)”, McGrawhill, 2017
4. A. M. Tenenbaum, “Data structures using C”. Pearson Education, India, 1st Edition 2003.
5. Weiss M.A., “Data structures and algorithm analysis in C++”, Pearson Education, 2014.

Page 124 of 399
Paper Code: ECO 213 Paper: Engineering Economics L T/P C

Paper ID: 2 0 2
Marking Scheme :
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning objectives of course/paper. The standard /
level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed text book.
Course Objectives :
1. Introduce economic theory and value analysis.
2. Understand cash flow.
3. Learn about sampling and replacement maintenance.
4. Learn about depreciation and inflation.
CO 1 Ability to do understand economic analysis.
CO 2 Ability to understand and use cash flow method.
CO 3 Ability to determine economic life of an asset and replacement method.
CO 4 Ability to do depreciation analysis and inflation adjustment.
CO 1 - 1 - - 1 2 3 - - - 3 1
CO 2 - 1 - - 1 2 3 - - - 3 1
CO 3 - 1 - - 1 2 3 - - - 3 1
CO 4 - 1 - - 1 2 3 - - - 3 1
UNIT I
Introduction, Flow in an economy, Law of Supply and Demand, Concept of Engineering Economics, Elements
of Cost, Break-Even Analysis, P/V ratio, examples of simple economic analysis, Interest Formulas and Their
Applications.
UNIT II
Present Worth Method of Comparison: Introduction, Revenue Dominated Cash Flow Diagram, Cost-
Dominated Cash Flow Diagram
Future Worth Method: Introduction, Revenue Dominated Cash Flow Diagram, Cost-Dominated Cash Flow
Diagram
Annual Equivalent Method: Introduction, Revenue Dominated Cash Flow Diagram, Cost-Dominated Cash Flow
Diagram, Alternate approach.
Rate of Return Method.
UNIT III
Replacement and Maintenance Analysis: Introduction, Types, Determination of economic life of an asset,
replacement method.
Depreciation: Introduction and methods of depreciation (Straight line, Declining Balance, Sum of the Years
Digit method, Sinking fund method, Service output method). Evaluation of public alternative.
UNIT IV
Inflation Adjustment: Introduction, Procedure to adjust Inflation, Inflation Adjusted Economic Life of
Machines. Inventory Control and Methods, Make or buy decision, Project Management: Introduction, Phases,
CPM, Gantt/Time Chart, PERT. Value Analysis / Value Engineering
Textbook:

Page 125 of 399
1. R. Paneerselvam, “Engineering Economics”, PHI Learning, New Delhi, 2012.
References:
1. David L. Whitman, Ronald E. Terry, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics and Decision Analysis, Morgan
& Claypool Publishers (2012).
2. John A. White, Kellie Grasman, Fundamentals of Engineering Economic Analysis, Wiley (2013).
3. Leland Blank, Antony Tarquin, Engineering Economy, McGraw Hill, 2002.
4. K. L. Sharma, An Introduction to Engineering Economics, Momentum Press, 2015.
5. Chan S. Park, Fundamentals of Engineering Economics, Global Edition-Pearson, (2019).
6. Zahid A. Khan, Arshad N. Siddiquee, Brajesh Kumar, Mustufa H. Abidi, Principles of Engineering Economics
with Applications, Cambridge University Press (2018).

Page 126 of 399
Paper Code: ICT215 Paper: Signal and Systems L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 - 3
Marking Scheme:
1. Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation: 25 Marks
2. Term End Theory Examination: 75 Marks
2. The first(1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question should be
five sub-parts/sub-questions. Each unit will have a marks weightage of 15.
4. The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper. The
standard/level of questions to asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
5. The requirements of (scientific) calculators/ log-tables/ data- tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives:
1. To impart understanding about various types of signals and systems, their classifications, analysis
and operations.
2. To impart knowledge of use of transforms in analysis of signals and system.
3. To impart skill to carry out simulation on signals and systems for observing effects of applying
various properties and operations.
4. To impart strong foundation of communication and signal processing to be studied in the
subsequent semester
Course Outcome (CO):
CO 1 Ability to understand about various types of signals and systems, classify them, analyze them, and
perform various operations on them.
CO 2 Ability to understand use of transforms in analysis of signals and system.
CO 3 Ability to carry out simulation on signals and systems for observing effects of applying various
properties and operations.
CO 4 Ability to create strong foundation of communication and signal processing to be studied in the
subsequently.
Course Outcomes (CO) to Programme Outcomes (PO) Mapping (Scale - 1: Low, 2: medium, 3: High)
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 1 1 1 1
Unit I
Continuous and discrete time signals: Classification of Signals – Periodic aperiodic even – odd – energy and
power signals – Deterministic and random signals – complex exponential and sinusoidal signals – periodicity –
properties of discrete time complex exponential unit impulse – unit step impulse functions – Transformation in
independent variable of signals: time scaling, time shifting. Determination of Fourier series representation of
continuous time and discrete time periodic signals – Explanation of properties of continuous time and discrete
time Fourier series. Representation of continuous time signals by its sample - Sampling theorem –
Reconstruction of a Signal from its samples, aliasing – discrete time processing of continuous time signals,
sampling of band pass signals.
Unit II
Continuous time Fourier Transform and Laplace Transform analysis with examples – properties of the
Continuous-time Fourier Transform and Laplace Transform basic properties, Parseval’s relation, and convolution
in time and frequency domains.

Page 127 of 399
Basic properties of continuous time systems: Linearity, Causality, time invariance, stability, magnitude and Phase
representations of frequency response of LTI systems -Analysis and characterization of LTI systems using
Differential Equations and Continuous time LTI systems. Laplace transform: Computation of impulse response
and transfer function using Laplace transform.
Unit III
Discrete time system analysis using Difference equations, Discrete Time Fourier Transform, Discrete Fourier
Transform, FFT and their property and usage in the analysis of Discrete time systems.
Unit IV
Basic principles of z-transform - z-transform definition – region of convergence – properties of ROC – Properties
of z-transform – Poles and Zeros – inverse z-transform using Contour integration - Residue Theorem, Power
Series expansion and Partial fraction expansion, Relationship between z-transform and Fourier transform.
Properties of convolution and the interconnection of LTI Systems – Causality and stability of LTI Systems.
Computation of Impulse & response & Transfer function using Z Transform.
Textbook(s):
1. Alan V. Oppenheim, Alan S. Willsky with S. Hamid Nawab, “Signals & Systems”, 2nd ed., Pearson Education,
1997.
2. Simon Haykin and Barry Van Veen, “Signals and Systems”, John Wiley, 1999
References:
1. M. J. Roberts, “Signals and Systems Analysis using Transform method and MATLAB”, TMH 2003.
2. K. Lindner, “Signals and Systems”, McGraw Hill International, 1999.
3. Moman .H. Hays,” Digital Signal Processing “, Schaum’s outlines, Tata McGraw-Hill Co Ltd., 2004.
4. B. P. Lathi, “Signal Processing and Linear System”, Berkeley Cambridge Press, 1998.
5. H. P. Hsu, “Schaum’s Outlines of The Theory and Problems of Signals and Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
6. John G.Proakis and Dimitris G.Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing, Principles, Algorithms and Applications,
3rd edn., PHI, 2000.

Page 128 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 204 / ICT 217 Paper: Computational Methods L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper: ICT
Marking Scheme :
/level of the questions to be asked should be at the level of the prescribed text box.
Course Objectives :
1. To understand numerical methods to find roots of functions and first order unconstrained
minimization of functions.
2. To introduce concept of interpolation methods and numerical integration.
3. To understand numerical methods to solve systems of algebraic equations and curve fitting by
splines.
4. To understand numerical methods for the solution of Ordinary and partial differential equations.
CO 1 Ability to develop mathematical models of low level engineering problems
CO 2 Ability to apply interpolation methods and numerical integration.
CO 3 Ability to solve simultaneous linear equations and curve fitting by splines
CO 4 Ability to numerically solve ordinary differential equations that are initial value or boundary value
problems
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT-I
Review of Taylor Series, Rolle ’s Theorem and Mean Value Theorem, Approximations and Errors in
numerical computations, Data representation and computer arithmetic , Loss of significance in computation
Location of roots of equation: Bisection method (convergence analysis and implementation), Newton
Method (convergence analysis and implementation), Secant Method (convergence analysis and
implementation). Unconstrained one variable function minimization by Fibonacci search, Golden Section
Search and Newton’s method. Multivariate function minimization by the method of steepest descent,
Nelder- Mead Algorithm.
UNIT-II
Interpolation: Assumptions for interpolation, errors in polynomial interpolation, Finite differences, Gregory-
Newton’s Forward Interpolation, Gregory-Newton’s backward Interpolation , Lagrange’s Interpolation,
Newton’s divided difference interpolation
Numerical Integration: Definite Integral, Newton-Cote’s Quadrature formula, Trapezoidal Rule, Simpson’s
one-third rule, simpson’s three-eight rule, Errors in quadrature formulae, Romberg’s Algorithm, Gaussian
Quadrature formula.
UNIT-III
System of Linear Algebraic Equations: Existence of solution, Gauss elimination method and its
computational effort, concept of Pivoting, Gauss Jordan method and its computational effort, Triangular

Page 129 of 399
Matrix factorization methods: Dolittle algorithm, Crout’s Algorithm, Cholesky method, Eigen value problem:
Power method
Approximation by Spline Function: First-Degree and second degree Splines, Natural Cubic Splines, B Splines,
Interpolation and Approximation
UNIT - IV
Numerical solution of ordinary Differential Equations: Picard’s method, Taylor series method, Euler’s and
Runge-Kutta’s methods, Predictor-corrector methods: Euler’s method, Adams-Bashforth method, Milne’s
method.
Numerical Solution of Partial Differential equations: Parabolic, Hyperbolic, and elliptic equations
Implementation to be done in C/C++
Textbook(s):
1. E. Ward Cheney & David R. Kincaid , “Numerical Mathematics and Computing” Cengage; 7th ed (2013).
References:
1. R. L. Burden and J. D. Faires, “Numerical Analysis”, CENGAGE Learning Custom Publishing; 10th
Edition (2015).
2. S. D. Conte and C. de Boor, “Elementary Numerical Analysis: An Algorithmic Approach”, McGraw
Hill, 3rd ed. (2005).
3. H. M. Antia, “Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers”, Hindustan Book Agency, (2002).
4. 2. E Balagurusamy “Numerical Methods” McGraw Hill Education (2017).

Page 130 of 399
Paper Code: Paper: Digital Electronics L T/P C

ICT219
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
1.There should be 9 questions in the term end examinations question paper.
2.The first question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question should be objective,
single line answers or short answer type questions of total 15 marks.
3.Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus.
Every unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However the student
4.The questions are to be framed keeping in view the learning outcomes of the course/paper. The
5.The requirements of (scientific) calculators/ log-tables/ data- tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives:
1. To impart understanding of principles of Boolean Algebra and minimization of logic functions.
2. To impart skill of design and implementation of Combinational and Sequential logic circuits.
3. To impart knowledge about Analog to Digital conversion and Digital to Analog conversion.
4. To impart understanding of Digital logic families, PLDs, PLA, PAL and FPGA.
CO 1 To understand principles of Boolean Algebra and minimization of logic functions.
CO 2 To design and implement Combinational and Sequential logic circuits.
CO 3 To understand Analog to Digital conversion and Digital to Analog conversion.
CO 4 To understand Digital logic families, PLDs, PLA, PAL and FPGA.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
Unit I
Fundamentals of Digital Systems: Analog and Digital signals, digital circuits, AND, OR, NOT, NAND, NOR and
Exclusive-OR operations, Examples of IC gates, Boolean Algebra.
Standard representation for logic functions, K-map representation, and simplification of logic functions using K-
map, Don’t care conditions, XOR and XNOR simplification of K-maps, minimization of logic functions using
Quine-McCluskey’s algorithm.
Unit II
Combinational Digital Circuits: Multiplexer, De-Multiplexer, Decoders, Encoder, Binary Adders and Subtractors,
Binary multiplier, Digital comparator, parity checker/generator, code converters, priority encoders,
decoders/drivers for display devices.
Sequential circuits and systems: S-R, J- K, T and D flip flops, race around condition, Level and Edge triggering
mechanism, Master-slave flip flop, Excitation and characteristics tables of flip-flops, realization of flip-flops using
other flip-flops, shift registers, applications of shift registers, Ripple (Asynchronous) counters, Synchronous
counters, design of counters, special counter IC’s: Ring counter and Johnson counter.
Unit III
Mealy and Moore machine, state diagram, state table, Design of sequence detector.
A/D and D/A Converters: D/A converters: weighted resistor/converter, R-2R Ladder D/A converter,
specifications for D/A converters, examples of D/A converter ICs, Sample and hold circuit, Analog to Digital
converters: quantization and encoding, A/D converter: Parallel A/D converter, successive approximation A/D

Page 131 of 399
converter, counting A/D converter, dual slope A/D converter, specifications of A/D converters, example of A/D
converter ICs.
Unit IV
Logic families: Characteristics of Digital ICs, Digital logic families: TTL, ECL and CMOS logic.
Semiconductor memories and Programmable logic devices: Memory organization and operation, expanding
memory size, classification and characteristics of memories, sequential memory, read only memory (ROM), read
and write memory (RAM), content addressable memory (CAM). ROM as a PLD, Programmable logic array (PLA),
Programmable array logic (PAL), Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
Textbook(s):
1. Donald P. Leach, A. P. Malvino, and Gautam Saha, “Digital principles and applications”, TMH, 2011.
2. R. J. Tocci, “Digital Systems”, PHI, 2000.
References:
1. R. P. Jain, "Modern Digital Electronics", McGraw Hill Education, 2009.
2. I. J. Nagrath, “Electronics, Analog & Digital”, PHI, 1999.
3. J. M. Yarbrough, “Digital Logic-Application and Design”, PWS Publishing.
4. B. S. Nai, “ Digital Electronics and Logic Design”, PHI.
5. Balabanian and Carlson, “Digital Logic Design Principles”, Wiley Pub.
6. Morris Mano, "Digital logic and Computer design", Pearson Education India, 2016.

Page 132 of 399
Paper Code: Paper: Analog Electronics-I L T/P C

ICT221
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To develop understanding of operation, characteristics, parameters and applications of p-n junction
diode
2. To develop understanding about BJT and FET in terms of structure, operation, configurations and
characteristics. Also analyse stability and amplifier circuit using small signal models
3. To impart knowledge of cascade amplifiers, coupling schemes, power amplifiers and their analysis
4. To impart knowledge of Feedback amplifiers and oscillators
CO 1 Ability to understand of operation, characteristics, parameters and applications of p-n junction
diode
CO 2 Ability to understand about BJT and FET in terms of structure, operation, configurations and
characteristics and able to analyse stability and amplifier circuit using small signal models
CO 3 Ability to understand and analyse cascade amplifiers, coupling schemes in amplifiers and power
amplifiers
CO 4 Ability to understand feedback amplifiers and oscillators
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Open circuit P-N junction diode, Forward and reverse biased diode, I-V characteristics of diode, Diode Equation,
Temperature dependence of diode. Breakdown phenomena, diffusion and transition capacitance of diode.
Diode equivalent circuit, Ideal diode. Solar cell.
Diode circuits: half-wave and full-wave rectifiers with capacitor filter, clamping and clipping circuits. Zener
diodes as voltage regulator.
UNIT - II
Bipolar Junction transistor (BJT): Structure, modes of operation, Configurations, I-V characteristics, early effect,
junction voltages; Transistor Biasing: Need of biasing, load line concept, fixed bias, self-bias, collector to base
bias, stability factors, Current Mirrors; hybrid model of BJT amplifier, small signal analysis of CE BJT amplifier
using h parameter
JFET: Physical structure, I-V characteristics; MOSFET: Depletion and enhancement types, Physical structure and
I-V characteristics; FET small-signal model (low & high frequency); MOSFET as resistance and switch,
UNIT – III

Page 133 of 399
Cascade amplifiers: Analysis of cascade amplifier (voltage gain, current gain, input and output impedances);
Darlington pair, Cascode amplifier; Types of coupling: DC, RC and Transformer; RC coupled Amplifier and its
frequency response; Differential Amplifier: differential and Common mode operation, CMRR.
Power Amplifiers: Classification of output stages (Class A, B, C & AB), Class A Amplifier, Transformer coupled
class A amplifier, Push pull amplifiers: Class A and Class B, Harmonic distortion, efficiency, crossover distortion,
class AB operation, Class C amplifier.
UNIT - IV
Feedback Amplifiers: classification, Feedback concept, basic feedback topologies, Characteristics of Negative
Feedback, Feedback and stability, gain margin, Noise margin,
Sinusoidal Oscillator, Barkhausen criterion, RC phase shift, LC (Colpitt’s, Hartley, Clapp), Crystal Oscillator.
Textbook(s):
1. J. Millman, C.C. Halkias and Satyabrata Jit, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th ed.
, 1998
2. R. L. Boylestad and N. Nashlesky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Pearson Education, 11th Ed.,
2014
References:
1. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, “Micro Electronic Circuits Theory and Applications,” 5th Edition ,
OUP, 2004.
2. B. Kumar and S. B. Jain, “Electronic Devices and Circuits””, Prentice Hall of India, 2007
3. S Salivahanan, and N. Suresh Kumar, “Electronic Devices and Circuits”, McGraw Hill Education (India),
2018
4. B.P. Singh and Rekha Singh, “Electronic Devices and Integrated Circuits”, Pearson Education, 2009.
5. J. J. Cathey, “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems in Electronic Devices and Circuits”, McGraw Hill,
2002.

Page 134 of 399
Paper Code: Paper: Analog Communication L T/P C

ICT223
Paper ID: 3 2 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To impart understanding of the concepts of analog communication systems.
2. To impart understanding of various modulation and demodulation techniques of analog
communication.
3. To impart understanding of transmitters and receivers in analog communication.
4. To impart understanding of the causes of noise and noise performance of analog communication.
CO 1 To understand the concepts of analog communication systems.
CO 2 To understand various modulation and demodulation techniques of analog communication.
CO 3 To understand transmitters and receivers in analog communication.
CO 4 To understand the causes of noise and noise performance of analog communication.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
The Communication Process, Review of Fourier Transforms and Dirac Delta Functions, Transmission through
Linear Systems, Filters (low pass and band pass signals), Phase and Group Delay, Sources of Information.
Amplitude Modulation: Introduction, Double Sideband – Suppressed Carrier Modulation, Quadrature – Carrier
Multiplexing, Single-Sideband and Vestigial-Sideband methods of modulation, Frequency Translation,
Frequency-Division Multiplexing
UNIT II
Angle Modulation: Introduction, Basic Definitions, Frequency Modulation, Phase-Locked Loop, Nonlinear Effects
in FM Systems, Superheterodyne receiver.
UNIT III
Probability and Random Processes: Introduction; Probability; Random Variables, Statistical Averages; Random
Processes; Mean, Correlation, and Covariance functions; Transmission of a Random Process Through a Linear
Filter, Power Spectral Density, Gaussian Process, Noise, Narrowband Noise
UNIT IV
Noise: Introduction, Receiver Model, Noise in DSB-SC Receivers, Noise in AM Receivers, Noise in FM Receivers,
Pre-emphasis and De-emphasis in FM.

Page 135 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. Simon Haykins and Michael Moher, “Communication Systems” John Wiley &sons Inc, 5th edition, 2009.
References:
1. B P Lathi and Zhi Ding, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, OUP, 5th edition, 2019.
2. H. Taub, D. L. Schilling and Gaotam Saha, “Taub’s Principles of Communication Systems”, McGraw Hill
Eduction, 4th edition, 2017.
3. J. G. Proakis, M. Salehi, “Fundamentals of Communications Systems”, Pearson, 2nd Edition, 2014.
4. W. Tomasi, “Electronic communications systems (Fundamentals Through Advanced)”, Pearson Education, 5 th
Edition, 2008.
5. G. Kennedy and B. Davis, “Electronic communication systems”, TMH, 4 th Edition, 2008 (reprint)

Page 136 of 399
Paper Code: ICT225 Paper: Engineering Electromagnetics L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge to understand concept of EM wave and its propagation
2. To impart knowledge to understand transmission lines concepts, parameters, application and
graphical tool to analyse transmission line problems
3. To impart knowledge to analyse rectangular and circular waveguides
4. To impart knowledge to understand basic concepts of various types of antennas
CO 1 To understand concept of EM wave and its propagation
CO 2 To understand transmission lines concepts, parameters, application and graphical tool to analyse
transmission line problems
CO 3 To analyse rectangular and circular waveguides
CO 4 To understand basic concepts of various types of antennas
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT – I
Vector algebra and vector calculus with significance of del operators- theorems and applications, Maxwell’s
equations (for static, time varying fields) in integral and differential forms, Continuity equation, boundary
conditions for electric and magnetic fields, Programmatic solutions to Maxwell’s equations using MATLAB,
Poisson’s and Laplace’s equations
UNIT – II
Electromagnetic waves: wave generation and equations in free space, lossy and lossless dielectrics, conductors-
skin depth – Plane wave reflection and refraction – Standing Wave – Applications. Wave propagation in lossless
and conducting medium, phase and group velocity, Reflection by a perfect conductor, insulator, Brewster Angle,
surface impedance. Guided waves and flow of power: Poynting vector and Poynting theorem, applications,
power loss in a conductor.
UNIT – III
Transmission Lines: General solution of transmission lines - Equations of voltage and current, Standing waves
and impedance transformation, Lossless and low-loss transmission lines, meaning of reflection coefficient –
wavelength and velocity of propagation, distortion less transmission line, Impedance matching - quarter wave
line, single stub matching, double stub matching, Power transfer, Microstrip transmission line, Smith chart.

Page 137 of 399
UNIT - IV
Waveguides: Rectangular waveguide, characteristic of TE and TM waves- cutoff wavelength and phase velocity
impossibility of TEM waves in waveguides- dominant mode, Surface currents, Attenuation, impedances. Circular
wave guides- solution of field equations in cylindrical coordinates- TE and TM waves in circular guides – wave
impedance and characteristic impedance, Microwave cavities: rectangular cavity resonators, circular cavity
resonators- Q-factor.
Introduction to antenna: monopole, dipole antenna and microstrip antenna
Textbook(s):
1. M. N.O. Sadiku, “Elements of Electromagnetics”, Oxford University Press, 2007.
2. W.H. Hayt, “Engineering Electromagnetics”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006
References:
1. R. K. Shevgaonkar, “Electromagnetic Waves”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2005.
2. G. S. Rao, “Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission lines” Wiley India.
3. G. S. N. Raju, “Electromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission lines” Pearson, 2006

Page 138 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 202 Paper: Computer Graphics L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 - 3
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce fundamentals of computer graphics, types of graphics and Raster graphics algorithms
2. To introduce geometric manipulation in 2D and 3D space, perspective projections, surface and solid
modelling.
3. To understand Color models and various illumination models
4. To understand Rendering techniques and Advanced modelling techniques
CO 1 Ability to understand the usage of the computer graphics primitives and perform the operations on
it like clipping etc.
CO 2 Ability to perform any editing of operations on geometry of the objects through 2D and 3D
transformations as per the requirements and should be able to model curves and surfaces using
different techniques.
CO 3 Ability to make the model appearance realistic in terms of desired color, material and final
appearance calculations.
CO 4 Ability to understand the concepts of different rendering techniques and advanced modelling
techniques.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 1 3
CO 3 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 1 3
CO 4 3 2 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 1 3
UNIT - I
Introduction to graphics and types of graphics, quality parameters of graphics display. Basic raster graphics
algorithms for drawing 2 D primitives: DDA line, Bresenham’s line, Bresenham’s circle, midpoint circle,
midpoint ellipse. Conic Sections, Clipping of line (Cohen Sutherland algorithm), clipping of polygon
(Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm), polygon filling. Attributes of Output primitives, Antialiasing
UNIT - II
Geometric manipulation in 2D and 3D space, window to viewport transformations, homogeneous
coordinates, projections: parallel and perspective projections.
Generating curves like Hermite, Bezier and B-spline. Surface generation, wireframe, surface and solid
modelling. 3-D polygon surfaces, polygon tables, polygon meshes.
UNIT - III
Visible surface determination techniques for visible surface determination: Z-buffer, A- buffer algorithm,
scanline algorithm, area subdivision algorithm for implementation of hidden surface removal. Achromatic
and hardware color models and software color models. Local and global illumination models calculations,
Lambert, Gouraud & Phong shading techniques.
UNIT - IV
Rendering: introduction to ray casting, ray-tracing, recursive ray tracing, and shadows. Advanced
procedural modelling: fractals, concept of fractals generation, concept of grammar-based modelling.

Page 139 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. D. D. Hearn, M.P. Baker, “Computer Graphics C version”, Pearson Education India, 2nd Edition, 2002.
2. J.D. Foley et. al., “Computer Graphics Principles & Practice in C”, Pearson Education India, 2nd Edition,
2006.
References:
1. R.H. Bartels, J.C. Beatty and B.A. Barsky, “An Introduction to Splines for use in Computer Graphics and
Geometric Modeling”, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers Inc., 1996.
2. W. M. Newman and R. F. Sproul, “Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics”, McGraw-Hill Education,
2nd Edition, 2001.
3. Z. Xiang and R. Plastock, “Theory and Problems of Computer Graphics”, Schaum’s Series, McGraw Hill,
2nd Edition, 2017.
4. F.P. Preparata and M.I. Shamos, “Computational Geometry: An Introduction”, Springer, Reprint of the
original 1st ed. 1985 Edition, 2012.
5. D. Rogers and J. Adams, “Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd
Edition , 2017.
6. David F. Rogers, “Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill Education, 2nd Edition ,
2017.
7. Alan Watt and Mark Watt, “Advanced Animation and Rendering Techniques”, Addison-Wesley, 2002.

Page 140 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 206 Paper: Design and Analysis of L T/P C

Algorithms
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
5. The requirement of (scientific ) calculators/log tables/data-tables may be specified if required.
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce the basic concept of Algorithm analysis, Growth of function and Disjoint sets
2. To introduce the concept of dynamic programming and greedy programming techniques
3. To understand graphs, graph traversal and applications of graphs.
4. To understand String matching and NP complete problems
CO 1 To be able to understand time complexity and disjoint sets
CO 2 To be able to differentiate between dynamic programming and greedy programming methodologies
CO 3 To have a knowledge of graphs and applications of graphs.
CO 4 To have basic knowledge of string matching and NP complete problems using few examples of NP
complete problems
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 3 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3
UNIT - I
Growth of Functions, Summations, Algorithm Design Paradigms, Divide and Conquer Strategy Strassen’s
algorithm for matrix multiplication, analysis of Merge sort, Quick Sort and Heap Sort, sorting in Linear Time:
Counting sort, Radix Sort, Bucket Sort, Medians and Order Statistics, Disjoint Set operations, Rooted Tree
Representations, Linked List representation of disjoint sets, disjoint set forests.
UNIT - II
Matrix Chain Multiplication, LCS, Optimal Binary Search Tree, General Greedy Approach Vs Dynamic
Programming approach, Case studies: Knapsack problem, Huffman Coding Problem, Matroids
String Matching: The Naïve String Matching Algorithm, The Rabin Karp Algorithm, String Matching with Finite
Automata, The Knuth Morris Pratt Algorithm.
UNIT - III
Representation of Graphs, Breadth First Search, Depth First Search, Topological Sort, Strongly Connected
Components, Algorithms of Kruskal’s and Prim’s, Dijkstra’s and Bellman ford algorithm, All pair shortest path,
Flyod Warshall Algorithm
UNIT - IV
NP-Complete Problems: Polynomial Time Verification, NP-Completeness, Satisfiability and Reducibility, NP
Completeness proof, NP-Complete Problems: The vertex-cover problem, the traveling-salesman problem, the
set-covering problem, the vertex-cover problem, Hamilton Circuit Problem

Page 141 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. T .H . Cormen, C . E . Leiserson, R .L . Rivest, Clifford Stein “Introduction to Algorithms”, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd. (Originally MIT Press); Third edition (2 February 2010)
2. A .V. Aho, J . E . Hopcroft, J . D . Ullman “The Design & Analysis of Computer Algorithms”, Addison Wesley,
1998.
References:
1. E. Horwitz and S. Sahani “Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”, Galgotia, 1998.
2. Udi Manber “Introduction to Algorithms – A Creative Approach”, Addison Wesley, 1998.
3. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Pearson; 3 edition,2011
4. David Harel, Yishai Feldman, “Algorithmics: The Spirit of Computing”, 3 rd Edition, 1987, Addison Wesley
Publishers Limited and Pearson Education Limited

Page 142 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 208 Paper: Theory of Computation L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To understand Automata (Deterministic and Non-Deterministic) and Language Theory
2. To understand Context Free Grammar (CFG), Parse Trees and Push Down Automata
3. To introduce the concepts of Turing Machines and Computability Theory
4. To understand Complexity Theory (NP-completess NP-hardness) and Space complexity
CO 1 Ability to understand the design aspects of “abstract models” of computers like finite automata,
pushdown automata, and Turing machines.
CO 2 Ability to comprehend the recognizability (decidability) of grammar (language) with specific
characteristics through these abstract models.
CO 3 Ability to decide what makes some problems computationally hard and others easy?
CO 4 A ability to deliberate the problems that can be solved by computers and the ones that cannot?
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 1 1 3
UNIT – I
Automata and Language Theory: Chomsky Classification, Finite Automata, Deterministic Finite Automata
(DFA), Non-Deterministic Finite Automata (NFA), Regular Expressions, Equivalence of DFAs, NFAs and Regular
Expressions, Closure properties of Regular grammar, Non-Regular Languages, Pumping Lemma.
UNIT - II
Context Free Languages: Context Free Grammar (CFG), Parse Trees, Push Down Automata (deterministic and
non-deterministic) (PDA), Equivalence of CFGs and PDAs, Closure properties of CFLs, Pumping Lemma,
Parsing, LL(K) grammar.
UNIT - III
Turing Machines and Computability Theory: Definition, design and extensions of Turing Machine, Equivalence
of various Turing Machine Formalisms, Church – Turing Thesis, Decidability, Halting Problem, Reducibility and
its use in proving undecidability. Rices theorem. Undecidability of Posts correspondence problem., Recursion
Theorem.
UNIT - IV
Complexity Theory: The class P as consensus class of tractable sets. Classes NP, co-NP. Polynomial time
reductions. NP-completess, NP-hardness. Cook- Levin theorem (With proof). Space complexity, PSPACE and
NPSPACE complexity classes, Savitch theorem (With proof). Probabilistic computation, BPP class. Interactive
proof systems and IP class. relativized computation and oracles.

Page 143 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. Sipser, Michael. Introduction to the Theory of Computation, Cengage Learning, 2012.
2. J. Hopcroft, R. Motwani, and J. Ullman, Introduction to Automata Theory, Language and Computation,
Pearson, 2nd Ed, 2006.
References:
1. Peter Linz, An Introduction to Formal Languages and Automata, 6th edition, Viva Books, 2017
1. Maxim Mozgovoy, Algorithms, Languages, Automata, and Compilers, Jones and Bartlett, 2010.
2. D. Cohen, Introduction to Computer Theory, Wiley, N. York, 2nd Ed, 1996.
3. J. C. Martin, Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, TMH, 2nd Ed. 2003.
4. K. L. Mishra and N. Chandrasekharan, Theory of Computer Science: Automata, Languages and Computation,
PHI, 2006.
5. Anne Benoit, Yves Robert, Frédéric Vivien , A Guide to Algorithm Design: Paradigms, Methods, and
Complexity Analysis, CRC Press, 2013.

Page 144 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 210 / ITE455T Paper: Software Engineering L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 - 3
Prerequisite Paper: ICT 101 or ICT209
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce the concepts of Software engineering, software processes and its models
2. To understand Software requirements analysis, SRS document, software metrics and system
modelling
3. To understand fundamentals of Software Design, Software Quality and software maintenance
4. To understand Software Testing and System Security
CO 1 Ability to demonstrate fundamentals of software engineering and techniques.
CO 2 Ability to develop, maintain and evaluate software systems.
CO 3 Ability to produce and execute test cases for software systems using different testing techniques.
CO 4 Ability to discover how to evaluate the software quality, evolutionary process and security.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT - I
Introduction: software processes and its models (waterfall, incremental development, spiral model, re-use
oriented model, prototype), Process activities, Process improvement (CMM Levels).
Agile Development model, plan driven vs agile model of development, agile methods and development
techniques (user stories, refactoring, test first development, pair programming, agile project management
(SCRUM agile method).
UNIT - II
Requirement Engineering: Functional and non-functional requirements, requirement elicitation, use case
development, requirement analysis and validation, requirement review or requirement change, SRS
document.
Size Estimation: Software Size, LOC and function point, cost and effort estimation, COCOMO, ISO 9001:2015
Certification.
System modelling: Interaction models: Use case diagram, sequence diagrams, Structural models: class
diagrams, generalization, aggregation, Behavioural models: ER diagrams, Data flow diagrams, data
dictionaries.
UNIT - III
Software Design: Architectural views and patterns, Modularity (cohesion and coupling), information hiding,
functional independence, function oriented design, object oriented design, SOA, SAAS.
Software Quality: McCall’s Quality Factors, ISO 9126 Quality Factors, Quality Control, Quality Assurance,
Software Reliability.

Page 145 of 399
Software Evolution: Evolution process, legacy system, software maintenance: Maintenance prediction, Re-
Engineering, Refactoring.
UNIT –IV
Software Testing: verification, validation, Development testing (unit testing, component testing, system
testing, Test Driven Development (TDD), Release Testing (Requirement based testing, scenario testing,
performance testing), User testing (alpha, beta and acceptance testing), Regression Testing, Stress Testing.
System Security: Reliability engineering, reliability requirements (functional and non-functional) and its
measurement, safety engineering: safety critical systems, its requirement, security engineering and its
requirements, security guidelines
Textbook(s):
1. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, 10th edition, Pearson, 2018.
2. K.K. Aggarwal & Yogesh Singh, “Software Engineering”, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, Third
Edition, 2008.
References:
1. Pankaj Jalote,”A Concise Introduction to Software Engineering”, Springer, 2008.
2. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering- A Practitioner’s Approach”, Eighth Edition, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 2010.
3. Cem Kaner, Jack Falk, Nguyen Quoc, “Testing Computer Software”, Second Edition, Van Nostrand Reinhold,
New York, 1993.
4. Gojko Aszic, ”Specification by Example”, Manning Publications, 2011.
5. Kent Back, ”Test-Driven Development By Example”, Pearson Education.
6. Boris Beizer, “Software System Testing and Quality Assurance”, Van Nostrand Reinhold, New York, 1984.
7. Mike Cohn, ”Software Development Using Scrum Succeeding with Agile”, Pearson Education.

Page 146 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 212 Paper: Computer Networks L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To introduce fundamentals of Data communication and Computer Networking
2. To impart Physical layer concepts and data link layer functions
3. To create awareness about data link control, channel access mechanisms and data link protocols
4. To understand Networking, addressing, routing protocols and transmission control protocol
CO 1 Ability to understand the concepts of computer networks, OSI model and TCP/IP model.
CO 2 Ability to understand the physical layer concepts and error control at Data link Layer
CO 3 Ability to understand the data link layer functions and protocols.
CO 4 Ability to understand network layer functions, Routing protocols and Transport layer functions
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Overview; protocol suites: TCP/IP and OSI, History, Standard.
Application Layer: Application layer paradigm, Client-server paradigm, Standard Client Server Applications,
P2P, Socket Interface programming.
Transport Layer: Protocols: simple, stop-and-wait, GBN, Selective repeat, Bidirectional protocols, Internet
Transport Layer protocols, UDP, TCP
UNIT II
Network Layer: Introduction, IPv4, ICMPv4, Unicast Routing, Multicast routing, IPV6, ICMPv6.
Data-Link Layer (Wired Networks): Introduction, DLC, Multiple Access Protocols, Wired LANS (Ethernet,
others)
UNIT III
Data-Link Layer (Wireless Networks): Introduction, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth, WiMAX, Cellular telephony,
Satellite Networks, Mobile IP.
Physical Layer and Transmission Media: Data and Signals, Digital Transmission, Analog Transmission,
Bandwidth utilization, Transmission Media.
Multimedia and QoS: Data types, streaming of audio/video, real-time interactive protocols, Quality of Service.
UNIT IV
Network Management: Introduction, SNMP, ASN.1
Security: Introduction, Ciphers, Application layer security, transport layer security, network layer security,
packet filter firewall, proxy firewall.

Page 147 of 399
Programming: Socket programming.
Textbook(s):
1. B. A. Forouzan and F. Mosharraf, “Computer Networks: A Top-Down Approach”, TMH, 2012
2. James F. Kurose and Keith W.,"Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach", 7th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2017.
References:
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education India
2013.
3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, "Computer Networks: A Systems Approach", 5th Edition, Elsevier,
2012
4. Natalia Olifer and Victor Olifer, “Computer Networks: Principles, Technologies and Protocols for Network
Design”, Wiley, 2006
5. Jerry FitzGerald, Alan Dennis and Alexandra Durcikova, “Business Data Communications and Networking”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2019
6. William Stallings, "Data and Computer Communications", 10th Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2017
7. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, Pearson Education, 2005

Page 148 of 399
Paper Code: MS 214 Paper: Accountancy For L T/P C

Engineers
Paper ID: 2 0 2
Marking Scheme :
Course Objectives :
1. To teach the principles of accountancy
2. To teach preparation of trial balance.
3. To teach preparation of final accounts.
4. To teach depreciation handling
CO 1 Understand the principles of accountancy
CO 2 Ability to understand journal entry, preparation of balance sheet and trial balance
CO 3 Ability to understand final account statement
CO 4 Ability to model depreciation.
CO 1 - - - - - 2 2 2 - - 3 2
CO 2 - - - - - 2 2 2 - - 3 2
CO 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 - - 3 2
CO 4 - - - - - 2 2 2 - - 3 2
UNIT – I
Objectives and Nature of Accounting, Definitions and Functions of Accounting, Book Keeping and Accounting,
Interrelationship of Accounting with other Disciplines, Branches, Limitation.
Accounting Principles, Accounting Concepts and Conventions.
UNIT – II
Journal entries, Compound Journal Entries, Opening Entry, Ledger Posting and Trial Balance, Preparation of
Ledger, Posting, Cash Book, Sales and Purchase Book and trial Balance.
UNIT – III
Preparation of Final Accounts with Adjustment, Trading Account, Profit and Loss Account, Balance Sheet.
Green Accounting, Social Responsibility Accounting, Accounting ethics
UNIT – IV
Concept of Depreciation, Causes and Features of Depreciation, Depreciation Accounting, Fixation of
Depreciation Amount, Methods of recording Depreciation, methods of providing Depreciation, Depreciation
Policy.
Textbook:
1. S. N. Maheshwari, Suneel K. Maheshwari and Sharad K. Maheshwari, “Financial Accounting for BBA”, Vikas
Publishing House, 2018.
References:
1. S. N. Maheshwari, Suneel K. Maheshwari and Sharad K. Maheshwari, “Financial Accounting”, Vikas
Publishing House, 2018.

Page 149 of 399
2. S. Chakraborty and N.S. Roy, “Accounting and Finance for Engineers”, Lawpoint Publications, 2016.
3. Y. P. Singh, “Accounting and Financial Management for I.T. Professional”, New Age International, 2007.
4. P.C. Tulsian, “Financial Accounting”, Pearson, 2002.

Page 150 of 399
Paper Code: ICT216 Paper: Network Analysis and Synthesis L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequiste Paper: ICT215
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To impart understanding of basic component of electrical network and transformations used for
analysis.
2. To impart understanding of basic theorems for DC and AC circuits.
3. To impart understanding of the phase and frequency response and two port network analysis.
4. To impart understanding of the synthesis of network and passive filter design.
CO 1 To understand basic component of electrical network and transformations used for analysis.
CO 2 To understand basic theorems for DC and AC circuits.
CO 3 To understand the phase and frequency response and two port network analysis.
CO 4 To understand the synthesis of network and passive filter design.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Circuits: Voltage, Ideal Voltage Source, Current Ideal Current Sources, Classification of Circuits, Ohm’s Law,
Resistively, Temperature Effect, Resistors, Resistor Power Absorption, Nominal Values and Tolerances, Colour
Codes, Open and Short Circuits, Internal Resistance. Capacitance, Inductance, Transformers, Fourier series,
Fourier transform, Laplace transform and analysis of differential equations with constant coefficients.
UNIT - II
DC Circuits: Series and Parallel Circuits, Kirchhoff’s Voltage and Current Law, Mesh Analysis, Loop Analysis, Nodal
Analysis, Thevenin’s and Norton’s Theorem, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem, Superposition Theorem,
Millman’s Theorem, Tellegens Theorem, Y - ∆ and ∆- Y Transformation, Bridge Circuits.
AC Circuits: Circuits containing Capacitors and Inductors, Transient Response, Alternating Current and Voltages,
Phasors, Impedences and Admittance, Mesh Analysis, Loop Analysis, Nodal Analysis, Thevenin’s and Norton’s
Theorem, Y - ∆ and ∆- Y Transformation, Bridge Circuits. Resonant Circuits, Complex Frequency and Network
Function, Maximum Power Transfer Theorem, Superposition Theorem.
UNIT - III
Amplitude and phase response, Bode plots, single tuned circuits, double tuned circuits, on poles and zeros and
time delay, network functions, Two port Networks. Relationship between two port parameters, transmission
parameters, hybrid parameters, incidental dissipation, interconnections of two port, analysis of ladder networks,
Passive Filters. Graph Techniques for Network Analysis, Causality and stability, Hurwitz polynomials, positive real
functions, elementary synthesis procedures, Properties of LC immittance, RC driving point impedances, RL

Page 151 of 399
impedances and RC admittances, synthesis of LC driving point immittances, RC impedance or RL admittances,

synthesis of certain RLC functions.
UNIT - IV
Properties of transfer functions and synthesis of constant resistant resistance networks. Analog filter design:
filter design problem, approximation problem in network theory, maximally flat low pass filter approximation,
other low pass filter approximations, Transient response of lowpass filters, method to reduce overshoot in
filters, maximally flat delay and controllable magnitude approximation, synthesis of low pass filters, magnitude
and frequency normalization, frequency transformations.
Textbook(s):
1. Franklin F. Kuo, “Network Analysis and synthesis”, 2nd Edition, Wiley India Pvt Ltd.
2. Behrouz Peikari, “Fundamentals of Network Analysis & synthesis”, Jaico Publishing House, 2006.
References:
1. M. E. van Valkenberg and T. S. Rathore, “Network Analysis”, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2019.
2. S. P. Ghosh and A. K. Chakraborty, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010
3. S. K. Bhattacharya and Manpreet Singh, “Network Analysis and Synthesis”, Pearson, 2015

Page 152 of 399
aper Code: ICT218 Paper: Control System L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge to design Lead-Lag compensators based on frequency data for an open-loop
linear system.
2. To impart knowledge to compute gain and phase margins from Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots
and understand their implications in terms of robust stability.
3. To impart knowledge to compute stability of linear systems using the Routh array test and use this
to generate control design constraints.
4. To impart knowledge to interpret and apply block diagram representations of control systems and
design PID controllers based on empirical tuning rules.
CO 1 To be able to design Lead-Lag compensators based on frequency data for an open-loop linear
system.
CO 2 To be able to compute gain and phase margins from Bode diagrams and Nyquist plots and
understand their implications in terms of robust stability.
CO 3 To be able to compute stability of linear systems using the Routh array test and use this to generate
control design constraints.
CO 4 To be able to interpret and apply block diagram representations of control systems and design PID
controllers based on empirical tuning rules.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Introduction to Control Systems; Introduction, Control Systems, Closed-Loop Control versus Open-Loop Control.
Mathematical Modeling of Control Systems; Transfer Function and impulse Response Function, Atomatic Control
Systems, Modeling in state space, State-Space Representation of Scalar Differential Equation System,
Transformation of Mathematical models, Linearization of Nonlinear Mathematical Models. Mathematical
Modeling of Mechanical Systems and Electrical Systems, Introduction, Mathematical Modeling of Mechanical
Systems, Mathematical Modeling of Electrical Systems, Example Problems and Solutions Problems.
Mathematical Modeling of Fluid Systems and Thermal Systems; Liquid-Level Systems, Pneumatic Systems,
Hydraulic Systems, Thermal Systems.
UNIT - II
Transient and Steady-State Response Analyses; First-Order Systems, Second-Order Systems, Higher Order
Systems, Transient-Response Analysis, Routh’s Stability Criterion, Effects of Integral and Derivative Control
Actions on System, Steady-State Errors in Unity-Feedback Control Systems. Control Systems Analysis and design

Page 153 of 399
by the Root-Locus Method; Root-Locus Plots, plotting Root Loci, Root-Locus Plots of Positive Feedback Systems,
Root-Locus Approach to control Systems Design, Lead Compensation, Lag Compensation, Lag-Lead
Compensation.
UNIT - III
Control Systems Analysis and Design by the Frequency Response Method; Bode Digrams, Polar Plots, Log-
Magnitude-versus-Phase plots, Nyquist Stability Criterion, Stability Analysis, Relative Stability Analysis, Closed-
Loop Frequency Response of Unity-feedback Systems, Determination of Transfer functions, Control Systems
design by Frequency Response Approach, Lead Compensation, Lag Compensation, Lag-Lead Compensation.PID
Controllers and Modified PID Controllers; Introduction,Ziegler- Nichols Rules for tuning PID controllers, Design
of PID Controllers with Frequency Response Approach, Design of PID Controllers with Computational
Optimization Approach, Modification of PID Control Schemes, Two-Degrees-of-freedom PID Control Schemes,
Zero Placement Approach to Improve Response.
UNIT - IV
Control Systems Analysis in State Space; Introduction,State-space Representations of Transfer-Function
Systems, Transformation of System Models, Solving the Time-Invariant State Equation, Some Useful Results in
vector-Matrix Analysis, Controllability, Observability.Control Systems Design of in State Space; Introduction, Pole
Placement,Solving Pole-Placement Problems, Design of Servo Systems, State Observers, Design of Regulator
Systems with Observers, Design of Control Systems with Observers, Quadratic Optimal Regulator Systems,
Robust Control Solutions.
Textbook(s):
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall India, 5th ed., 2010.
References:
1. William Boltons, Control Systems; Newnes, 2002.
2. Norman S. Nise, Control Systems Engineering, Wiley, 8th ed., 2019.
3. Benjamin C. Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi, Automatic Control Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 10 ed., 2017.

Page 154 of 399
Paper Code: ICT220 Paper: Analog Electronics -II L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 2 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To understand Basic building block and characteristic of Op-Amp
2. To understand the frequency response and Configurations of Op-Amp
3. To analyze and design linear, nonlinear and Oscillators circuits using Op-Amp
4. To analyze and design active filters and to understand function of Op-Amp based special ICs
CO 1 Ability to understand and use Op-Amps to design open-loop and closed loop configuration.
CO 2 Ability to analyse frequency response of and Op-Amp circuit.
CO 3 Ability to use Op-Amp in linear and non-linear applications.
CO 4 Ability to design Active Filters
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
The Operational Amplifiers: Block diagram representation of OP-AMP; Evolution of IC and types, Power supply
for Op-Amp; The Ideal Op-Amp: schematic, characteristics, equivalent circuit, Ideal voltage transfer curve, typical
IC 741 characteristics
Open Loop Op-Amp configurations: The differential amplifier, inverting amplifier, non-inverting amplifier
Closed loop Op-Amp configurations: inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, voltage followers, differential
amplifiers, closed loop frequency response & circuit stability, single supply operation of OP-AMP, Inverting and
Non-Inverting op-amp.
UNIT - II
The Practical Op-Amp: Input offset voltage, input bias current, input offset current, Total output offset voltage,
thermal drift, error voltage, Supply voltage rejection ration (SVRR), CMRR
Frequency Response of An Op-Amp: Frequency response compensator networks, High frequency OP-AMP
equivalent circuit, open loop voltage gain as a function of frequency, Slew rate, causes of slew rates and its
effects in application.
UNIT - III
Linear applications of Op-Amps: Summing, scaling and averaging amplifier (inverting, non-inverting & differential
configuration), voltage to current & current to voltage converters, Integrator, Differentiator,
Non-Linear applications of IC op-amps: Comparator, Zero crossing detector, Schmitt Trigger, Clipping & Clamping
Circuits, Precision Rectifiers, sample and hold circuit
Oscillators: Principles & Types; Phase shift, Wein-bridge & quadrature. Square wave, triangular wave and saw
tooth wave generators, voltage-controlled oscillator

Page 155 of 399
UNIT - IV
Active Filters: Classification and frequency response of filters, response Advantages of active filters,
characteristics of butter worth, chebyshev, first order and second order butter worth filters- low pass and high
pass types. Band pass & band reject filters.
Specialised IC- The 555 Timer: functional diagram, Monostable and Astable multivibrators; PLL: Basic PLL
principle, monolithic 565 PLL; Voltage Regulators, Three terminal IC voltage regulators(LM 317
Textbook(s):
1. Ramakant A. Gayakwad, “OP-AMP and Linear ICs”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall / Pearson Education, 2001.
2. D. Roy Choudhary & S. B Jain, “Linear Integrated Circuit”, 2nd ed. New age publication.2018.
References:
1. Adel S. Sedra and Kenneth C. Smith, “Micro Electronic Circuits Theory and Applications,” 5th Edition , OUP,
2004.
2. David A. Bell, “Op-amp & Linear ICs”, Oxford, 2013.
3. James M. Fiore, “Op Amps & Linear Integrated Circuits Concepts & Applications”, Cengage, 2010.
4. J. Michel Jacob, “Applications and Design with Analog Integrated Circuits”, PHI, 2004.
5. R. L. Boylestad and N. Nashlesky, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, Pearson Education, 11th Ed., 2014
6. J. Millman, C. Halkias, and C. D. Parikh, “Millman’s Integrated Electronics: Analog and Digital circuits and
system”, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.

Page 156 of 399
Paper Code: Paper: Digital Communication L T/P C

ICT222
Paper ID: 3 2 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To understand importance of information theory in digital communication and various PCM
modulation.
2. To understand the variance basic concepts of digital communication.
3. To understand the various digital Modulation-demodulation techniques
4. To understand various coding in digital communications.
CO 1 Ability to understand the channel information carrying capacity and conversion of analog to digital
signals.
CO 2 Ability to understand the effect of additive white Gaussian Noise on digital communication
modulation techniques.
CO 3 Ability to analyse the effect of inter symbol interference as the source of channel impairment and
the effect of multipath phenomenon.
CO 4 Ability to use and design communication systems for reliable communication
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Review of probability theory and Stochastic processes, Poisson and Gaussian Process, Noise, Narrowband Noise,
Sinewave plus Narrowband Noise. Information Theory: Entropy, Source Coding Theorem, Lossless data
compression, Discrete Memoryless channel, Mutual Information, Channel Capacity, Channel Coding Theorem,
Differential Entropy and Mutual Information for Continuous Random Ensembles, Information Capacity Law.
Sampling Theory, PAM, Quantization characteristics, PCM, DPCM, Delta Modulation, Line Codes.
UNIT II
AWGN Channel Signalling: Geometric Representation of Signals, Conversion of Continuous AWGN Channel to a
vector channel, : ASK, QASK, FSK, M-array FSK, BPSK, DPSK, DEPSK, QPSK, M-array PSK, QAM, MSK, GMSK,
Coherent and non-coherent detection and other keying techniques.
UNIT III
Band Limited Channels: Error rate due to channel noise in a matched filer receiver, Intersymbol Interference,
Signal Design for Zero ISI, Ideal Nyquist Pulse for Distortionless Baseband data transmission, Raised cosie and
square root raised cosine spectrum, Eye pattern, Adaptive equalization, signalling over multiple baseband
channel, Digital Subscriber Lines.

Page 157 of 399
Fading Channels: Propagation effects, Jakes Model, Statistical Characteristics of wideband wireless channel, FIR
modelling of doubly spread channel, Effects of flat fading, Diversity techniques, MIMO, MIMI Capacity for
channel known at receiver, OFDM, Spread-spectrum signals, CDMA, Rake receiver and Multipath Diversity
UNIT IV
Error Control Coding: Introduction, Error Control using forward correction, Discrete Memory less channel, Linear
Block Code, Cyclic Codes, Convolutional Codes, Optimum Decoding of Convolutional Codes
Textbook(s):
1. Simon Haykins, “Digital Communication Systems” John Wiley, 2014
References:
1. Simon Haykins and Michael Moher, “Communication Systems” John Wiley &sons Inc, 5 th edition, 2009.
2. B P Lathi and Zhi Ding, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, OUP, 5th edition, 2019
3. H P Hsu, Schaum Outline Series, Analog and Digital Communications, TMH 2006
4. J.G Proakis, Digital Communication, 4th Edition, Tata Mc Graw Hill Company, 2001.

Page 158 of 399
Paper Code: ICT224 Paper: Microprocessors L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge about computer organization concepts so that students can understand
basic computer organization and design
2. To impart knowledge about architecture and instruction set of 8085 microprocessor so that
students can implement 8085 assembly language programs.
3. To impart knowledge about interfacing of memory devices , data convertors and simple
I/O devices with 8085 microprocessor.
4. To impart knowledge about architecture and operation of Programmable Peripheral
Devices and their interfacing with 8085 microprocessor.
CO 1 Understand computer organization concepts and describe evolution of Microprocessor
technology.
CO 2 Ability to understand and distinguish the use of different 8085 instructions and apply those
instructions for implementing assembly language programs.
CO 3 Understand and realize the interfacing of memory devices, data convertors and simple I/O devices
with 8085 microprocessor.
CO 4 Understand the architecture and operation of Programmable Peripheral Devices and ability to use
them for interfacing I/O devices.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
UNIT - I
Computer Organization concepts: Stored Program Organization, Computer Registers, Machine language
instructions, addressing modes, Instruction formats, Arithmetic Logic Unit, Data path, Design of Control Unit,
Instruction pipelining concepts.
Introduction to microprocessors – Single Chip CPU, Microprocessors Evolution, Trends in Microprocessor
Technology.
UNIT – II
Study 8-bit microprocessor 8085-Architecture and Programming Model of 8085 Microprocessor, PIN Layout and
description of Signals, Power supply requirements and system clock, Basic Interfacing Concepts, Memory
mapped I/O, Instruction Set of 8085, Data transfer, Arithmetic, Logical and branch instructions, Format of 8085
machine instructions, Instruction Execution and Timing diagram, Example of an 8085 – based microcomputer
board.

Page 159 of 399
Assembly Language Programming of 8085- Counters and Time delays, Stacks and Subroutines, Code Conversion,
BCD Arithmetic, implementing 16-bit operations on 8-bit microprocessor, implementing 8085 programs using a
single board computer, writing programs using an assembler
UNIT – III
Methods of Data Transfer and Interrupt Structure of 8085- Data transfer mechanisms, Memory mapped and
I/O mapped data transfer, Programmed data transfer, Parallel data transfer, Serial data transfer, RS-232
standard, RS-485 standard, GPIB/IEEE 488 standard, Interrupt driven data transfer, Interrupt Structure of 8085,
RST instructions, Multiple interrupts and priorities, 8085 vectored interrupts, Direct Memory access concepts.
Interfacing of Memory devices with 8085-Generation of control signals for memory, Interfacing EPROM and
RAM chips with 8085
Interfacing data converters with 8085-Interfacing 8-bit D/A and 8-bit A/D converters with 8085 using status
check and interrupts.
UNIT – IV
Programmable peripheral devices and their Interfacing with 8085- 8255 programmable peripheral interface,
operating modes, control words, Interfacing switches and LEDs, Interfacing A/D and D/A using 8255, Waveform
generation, 8279 Keyboard and display controller, Interfacing seven segment displays and matrix keyboards,
8254 Programmable Interval Timer, 8259 Programmable Interrupt Controller, 8237 DMA Controller. Serial I/O
and Data Communication, Asynchronous Serial I/O, Hardware Controlled Serial I/O using 8251
Textbook(s):
1. Ramesh Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture, Programming, and application with 8085, Sixth Edition,
Penram International Publication, 2013.
References:
1. John Ufferbeck, Microcomputers and Microprocessors, Third Edition, PHI, 2000.
2. Barry B. Brey, Intel Microprocessors, 8th Edition, Pearson Education/Prentice Hall ,2009
3. J. L. Antonakos, “An Introduction to the Intel Family of Microprocessors”, Thomson, 1996.

Page 160 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 251 Paper: Database Management lab L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation : 40 Marks Term End Examinations : 60 Marks
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 207 (Database Management
Systems) as this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 253 Paper: Object Oriented programming using C++ Lab L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 209 (Object Oriented
programming using C++) as this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 255 Paper: Data Structure Lab L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 211 (Data Structure) as this is the
Paper Code: ICT 257 Paper: Operating Systems Lab L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 203 (operating Systems) as this is
the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT256 / ICT 263 Paper: Computational Methods Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation: 40 Marks Term End Examinations : 60 Marks
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 204 / ICT 217 (Computational
Methods) as this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 259 Paper: Digital Electronics Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 219 (Digital Electronics) as this is

Page 161 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 261 Paper: Analog Electronics – I Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 221 (Analog Electronics - I) as this
is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 265 Paper: Signals and Systems Lab L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 215 (Signals and Systems) as this
Paper Code: ICT 267 Paper: Analog Communications Lab L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 223 (Analog Communications) as
this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 252 Paper: Computer Networks lab L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 212 (Computer Networks) as this
Paper Code: ICT 254 Paper: Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 206 (Design and Analysis of
Algorithms) as this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 258 Paper: Computer Graphics Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 202 (Computer Graphics) as this

Page 162 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 260 Paper: Software Engineering Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 210 (Software Engineering) as this
Paper Code: ICT 262 Paper: Analog Electronics - II Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 220 (Analog Electronics) as this is
Paper Code: ICT 264 Paper: Microprocessors Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 224 (Microprocessors) as this is
Paper Code: ICT 266 Paper: Digital Communications Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 222 (Digital Communications) as
this is the practical component of the corresponding theory paper.
Paper Code: ICT 262 Paper: Control Systems Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 218 (Control Systems) as this is

Page 163 of 399

(3rd and 4th Year – Compulsory Papers)

Page 164 of 399
Paper Code: ICT301 Paper: Digital Signal Processing L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme:
Guidelines for Paper Setter(s):
Course Objectives:
1. Understand Signal and systems
2. To understand discrete time signal processing techniques
3. To understand the design principles for DSP applications
4. To understand efficient mechanisms for FFT calculation
CO 1 Illustrate digital signals, systems and their significance.
CO 2 Analyse the digital signals using various digital transforms DFT, FFT etc.
CO 3 Design and develop the basic digital processing system.
CO 4 Ability to implement DFT and FFT
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 1 1 1 1
UNIT - I
Discrete time signals/sequences, LTI systems, stability and causality, Linear Constant Coefficient Difference
equations, Frequency domain representations of DT systems and signals, fourier transform and its properties,
laplace transform and its properties, discrete time fourier transform and its properties, z-transform and its
properties, LIT systems and transforms. Transforms and analysis of LTI systems.Sampling of continuous time
signals and sampling theorem.
UNIT – II
Block Diagram and signal flow diagram representations of Linear Constant-Coefficient Difference equations,
Basic Structures of IIR Systems, lattice and lattice-ladder structures, Transposed forms, Direct and cascade form
Structures for FIR Systems, Linear Phase FIR structure, Effects of Co-efficient quantization.
Filter Design Techniques: Design of Discrete-Time IIR filters from Continuous-Time filters Approximation by
derivatives, Impulse invariance and Bilinear Transformation methods; Design of FIR filters by windowing
techniques.
UNIT – III
FFT-Efficient Computation of DFT, Goertzel Algorithm, radix2 Decimation-in-Time and Decimation in-Frequency
FFT Algorithms. FFT Algorithms for N a compoisite number. Chirp Z transform algorithm. Dicrete Hilbert
transform: its properties and relations for DFT.
UNIT – IV
Discrete random signals: Discrete time random process, averages, spectrum representation of infinite energy
signals, response of linear systems to random signals.
Finite register length (FRL) effect: Effect of number representation on quantization, quantization in sampling
analog signals, FRL effect and IIR filters; FRL effect and FIR digital filters; FRL effect and DFT computation.
Textbook(s):
1. A.V. Oppenheim, R.W. Schafer, Digital Signal Processing, Pearson Education , 2010

Page 165 of 399
References:
1. S.K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A computer based approach, McGraw Hill Education , 4e,2013.
2. A. V. Oppenheim, R.W. Schafer and J.R. Buck, ―Discrete-Time Signal Processing”, Pearson, 2004
3. Proakis, J.G. and Manolakis, D.G., Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
4. Van de Vegte, J. Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing. Pearson. (2008)
5. Tan, L., & Jiang, J. Digital Signal Processing: Fundamentals and Applications. Academic Press. (2018).
6. Ifeachor, E. C., & Jervis, B. W. (2002). Digital Signal Processing: A Practical Approach (2nd ed.). Pearson
Education. (2002).

Page 166 of 399
Paper Code: ICT303 Paper: Compiler Design L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme:
Course Objectives:
1. To learn the various phases of compilation
2. To understand intermediate code generation and run-time environment.
3. To learn to implement the front-end of the compiler.
4. To learn techniques of code generation and optimization .
CO 1 Understand the techniques in different phases of a compiler.
CO 2 Design a lexical analyser for a sample language and learn to use the LEX/FLEX tool.
CO 3 Apply different parsing algorithms to develop a parser and learn to use YACC/BISON tool
CO 4 Understand semantics rules (SDT), intermediate code generation and run-time environment
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - 2 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 1
UNIT I
Compiler Structure: Analysis-synthesis model of compilation, various phases of a compiler, tool based approach
to compiler construction. Lexical analysis: Interface with input parser and symbol table, token, lexeme and
patterns, difficulties in lexical analysis, error reporting and implementation. Regular grammar & language
definition, Transition diagrams, design of a typical scanner using LEX / FLEX.
UNIT II
Syntax Analysis: Context free grammars, ambiguity, associability, precedence, top down parsing, top down
parsing, recursive descent parsing, transformation on the grammars, predictive parsing LL(1) grammar, Nor LL(1)
grammar, Bottom up parsing, operator precedence grammars, LR parsers (SLR, LALR, LR), Design of a typical
parser using YACC or Bison.
Unit III
Syntax directed definitions: Inherited and synthesized attributes, dependency graph, evaluation order, bottom
up and top down evaluation of attributes, L- and S-attributed definitions. Type checking: type: type system, type
expressions, structural and name equivalence of types, type conversion, overloaded function and operators,
polymorphic function. Run time system: storage organization, activation tree, activation record, parameter
passing symbol table, dynamic storage allocation. Intermediate code generation: intermediate representation,
translation of declarations, assignments, Intermediate Code generation for control flow, Boolean expressions
and procedure calls, implementation issues.
UNIT IV
Code generation and instruction selection: Issues, basic blocks and flow graphs, register allocation, code
generation, DAG representation of programs, code generation from DAGS, peep hole optimisation, code
generator generators, specification of machine. Code optimisation: source of optimisations, optimisation of
basic blocks, loops, global dataflow analysis, solution to iterative dataflow equations, code improving
transformations, dealing with aliases, data flow analysis of structured flow graphs.

Page 167 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, “Compilers: Principles, Techniques and Tools”,
Second Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Levine, Mason, and Brown, “Lex & Yacc”, O’ Reilly, 1998.
3. K. C. Louden, “Compiler Construction, Principle and Practice” Thomson Books, 2006
References:
1. K. C. Louden, “Compiler Construction, Principle and Practice” Thomson Books
2. Randy Allen, Ken Kennedy, Optimizing Compilers for Modern Architectures: A Dependence based
Approach, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers,.
3. Steven S. Muchnick, Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers -
Elsevier Science, India,
4. Alan Holub, “Compiler Design in C”, PHI,

Page 168 of 399
Paper Code: HS305 Paper: Introduction to Indian Traditional Knowledge L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
shall be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5
sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
Course Objectives:
1. Learn the significance of traditional knowledge
2. Learn the role of modern organizations for science and technology in the country.
CO 1 Understand the development and acheivements in science technology in ancient India.
CO 2 Understand the development and acheivements in science technology in medieval India.
CO 3 Understand the development and acheivements in science technology in modern India..
CO 4 Evaluate the concepts of intellectual property to protect the traditional knowledge and the
traditional knowledge in different sectors.
CO 1 - - - - - 2 2 - - - - 1
CO 2 - - - - - 3 3 - - - - 1
CO 3 - - - - - 3 3 - - - - 1
CO 4 - - 1 1 - 3 3 - - - - 1
UNIT I
Science and Technology in Ancient India: Astronomy (Surya-Siddhanta, Aryabhatta, Varahamihira),
Mathematics, Agriculture, Shilpa-shastra and Architecture, Physics and Chemistry, Medicine (Ayurveda),
Metallurgy, Textile Production, Shipbuilding and Armaments
UNIT II
Science and Technology in Medieval India: Geometry, Trigonometry and Algebra, Architecture, Agriculture
(Canals and other irrigation systems), Graeco-Arabic Medicine (Unani-tibb)), Astronomy, medicine, textile, arms-
making, shipbuilding and horticulture
Unit III
Modern Science in India: Surveys, Scientific Education, Scientific Societies, Growth of Scientific Institutions in
colonial India, Indian Response
UNIT IV
Post-Independence India: Policies in Science and Technology in independent India (IITS, Council of Scientific and
Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and Technology), Indian Council of Agricultural Research (1947), Indian
Council of Medical Research (1949), DRDO and Defence Technology, TIFR and Department of Atomic Energy and
Nuclear Energy, ISRO and Space Programme (Satellite and Communication Revolution), Digital India (IT
Revolution and computerization of Indian Railways), C-DOT and Telecom Advancement.
References:
1. D.M. Bose, S.N. Sen & B.V. Subbarayappa (Eds.), A Concise History of Science in India, New Delhi: Indian
National Science Academy, 1971
2. David Arnold, The New Cambridge History of India, III-5 (Science Technology and Medicine in Colonial India,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2004
3. Suvobrata Sarkar (Ed.), History of Science, Technology, Environment and Medicine in India, London and New
York: Routledge (Taylor & Francis), 2022
4. Deepak Kumar, Science and the Raj: A Study of British India, Oxford Scholarship Online, October 2012.

Page 169 of 399
5. P. Rama Rao, ‘Science and Technology in Independent India: Retrospect and Prospect’, in Current Science,
Vol. 74, No.5, 10 March 1998, pp.418-432
6. A.L. Basham, The Wonder That was India, Vol. I, New Delhi: Rupa & Co., 1981 (Only Chapter VIII: The Arts and
the Appendices: Astronomy, The Calendar, Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry, Physiology and Medicine, Logic
and Epistemology, Weights and Measures, Coinage)
7. S.A.A. Rizvi, The Wonder That was India, Vol. II, London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1987 (Chapter VII; Fine Arts-only
on Monuments, Architecture and Painting for Geometry, etc.)
8. M.S. Khan, ‘Science and Technology in Early Medieval India’, in https://dergipark.org.tr/tr/download/article-
file/688183

Page 170 of 399
Paper Code: MS307 Paper: Entrepreneurship Mindset L T/P C

Paper ID: 2 0 2
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
2. The first (1st) question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus.This question should be
shall be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto 5
sub-parts / sub-questions. Each Unit shall have a marks weightage of 15.
Course Objectives:
1. To provide a foundation for basic entrepreneurial skills and to acquaint them with the world of
entrepreneurship and inspire them to set up and manage their businesses.
2. To acquaint students with the process of creativity and innovation
3. To expose students to various aspects of entrepreneurship and business
4. To expose students to case studies on successful entrepreneurs
CO 1 Students form a foundation for basic entrepreneurial skills
CO 2 Students understand creativity and innovation for opportunity recognition
CO 3 Students learn about opportunity analysis and writing a business plan
CO 4 Students are inspired by examples of successful entrepreneurs.
CO 1 - - 2 2 - 1 2 1 2 - 3 -
CO 2 - - 2 2 - 1 2 1 2 - 3 -
CO 3 - - 2 2 - 1 2 1 2 - 3 -
CO 4 - - 2 2 - 1 2 1 2 - 3 -
UNIT I
Introduction: The Entrepreneur; Theories of Entrepreneurship; Characteristics of successful entrepreneurs,
myths of entrepreneurship; entrepreneurial mindset- creativity (steps to generate crea-tive ideas, developing
creativity) and innovation (types of innovation)
UNIT II
Promotion of a Venture and Writing a business plan: Opportunity Analysis; External Environment Analysis
Economic, Social and Technological Analysis. Business plan- What is busi-ness plan, parts of a business plan.
Writing a Business Plan
UNIT III
Entrepreneurship Support: Entrepreneurial Development Programmes (EDP): EDP, Role of Government in
Organizing EDPs. Institutions supporting small business enterprises: central level, state level, other agencies,
industry associations.
UNIT IV:
• Presenting a business plan
• Project on Startup India or any other gov-ernment policy on entrepreneurship
• Discussion on why startup fails, role of MSME etc.
• Discussion on role of entrepreneur in eco-nomic growth.
• Discussion on technology park.
• Case study discussion on successful Indian entrepreneurs.
Suggested Readings:
1. Charantimath (8th Ed., 2014), Entrepreneurship Development and Small Business Enterprise, Pears
Education.
2. Bamford C.E (1st Ed 2015), Entrepreneurship: A Small Business Approach, McGraw Hill Education.

Page 171 of 399
3. Hisrich et al. (2013) Entrepreneurship, McGraw Hill Education

4. Balaraju, Theduri (2012), Entrepreneurship Development: An Analytical Study, Akansha Publishing
House.
5. David, Otis, (2014), A Guide to Entrepreneurship, Jaico Books Publishing House, Delhi.
6. Kaulgud, Aruna, (2012), Entrepreneurship Management, Vikas Publishing House, Delhi.
7. Chhabra, T.N. (2014), Entrepreneurship Development, Sun India

Page 172 of 399
Paper Code: ICT302 Paper: Technical Writing Using Latex L T/P C

Paper ID: 2 0 2
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
1. This is an NUES paper, hence evaluation out of 100 to be conducted by the concerned teacher.
Course Objectives:
1. To provide a foundation for basic entrepreneurial skills and to acquaint them with the world of
entrepreneurship and inspire them to set up and manage their businesses.
2. To acquaint students with the process of creativity and innovation
3. To expose students to various aspects of entrepreneurship and business
4. To expose students to case studies on successful entrepreneurs
CO 1 Ability to use latex as a manuscript preparation tool.
CO 2 To understand the structure of a scientific paper or document
CO 3
CO 4 To understand the ethical issues in scientific work reporting.
CO 1 - - - - - - - - 2 1 - 1
CO 2 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 1 1
CO 3 - - - - - - - 1 2 3 2 1
CO 4 - - - - - - - 3 2 3 1 1
UNIT-I
Learning to use latex as a text formatting tool. Installation, Book, article, report and presentation classes.
Standard symbols, equations, tables and figures in latex. Bibliography management using bibtex/natbib.
UNIT-II
Why write a scientific manuscript. Structure of a manuscript: Abstract, Introduction, Materials and Methods,
Results, and Discussions and its variations. Language.
UNIT-III
Guidelines for writing: Memo’s and letters, Manuals, Resume etc.
UNIT-IV
Referencing styles. Bibliometric indexes. Research ethics: Citing another publication, Plagiarism and similarity
(checking tools). Journal Impact and indices of journal quality. Writing a research proposal. Ethical Dilemmas
and etiquettes of scientific publication.
Textbook(s)/Reference(s):
1.Margaret Cargill and Patrick O’Connor, “Writing Scientific Research Articles”, 2 nd Edition, Wiley-Blackwell,
2013.
2.S.C. Parija and V. Kate (Editors), “Writing and Publishing a Scientific Research Paper”, Springer, 2017
3. M. Jay Katz, “From Research to Manuscript,” Springer, 2009
4. P. A. Laplante, “Technical Writing: A Practical Guide for Engineers and Scientists”, CRC Press, 2012
5. G. Gratzer, “Practical Latex”, Springer, 2014

Page 173 of 399
Paper Code: ICT309 Paper: Microelectronics and VLSI Design L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme:
3.Apart from question 1 which is compulsory, rest of the paper shall consist of 4 units as per the syllabus. Every
unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However the student shall be
asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain upto five sub-
parts/sub-questions. Each unit will have a marks weightage of 15.
Course Objectives:
1. To understand device structure and properties of NMOS, PMOS and CMOS
2. To understand static and switching characteristics CMOS inverter
3. To design the CMOS based combinational and sequential circuits
4. To understand the concept of hierarchy, regularity, modularity and locality
CO 1 Characterize IC Technology
CO 2 Characterize Switching characteristics & inter connection effects
CO 3 Design the CMOS based combinational and sequential circuits
CO 4 Understand the concept of hierarchy, regularity, modularity and locality
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction: Introduction to IC Technology – MOS,PMOS,NMOS,CMOS & BiCMOS. Technologies: oxidation,
lithography, diffusion, ion implantation, metallization, encapsulation, probe testing, integrated resistors and
capacitors. VLSI design flow, MOS transistor theory- MOS structure, enhancement & depletion transistor,
threshold voltage, MOS device design equations, CMOS inverter- DC characteristics, static load MOS inverter,
pull up/ pull down ratio, static & dynamic power dissipation, CMOS & NMOS process technology – explanation
of different stages in fabrication, latch up, biCMOS circuits and their characteristics.
UNIT II
Switching characteristics & inter connection effects: Rise time, fall time delays inverter design with delay
constants, parasitic effect, super buffer. Clocked CMOS logic, pass transistor logic, domino, zipper CMOS,
clocking strategies, clocked system, latches & registers, system timing set-up & hold timing, signal phase memory
structure, 2 phase clocking, two phase memory structure.
UNIT III
Two phase logic structure, four phase memory & logic structure, design hierarchy, concept of regularity,
modularity & locality, VLSI design style, design quality, computer aided design technology, design capture and
verification tools. VLSI CIRCUIT DESIGN PROCESSES: MOS layers, stick diagrams, design rules and layout, CMOS
design rules for wires, contacts, and transistors layout diagrams for NMOS and CMOS inverters and Gates, scaling
of MOS circuits, limitations of scaling.
UNIT IV
GATE LEVEL DESIGN: basic circuit concepts, sheet resistance Rs and its concept to MOS, area capacitance units,
delays, driving large capacitive loads, wiring capacitances, Fan in and fan out, choices of layers, fan in , fan out,
typical NAND, NOR, delays transistor sizing XOR, and XNOR gates, CMOS logic structures, CMOS complimentary

Page 174 of 399
logic, Pseudo NMOS logic. CMOS testing: CMOS testing, need for testing, test principles, design strategies for
test, chiplevel test techniques, system level test techniques, layout design for improved testability.
Textbook(s):
1. Essentials of VLSI circuits and systems- Kamran Eshraghian, Dougles A. Picknell, and Sholeh Eshraghian, PHI,
2005
2. Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective –Neil H.E. West and Kamran Eshraghian, Pearson
education, 1999.
References:
1. CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective, Neil H. E. Weste and David Money Harris, Addison-
Wesley (Pearson), 2011
2. VLSI Design, Debaprasad Das, Oxford University Press, 2015

Page 175 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 391 Digital Signal Processing Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 301 as this is the practical
Paper Code: ICT 393 Summer Training (after 4th semester) Report L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation : - Maximum Marks: 100 Marks
Instructions :
1. The paper is evaluated in the NUES mode.
2. Comprehensive evaluation by the a committee of teachers, constituted by the Academic Programme Committee,
out of 100. The training shall be of atleast 4 to 6 weeks duration. The training can be under the mentorship of a teacher
of the school, teacher of any-other educational institution with the approval of the dean of the school / training and
placement officer of the school or Industry with the approval of the dean of the school / training and placement officer
Paper Code: ICT 395 Compiler Design Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
Paper Code: ICT 397 Microelectronics and VLSI Design Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
Paper Code: ICT 392 NSS / NCC / Cultural clubs / Technical Society / Technical club L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Teacher’s Continuous Evaluation : - Maximum Marks: 100 Marks
Instructions :
1. The paper is evaluated in the NUES mode.
2. Comprehensive evaluation of the students by the concerned coordinator of NCC / NSS / Cultural Clubs / Technical
the co-ordinators shall be responsible for the evaluation of the same. These activities shall start from the 1 st semester
and the evaluation shall be conducted at the end of the 6th semester. How-ever for Lateral Entry Students, the duration
of work / assessment shall be from the 3rd semester to the 6th semester.

Page 176 of 399

(3rd and 4th Year – Elective Papers)

Page 177 of 399
Paper Code: ICT311T Paper: Artificial Intelligence L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts of Artificial Intelligence, including problem-solving,
knowledge representation, and reasoning.
CO 2 Apply various search algorithms and heuristics to solve complex problems.
CO 3 Develop an understanding of machine learning algorithms and their role in AI applications.
CO 4 Analyze and design basic intelligent systems for real-world problems.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 - - - - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - 2 - 2 -
UNIT - I
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence: Definition and goals of Artificial Intelligence, History and evolution of AI,
Intelligent agents and environments, Problem-solving using AI techniques, Turing test and its significance,
Ethical and societal implications of AI
UNIT - II
Problem Solving and Search Algorithms: Problem formulation and state space representation; Uninformed
search algorithms: Breadth-First Search, Depth-First Search, Uniform-Cost Search; Informed search algorithms:
A* Search, Best-First Search; Heuristic functions and their properties; Constraint satisfaction problems and
backtracking algorithms
UNIT - III
Machine Learning and Pattern Recognition: Introduction to machine learning and its types; Supervised
learning: Decision trees, Naïve Bayes, k-Nearest Neighbors; Unsupervised learning: Clustering and
dimensionality reduction; Introduction to neural networks and deep learning; Feature extraction and selection;
Evaluation metrics for machine learning models
UNIT - IV
Knowledge Representation and Reasoning: Propositional and first-order logic; Knowledge representation using
semantic networks, frames, and ontologies; Resolution and inference in propositional logic; Bayesian networks
and probabilistic reasoning; Common-sense reasoning and expert systems
Textbook(s):
1. E. Rich, K. Knight and S.B Nair, Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill 3rd Edition 2009.
2. S. Russell and P. Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Pearson Education”3rd Edition 2015.
3. Kevin P. Murphy, "Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective," MIT Press, 2012.
References:
1. Dan W. Patterson, “Introduction to Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems” Pearson Education 2007.
2. Richard E. Neapolitan and Xia Jiang, "Foundations of Algorithms Using C++ Pseudocode," Jones & Bartlett
Learning, 2014.
3. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, and Aaron Courville, "Deep Learning," MIT Press, 2016.

Page 178 of 399
4. Patrick Henry Winston, "Artificial Intelligence," Pearson, 1992.
Paper Code: ICT 311P Artificial Intelligence Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 311T as this is the practical

Page 179 of 399
Paper Code: ICT313T Paper: Microprocessors and Interfacing L T/P C

/ ITE307T /ITE346T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand 8086 Architecture and hardware description
CO 2 Understand and perform 8086 programming and development of assembly language programs
CO 3 Understand x86 and x86_64 bit processors architecture
CO 4 Understand and perform 8086 interfacing.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Introduction to Microprocessors: Microprocessor Evolution and types, 8-bit and 16-bit microprocessors.
Internal Architecture of 8086 – Register Organization, Execution unit, Bus Interface Unit, Pin Diagram and
Signal Description, Physical Memory Organization, General Bus Operation, I/O addressing capabilities,
Minimum mode and maximum mode timing diagrams.
UNIT - II
8086 Assembly Language Programming: 8086 addressing modes, 8086 Instruction formats, Program
development steps, Constructing Machine Codes for 8086, Implementing Program Structures in 8086
assembly language, String Procedures and Macros, 8086 Instruction set descriptions and Assembler directives.
8086 interrupts and interrupt applications.
UNIT - III
Advanced Architectures: 80186/80188, 80286, 80386, 80486, Pentium and Pentium Pro, Pentium II, III and IV
and Core II duo microprocessors (architecture, Memory System and Management, I/O System, Special Modes,
Protected Modes, Pi-Outs, New Instructions)
UNIT - IV
8086 interfacing: Interfacing 8086 with semiconductor memory, Software Programmable Timer 8254 and its
applications, Digital Interfacing, Programmable Parallel Port 8255, Interfacing to Keyboards and Alpha-Numeric
Displays, 8279 Programmable Keyboard Controller. D/A Converter, A/D Converter Interfacing.
Textbook(s):
1. D.V. Hall, “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, McGraw Hill Education, 3 rd Edition, 2017.
2. Barry B. Brey, “The Intel Microprocessors”, Pearson, 2009.
References:
1. Hayes.J.P, ”Computer Architecture and Organization”, Mc Graw Hill Education, 3rd Edition 2017
2. Stallings W. “Computer Organization & Architecture”, 10th edition, Pearson Education,2015.
3. Y.-C. Liu and G. A. Gibson, “Microprocessor Systems: The 8086/8088family Architecture, Programming &
Design”, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2015.

Page 180 of 399
4. A. K. Ray and K M Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals”, 3 rd Edition McGraw Hill
Education, 2017.
Paper Code: ICT 313P / Microprocessors and Interfacing Lab. L T/P C

ITE307T/ IEC346P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 313T / ITE307T / ITE346T as this

Page 181 of 399
Paper Code: ICT315T Paper: Engineering Optimization L T/P C

/ ICT457T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Ability to solve single variable optimization problems
CO 2 Ability to solve multiple variable optimization problems
CO 3 Ability to solve constrained optimization problems
CO 4 Ability to use GA and simulated annealing technique to solve single variable optimization problems
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - 1
UNIT - I
Introduction: Problem Formulation, Examples of Optimization problem (Design and Manufacturing, Modelling,
Data fitting and Regression, Control Systems, Inverse Problems, Scheduling and Routing, Data Mining,
Intelligent System Design).
Single variable Optimization: Optimality Criteria, Bracketing Methods, Range Elimination Methods, Fibonacci
and Golden Search Methods, Point-Estimation Method, Gradient based methods (Newton Raphson, Bisection,
Secant and Cubic Search methods), Root Finding.
UNIT - II
Multivariate Optimization Algorithms: Optimality Criteria, Unidirectional Search, Direct Search Methods (Box’s
Evolutionary Optimization Method, Simplex search method, Hooke-Jeeves search method, Powell’s conjugate
direction method), Gradient Based Methods (Cauchy’s, Newton’s, Marquardt, Conjugate gradient and Variable
Metric Method).
UNIT - III
Constrained Optimization Algorithms: Kuhn Tucker Conditions, Lagrangian Duality Theory, Transformation
Methods (Penalty Function and Method of multipliers), Sensitivity analysis, Direct Search for Constrained
minimization. Linearized Search Techniques, Feasible Direction Method, Quadratic Programming,
Integer programming: Penalty function method, branch and Bound Method. Geometric programming
UNIT - IV
Genetic algorithms: Working principle, Difference with traditional methods, Similarity with traditional
methods, GA for constrained optimization, GA operations,.
Simulated Annealing
Textbook(s):
1. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering Design”, PHI pvt ltd,2012.
References:
1. Ramteen Sioshansi and Antonio J. Conejo, “Optimization in Engineering: Models and Algorithms”, Springer,
2017.

Page 182 of 399
2. R. Russel Rhinehart, “Engineering Optimization: Applications, Methods and Analysis”, ASME Press and Wiley,
2018.
3. Ashok D. Belegundu and Tirupati R. Chandrupatla, “Optimization Concepts and Applications in Engineering”,
CUP, 2019.
4. MATLAB optimization Toolbox manual.
Paper Code: ICT315P / Engineering Optimization Lab. L T/P C

ICT457P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 315T / ICT457T as this is the

Page 183 of 399
Paper Code: ICT317T Paper: Social Network Analysis and Sentiment L T/P C
Analysis
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand a broad range of network concepts and theories.
CO 2 Appreciate how network analysis can contribute to increasing knowledge about diverse aspects of
society
CO 3 Understand techniques of sentiment analysis
CO 4 Ability to formulate and perform sentiment analysis
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - 2 - 1 -
UNIT - I
Social Network Analysis: Preliminaries and definitions, Erdos Number Project, Centrality measures, Balance and
Homophily. Random graph models: Random graphs and alternative models, Models of network growth,
Navigation in social Networks.
Network topology and diffusion, Contagion in Networks, Complex contagion, Percolation and information,
Epidemics and information cascades. Cohesive subgroups, Multidimensional Scaling, Structural equivalence,
roles and positions, Ego networks, Weak ties, Structural holes
UNIT - II
Small world experiments, small world models, origins of small world, Heavy tails, Small Diameter, Clustering of
connectivity. The Erdos Renyi Model, Clustering Models, Preferential Attachment.
Navigation in Networks Revisited, Important vertices and page rank algorithm, towards rational dynamics in
networks, basics of game theory. Coloring and consensus, biased voting, network formation games, network
structure and equilibrium, behavioral experiments, Spatial and agent-based models.
UNIT - III
Sentiment Analysis: Levels of analysis, Sentiment Lexicon, Natural Language Processing issues, Opinion
Definition, Sentiment Analysis tasks, Summarization, Types of opinion, subjectivity and emotion, author and
reader standing point, sentiment classification: supervised, unsupervised, rating prediction, cross domain and
cross language sentiment classification. Sentence subjectivity and sentiment classification, dealing with
conditional and sarcastic sentences. Aspect based sentiment classification
UNIT - IV
Sentiment Lexicon Generation: Dictionary based, Corpus based. Opinion Summarization: Aspect based,
contrastive view, and traditional summarization. Analysis of Comparative opinions, Opinion search and
retrieval: Web search, Opinion search. Opinion Spam detection.
Textbook(s):
1. S. Wasserman and K. Faust. Social Network Analysis: Methods and Applications, Cambridge University Press,
1994.
2. Bing Liu, Sentiment Analysis: Mining Opinions, Sentiments, and Emotions, CUP, 2020

Page 184 of 399
References:
1. N. Aggrawal and A. Anand, Social Networks: Modeling and Analysis. CRC Press, 2022
2. Krishna Raj P.M, Ankhit Mohan and K G Srinivasa, Practical Social Network Analysis with Python, Springer,
2018.
3. Federico Pozzi, Elisabetta Fersini, Enza, Messina, Bing Liu: Sentiment Analysis in Social Networks, Morgan
Kaufmann, Elsevier, 2017.
4. Antonio Moreno, Carlos A. Iglesias, Sentiment Analysis for Social Media, MDPI, 2020
Paper Code: ICT317P Social Network Analysis and Sentiment Analysis Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 185 of 399
Paper Code: ICT319T Paper: Software Requirements and Estimation L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Prepare well-organized, and maintainable software requirements documentation that can be
reviewed, corrected, and (eventually) accepted by clients and stakeholders.
CO 2 Describe and participate in requirements verification, validation, and traceability activities.
CO 3 Describe COCOMO for effort estimation and other estimation techniques .
CO 4 Implementation of Project Tracking & study of various emerging trends.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT - I
Overview of software requirements engineering
Types of requirements: functional, non-functional, etc. Importance of requirements in software development,
Techniques for eliciting requirements: interviews, surveys, workshops
Requirements Analysis and Documentation
Requirements modeling techniques: use cases, user stories, data flow diagrams, Attributes of requirements:
priority, stability, traceability; Effective requirement documentation, Validation and review of requirements
UNIT - II
Requirements Management
Change management and version control of requirements, Requirement traceability and impact analysis
Requirements prioritization and negotiation, Tools for requirements management
Introduction to Software Estimation
Significance of software estimation; Types of estimates: rough, detailed, comparative; Factors influencing
software project estimates; Estimation techniques: expert judgment, analogy-based, parametric
UNIT - III
Estimation Methods and Techniques
Function point analysis and lines of code estimation; COCOMO (COnstructive COst MOdel) for effort
estimation; Agile estimation techniques: planning poker, wideband Delphi; Uncertainty estimation using
Monte Carlo simulation
Agile Estimation and Planning
Estimation in Agile methodologies; Story points, velocity, and their role in Agile estimation; Release planning
and iteration planning; Challenges of estimation in dynamic environments
UNIT - IV
Project Tracking and Control
Tracking actual progress vs. estimated progress; Earned value management for cost and schedule tracking;
Re-estimation and adjustments during project execution; Risk management's influence on estimation
Emerging Trends and Case Studies

Page 186 of 399
Current trends in requirements engineering and estimation; Case studies of successful and failed projects;
Lessons learned and best practices
Textbook(s):
1. "Software Requirements" by Karl Wiegers and Joy Beatty. Microsoft Press, 2013.
2. “Requirements Engineering for Software and Systems”, Phillip A. Laplante,. CRC Press, 2018
3. "Software Estimation: Demystifying the Black Art" by Steve McConnell. Microsoft Press, 2006.
References:
1. "Requirements Engineering: Fundamentals, Principles, and Techniques" by Klaus Pohl and Chris Rupp.
Springer, 2009.
2. "Agile Estimating and Planning" by Mike Cohn. Prentice Hall, 2005.
3. "Effective Requirements Practices" by Ralph R. Young. Addison-Wesley Professional, 2001.
4. “Software Engineering”, K.K. Aggarwal and Yogesh Singh, New Age, 2008.
5. "Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach" by Roger S. Pressman. McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
6. “Visual Model for Software Requirements”, Joy Beatty and Anthony Chen, Microsoft Press, 2012.
7. SO/IEC/IEEE 29148:2018, Systems and software engineering — Life cycle processes — Requirements
engineering standard
Paper Code: ICT319P Software Requirements and Estimation Requirements L T/P C

Lab.
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 187 of 399
Paper Code: ICT321 Paper: Graph Theory for Computer Science L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understanding: Students will demonstrate a solid understanding of fundamental graph theory
concepts, including graph representations, terminology, and graph algorithms such as BFS, DFS,
spanning trees, MST, and shortest path algorithms.
CO 2 Problem Solving: Students will be able to apply graph algorithms to solve a variety of computational
problems, ranging from network optimization and pathfinding to social network analysis and
recommendation systems.
CO 3 Implementation Skills: Students will gain practical programming skills by implementing graph
algorithms in various contexts, enhancing their ability to analyze, design, and optimize graph-related
algorithms and data structures.
CO 4 Applications: Students will be able to recognize and analyze real-world applications of graph theory
in computer science, such as social networks, web analysis, compiler optimization, and machine
learning, contributing to their ability to make informed decisions in problem-solving scenarios.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 - 2 -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 2 - 2 -
UNIT - I
Review of Concepts and Elementary Graph Algorithms
Introduction to graph theory: Definitions of graphs, vertices, edges, and basic terminology. Types of graphs:
Directed and undirected graphs, weighted and unweighted graphs. Graph representation: Adjacency matrix,
adjacency list, and their trade-offs. Basic graph algorithms: Breadth-First Search (BFS) and Depth-First Search
(DFS) algorithms.
Spanning trees: Definition, properties, and algorithms to find spanning trees. Minimum Spanning Trees (MST):
Kruskal's and Prim's algorithms.
Shortest path algorithms: Dijkstra's algorithm and Bellman-Ford algorithm.
UNIT - II
Advanced Graph Algorithms
Graph connectivity: Strongly connected components and their algorithms. Bipartite graphs: Properties and
applications. Maximum Flow and Minimum Cut: Ford-Fulkerson algorithm and Edmonds-Karp algorithm.
UNIT - III
Matching theory: Bipartite matching, augmenting paths, and applications. Network flows: Applications in
transportation, communication, and assignment problems.
UNIT - IV
Special Topics in Graph Theory
Graph coloring: Chromatic number, greedy coloring, and applications in scheduling.
Planar graphs: Kuratowski's theorem, Euler's formula, and applications.

Page 188 of 399
Graph isomorphism: Definition, computational complexity, and applications.

Graph Theory Applications in Computer Science
Textbook/ References:
1. "Introduction to Graph Theory" by Douglas B. West (Year: 2001)
2. "Graph Theory and Its Applications" by Jonathan L. Gross and Jay Yellen (Year: 2005)
3. "Algorithms on Trees and Graphs" by Gabriel Valiente (Year: 2002)
4. "Network Flows: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications" by Ravindra K. Ahuja, Thomas L. Magnanti, and
James B. Orlin (Year: 1993)
5. "Graph Algorithms" by Shimon Even and Guy Even(Year: 2012)
6. "Mining Massive Datasets" by Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, and Jeffrey D. Ullman (Year: 2014) - For
applications in social networks and web graph analysis.

Page 189 of 399
Paper Code: ICT323T Paper: VHDL Programming L T/P C

/ ITE316T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Develop a strong understanding of VHDL syntax, concepts, and its role in digital circuit design.
CO 2 Create and simulate digital designs using VHDL, and analyze their functionality and performance.
CO 3 Utilize VHDL to model and synthesize digital circuits for implementation on programmable logic
devices.
CO 4 Collaborate on group projects to design, implement, and validate complex digital systems using VHDL
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Introduction to VHDL Programming
Introduction to VHDL and its significance in digital design. Overview of VHDL syntax, data types, and entities.
Design hierarchy and components in VHDL. Behavioral, dataflow, and structural modeling styles in VHDL.
Simulation and testing methodologies using VHDL.
UNIT - II
VHDL Design and Simulation
Writing VHDL code for combinational and sequential circuits. State machines and their modeling using VHDL.
Testbench design and simulation techniques. Timing and functional simulation of VHDL designs. Debugging
techniques and waveform analysis.
UNIT - III
VHDL Synthesis and Implementation
Introduction to logic synthesis and its role in digital design. Synthesizable and non-synthesizable constructs in
VHDL. Synthesis optimization and coding guidelines. Implementation of VHDL designs on FPGA and CPLD
platforms. Timing analysis and constraints in VHDL-based designs.
UNIT - IV
Advanced VHDL Concepts
Parameterized and generic designs in VHDL. Using VHDL libraries and packages for design reusability.
Introduction to VHDL for verification and testbenches. Introduction to System-on-Chip (SoC) design using
VHDL.
Textbook(s):
1. J. Bhasker, "A VHDL Primer," 3rd ed., Prentice Hall, 2008.
2. P. Ashenden, "The Designer's Guide to VHDL," 3rd ed., Morgan Kaufmann, 2008.
References:
1. E. Perry, "VHDL Programming by Example," 4th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.
2. D. Pellerin, et al., "VHDL 101: Everything you need to know to get started," Newnes, 2018.

Page 190 of 399
3. IEEE Standard VHDL Language Reference Manual, IEEE Std 1076-2008, 2009.
Paper Code: ICT323P / VHDL Programming Lab. L T/P C

ITE316P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 323T / ITE 316T as this is the

Page 191 of 399
Paper Code: ICT325T Paper: Multimedia Technologies L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of multimedia technologies, including image, audio, and video
processing techniques.
CO 2 Analyze and apply different compression methods used in multimedia systems to achieve efficient
storage and transmission.
CO 3 Design and implement multimedia communication systems, considering protocols and standards for
seamless data exchange.
CO 4 Develop interactive multimedia applications that integrate various media types to create engaging
user experiences.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 - 2 -
UNIT - I
Introduction to Multimedia Technologies: Definition and characteristics of multimedia; Components of
multimedia systems: text, image, audio, video, animation; Human perception and multimedia quality metrics;
Multimedia data representations and formats.
UNIT - II
Image, Audio, and Video Processing: Image acquisition and representation; Image enhancement and
manipulation techniques; Audio signal processing: sampling, quantization, compression; Video signal
processing: frame interpolation, motion estimation, deinterlacing;
UNIT - III
Compression Techniques in Multimedia: Lossless and lossy compression algorithms; Image compression
standards: JPEG, PNG; Audio compression standards: MP3, AAC; Video compression standards: MPEG-2,
H.264, HEVC
UNIT - IV
Multimedia Communication and Applications: Multimedia communication principles and protocols;
Streaming media technologies; Synchronization of multimedia elements; Interactive multimedia applications:
virtual reality (VR), augmented reality (AR), gamification
Textbook(s):
1. ay Vaughan, "Multimedia: Making It Work," 9th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
2. Ze-Nian Li, Mark S. Drew, and Jiangchuan Liu, "Fundamentals of Multimedia," 2nd Edition, Springer, 2014..
References:
1. Ralf Steinmetz and Klara Nahrstedt, "Multimedia Systems," 2nd Edition, Springer, 2004.
2. Nalini K. Ratha and Raghavendra Ramachandra, "Multimedia Image and Video Processing," CRC Press, 2017.

Page 192 of 399
Paper Code: ICT325P Multimedia technologies Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 193 of 399
Paper Code: ICT327T Paper: Telecommunication Switching and Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the fundamental concepts of telecommunication switching and network architectures.
CO 2 Evaluate various telecommunication switching technologies and their applications.
CO 3 Design and configure telecommunication networks using appropriate protocols and techniques.
CO 4 Identify and troubleshoot common issues in telecommunication networks.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Switching Fundamentals:
Introduction to telecommunication switching systems; Circuit-switching vs. packet-switching; Types of switches:
crossbar, space-division, time-division, and message-switching; Signaling techniques: in-band and out-of-band
signaling; Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) architecture; Evolution of switching technologies: from
electromechanical to digital switches;
UNIT - II
Digital Switching Systems: Principles of digital switching; Time-division switching: TST, TSI, TDM, and STS;
Space-division switching: SSP, Tandem switch, and concentrators; Digital Switching Network: architecture and
components; ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network) and its basic rate and primary rate interfaces
UNIT - III
Telecommunication Network Architectures: Local Exchange (LE) and End Office (EO) functionalities;
Trunking and access networks; Hierarchical network architecture: access, distribution, and core layers;
Introduction to mobile switching centers and cellular networks; Voice over IP (VoIP) and its integration with
traditional networks;
UNIT - IV
SS7 (Signaling System 7) protocol architecture: Call setup, call processing, and call teardown procedures;
Introduction to intelligent networks and services; Telecommunication network management: fault,
configuration, accounting, performance, and security (FCAPS); Network security considerations and challenges
in telecommunication networks
Textbook(s):
1. J.E. Flood, "Telecommunication Switching, Traffic and Networks," Pearson Education, 2012
References:
1. L. L. Peterson and B. S. Davie, "Computer Networks: A Systems Approach," Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
2. W. Stallings, "ISDN and Broadband ISDN with Frame Relay and ATM," Prentice Hall, 1998.

Page 194 of 399
Paper Code: ICT327P Telecommunication Switching and Networks Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 195 of 399
Paper Code: ICT329 Paper: Optoelectronic Devices L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the working principles and operational characteristics of various optoelectronic devices.
CO 2 Design and evaluate circuits incorporating optoelectronic devices for specific applications.
CO 3 Understand the integration of optoelectronic devices with existing electronic systems.
CO 4 Explore advanced trends and emerging technologies in the field of optoelectronics.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Fundamentals of Optoelectronic Devices: Introduction to optoelectronic devices; Basics of optical radiation and
semiconductor physics; Principles of light generation and emission in semiconductors; Light detection and
photodetection mechanisms; Energy band diagrams and charge carriers in optoelectronic devices
UNIT - II
Light Sources and Emitters
Light-emitting diodes (LEDs): operation, types, characteristics
Laser diodes: principles, threshold conditions, types
Semiconductor lasers: structures, modulation, applications
LED and laser drivers: circuit design and control
UNIT - III
Photodetectors and Sensors
Photodiodes: working principles, responsivity, noise
Phototransistors and avalanche photodiodes (APDs)
Optoelectronic sensors: proximity sensors, ambient light sensors, etc.
Signal conditioning and amplification for photodetectors
UNIT - IV
Integration and Applications
Optical communication systems: fiber-optic communication, optical transmitters and receivers
Optoelectronic integrated circuits (OEICs)
Optoelectronics in imaging and displays: CCDs, CMOS image sensors, OLEDs
Emerging trends in optoelectronics: nanophotonics, quantum dots, etc
Textbook(s):
1. J. Wilson and J.F. B. Hawkes, "Optoelectronics: An Introduction," Prentice Hall, 1987.
2. S. M. Sze and K. K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices," Wiley-IEEE Press, 2006.
References:
1. G. Keiser, "Optical Fiber Communications," McGraw-Hill, 2010.

Page 196 of 399
2. A. Yariv and P. Yeh, "Optical Waves in Crystals: Propagation and Control of Laser Radiation," Wiley-IEEE
Press, 2003.
3. E. Rosencher and B. Vinter, "Optoelectronics," Cambridge University Press, 2002.
4. B. E. A. Saleh and M. C. Teich, "Fundamentals of Photonics," Wiley, 2007.
5. G. T. Reed and A. P. Knights, "Silicon Photonics: An Introduction," Wiley, 2004.

Page 197 of 399
Paper Code: ICT331T Paper: PCB Fabrication and IoT L T/P C

/ ITE358T / ICT463T
Paper ID: 2 0 2
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 To understand and familiarisation of Electronic Components
CO 2 To familiarise with PCB fabrication process.
CO 3 To understand the architecture with Arduino and Raspberry board
CO 4 To develop the IoT based application
CO 1 1 1 2 2 - - - - 1 - 1 -
CO 2 - 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - - -
CO 3 - 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - - -
CO 4 1 2 - 2 - 2 - 3 - - 3
UNIT I
Electronic component familiarization & PCB Designing
Identification of various components being used in any electronic circuit such as resistor, capacitor, various
diodes (p-n junction, Zenner, LED), transistors (BJT, MOSFET, FET), breadboard, potentiometer. Learn graphical
symbols used to represent the various components. Find the value of resistance, capacitance by its color code
and value mentioned on the component.
Unit II
Introduction printed circuit board production techniques: Photo printing, film- master production,
reprographic camera, basic process for double sided PCBs photo resists, Screen printing process, plating,
relative performance and quality control, Etching machines, Solders alloys, fluxes, soldering techniques
Unit III
Introduction to IoT system, Brief about IoT development board, Basics of Arduino board, IoT Entities, IoT
standards, IoT application development with embedded hardware. , IoT Development Boards: Arduino IDE and
Board Types, Raspberry Pi Development Kit,
Unit IV
Development of application using IoT, Data handling Technologies, Flow of data, Data acquisition, Data Storage
Applications of IoT: Home Automation
Textbook(s)/References:
1. Printed circuit board design, fabrication assembly and testing By R. S. Khandpur, Tata McGraw Hill 2006
2. The Art of Electronics. 3rd edition. Paul Horowitz and Winfield Hill. Cambridge University Press.
3. Make Your Own PCBs with EAGLE: From Schematic Designs to Finished Boards. Simon Monk and Duncan Amos.
McGraw Hill Education.
4. Internet of Things, Vasudevan, Nagrajan and and Sundaram, Wiley India.
5. Srinivasa K G ―Internet of Things‖, Cengage Learning, India 2017

Page 198 of 399
Paper Code: ICT331P PCB Fabrication and IoT L T/P C

/ ITE358P / ICT463P
Paper ID: - 4 2
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT331T / ITE358T / ICT463T as this is

Page 199 of 399
Paper Code: ICT312T Paper: Java Programming L T/P C

/ ITE356T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of Java programming language, its syntax, and object-
oriented principles.
CO 2 Develop Java applications using industry-standard practices, demonstrating proficiency in handling
exceptions, input-output operations, and multi-threading.
CO 3 Design and implement object-oriented solutions to programming problems, applying concepts of
inheritance, polymorphism, and encapsulation.
CO 4 Utilize Java libraries and frameworks to create efficient, scalable, and well-structured software
applications.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT - I
Introduction to Java Programming
Introduction to Java, history and advantages, Java development environment setup, basic syntax and data types,
control structures (if-else, loops), functions and methods, arrays, strings.
UNIT - II
Object-Oriented Programming in Java
Classes and objects, constructors, method overloading and overriding, encapsulation, inheritance,
polymorphism, abstract classes and interfaces, packages and access modifiers.
UNIT - III
Advanced Java Concepts
Exception handling, file I/O operations, multithreading and synchronization, Java collections framework (lists,
sets, maps), introduction to lambda expressions, stream API.
UNIT - IV
Java Application Development
GUI programming using Swing, event handling, introduction to JavaFX, database connectivity with JDBC,
introduction to networking, web application basics using Servlets and JSP.
Textbook(s):
1. Cay S. Horstmann, "Java Concepts: Late Objects", 3rd edition, Wiley, 2018.
2. Herbert Schildt, "Java: The Complete Reference", 11th edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
References:
1. Joshua Bloch, "Effective Java", 3rd edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2017.
2. Kathy Sierra and Bert Bates, "Head First Java", 2nd edition, O'Reilly Media, 2005.

Page 200 of 399
3. Bruce Eckel, "Thinking in Java", Prentice Hall, 2006.
Paper Code: ICT312P / Java Programming Lab. L T/P C

ITE356P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 201 of 399
Paper Code: ICT314T Paper: Systems Programming L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand System-Level Programming Concepts
CO 2 Apply Low-Level Programming Techniques:
CO 3 Design and Develop System Utilities
CO 4 Analyze and Debug System Software
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT - I
Introduction to System Programming
Introduction to system programming, role of system software, interaction with hardware and operating system,
system software layers, overview of system calls, user-level vs. kernel-level operations.
UNIT - II
Memory Management and Process Control
Memory hierarchy, virtual memory concepts, paging and segmentation, memory mapping, dynamic memory
allocation, process creation and termination, process synchronization and communication, signals and signal
handling.
UNIT - III
File Systems and I/O Operations
File system structure, file types, file manipulation operations, file I/O interfaces, directory operations, file
system implementation strategies, file permissions and access control, I/O system calls.
UNIT - IV
Advanced System Programming Techniques
Introduction to assembly language programming, inline assembly, system call implementation, debugging
techniques for system software, error handling in system programming, introduction to threads and
concurrency.
Textbook(s):
1. Bryant, R. E., & O'Hallaron, D. R. (2016). Computer Systems: A Programmer's Perspective. Pearson.
2. Stevens, R., Rago, W., & Fenner, B. (2013). Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment. Addison-
Wesley Professional.
References:
1. Kerrisk, M. (2010). The Linux Programming Interface: A Linux and UNIX System Programming Handbook. No
Starch Press.
2. Robbins, A., & Robbins, H. (2005). UNIX Systems Programming: Communication, Concurrency, and Threads.
Pearson.
3. Love, R. (2010). Linux Kernel Development. Addison-Wesley Professional.

Page 202 of 399
Paper Code: ICT314P Systems Programming Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 203 of 399
Paper Code: ICT316T Paper: Introduction to Robotics Engineering L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Robotic Components: Identify and explain the key components of robotic systems,
including sensors, actuators, microcontrollers, and effectors.
CO 2 Analyze Robotic Kinematics: Apply principles of kinematics to analyze the motion and positioning of
robots, considering both forward and inverse kinematics.
CO 3 Program Robots: Develop programs using appropriate programming languages and tools to control
robotic systems for various tasks.
CO 4 Comprehend Robot Applications: Describe real-world applications of robotics in fields such as
manufacturing, healthcare, and exploration.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - 2 1 1 2
UNIT - I
Introduction to Robotics: Historical evolution of robotics; Types of robots and their classifications; Robotic
components: sensors, actuators, microcontrollers, effectors; Robot perception and cognition
UNIT - II
Robotic Kinematics: Degrees of freedom and robot motion; Forward kinematics: homogeneous
transformations; Inverse kinematics: geometrical and numerical methods; Jacobian matrix and robot velocity
UNIT - III
Robot Programming: Programming languages for robotics: Python and ROS (Robot Operating System); Robot
control architectures: reactive, deliberative, hybrid; Path planning and trajectory generation; Simulation tools
for robotics;
UNIT - IV
Robot Applications: Industrial robotics: automation and assembly lines; Medical robotics: surgical and
rehabilitation robots; Service robotics: domestic and entertainment robots; Robotic exploration: space and
underwater robots
Textbook(s):
1. Craig, J. J. (2013). Introduction to Robotics: Mechanics and Control (3rd ed.). Pearson.
References:
1. Spong, M. W., Hutchinson, S., & Vidyasagar, M. (2005). Robot Modeling and Control. Wiley-IEEE Press.
2. Siciliano, B., & Khatib, O. (2008). Springer Handbook of Robotics. Springer.

Page 204 of 399
Paper Code: ICT316P Introduction to Robotics Engineering Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 205 of 399
Paper Code: ICT318T Paper: Network Security and Cryptography L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze network security risks and design appropriate countermeasures to mitigate them.
CO 2 Apply cryptographic techniques to ensure confidentiality, integrity, and authenticity of data in
network communications.
CO 3 Evaluate the security of networked systems through vulnerability assessment and penetration
testing.
CO 4 Design and implement security solutions considering ethical and legal considerations in networked
environments.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 3 - 3 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Network Security Fundamentals
Introduction to network security, types of security threats, security goals (confidentiality, integrity, availability,
authenticity), security services (authentication, authorization, non-repudiation), security mechanisms (firewalls,
intrusion detection/prevention systems), security policies and models.
UNIT II
Cryptographic Techniques
Classical cryptography (substitution, transposition), modern cryptography, symmetric encryption algorithms
(DES, AES), asymmetric encryption algorithms (RSA, ECC), cryptographic hashes, digital signatures, key
management, public key infrastructure (PKI), secure key exchange protocols.
UNIT III
Network Protocols and Security
Secure socket layer (SSL) and transport layer security (TLS), virtual private networks (VPNs), secure email
protocols (PGP, S/MIME), secure file transfer protocols (SFTP, SCP), network security in wireless communication
(WEP, WPA, WPA2, WPA3), network security in IoT devices.
UNIT IV
Network Security Implementation and Practices
Security assessment methodologies, penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, security best practices for
operating systems and applications, security in cloud computing environments, legal and ethical considerations
in network security, incident response and recovery.
Textbook(s):
1, William Stallings, "Cryptography and Network Security: Principles and Practice," Pearson, 2017.
2. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, "Security in Computing," Pearson, 2015.

Page 206 of 399
References:
1. Bruce Schneier, "Applied Cryptography: Protocols, Algorithms, and Source Code in C," Wiley, 1995.
2. Michael E. Whitman and Herbert J. Mattord, "Principles of Information Security," Cengage Learning, 2018.
3. Nist Special Publication 800-53, "Security and Privacy Controls for Federal Information Systems and
Organizations," National Institute of Standards and Technology, 2020.
Paper Code: ICT318P Network Security and Cryptography Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 207 of 399
Paper Code: ICT320T Paper: Visual Basic.Net Programming L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Design and develop Windows applications using Visual Basic .NET, incorporating graphical user
interfaces and interactive controls.
CO 2 Implement data handling and manipulation techniques using Visual Basic .NET, including interactions
with databases and data-driven application development.
CO 3 Apply object-oriented programming principles in Visual Basic .NET, fostering code modularity,
reusability, and maintainability.
CO 4 Debug, test, and deploy Visual Basic .NET applications, demonstrating proficiency in troubleshooting
and optimizing code for efficiency.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Visual Basic .NET
Introduction to Visual Basic .NET, IDE overview, creating a new project, project structure, variables and data
types, control structures (selection and iteration), procedures and functions, error handling.
UNIT II
Graphical User Interface Development
Windows Forms applications, designing forms using drag-and-drop tools, working with controls (buttons, labels,
textboxes, etc.), event-driven programming, handling user input, creating menus and toolbars, dialog boxes.
UNIT III
Data Handling and Database Interaction
Working with data types and variables, arrays and collections, file I/O operations, ADO.NET architecture,
connecting to databases, querying and manipulating data using SQL, integrating data into applications.
UNIT IV
Object-Oriented Programming in Visual Basic .NET
Introduction to object-oriented programming (OOP), classes and objects, encapsulation, inheritance,
polymorphism, creating and using classes in Visual Basic .NET, designing reusable components.
Textbook(s):
1. Deitel, P., Deitel, H., & Liperi, T. (2019). Visual Basic 2017 for Programmers. Pearson.
References:
1. Albahari, J., & Albahari, B. (2017). C# 7.0 in a Nutshell: The Definitive Reference. O'Reilly Media.
2. Liberty, J., & MacDonald, B. (2015). Learning Visual Basic .NET. O'Reilly Media.
3. Microsoft Docs. (URL: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/dotnet/visual-basic/)

Page 208 of 399
Paper Code: ICT320P Visual Basic.Net Programming Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 209 of 399
Paper Code: ICT322 Paper: Quantum Computing L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the fundamental principles of quantum computing and contrast them with classical
computing concepts.
CO 2 Develop and implement quantum algorithms for solving specific problems, demonstrating
proficiency in quantum programming techniques.
CO 3 Evaluate the potential advantages and limitations of quantum computing applications in diverse
domains.
CO 4 Synthesize insights from quantum computing and its implications into broader discussions on the
future of computing technologies.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - 2 -
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 - 2 -
UNIT I
Introduction to Quantum Computing:
Overview of quantum mechanics principles relevant to quantum computing. Classical vs. quantum bits (qubits)
and their properties. Quantum gates and quantum circuits: similarities and differences with classical logic gates.
Quantum entanglement and its significance in quantum information processing. Quantum parallelism and its
implications for computational speedup.
UNIT II
Quantum Algorithms and Programming:
Deutsch-Jozsa algorithm: solving the Deutsch problem with quantum parallelism. Grover's algorithm:
unstructured search problem and its quantum solution. Shor's algorithm: integer factorization using quantum
period finding. Quantum programming languages: Qiskit, Cirq, and their syntax. Implementation of basic
quantum algorithms on quantum simulators and actual quantum hardware.
UNIT III
Quantum Computing Applications:
Quantum simulation: simulating quantum systems efficiently using quantum computers. Optimization problems
and the Quantum Approximate Optimization Algorithm (QAOA). Quantum cryptography: quantum key
distribution and secure communication. Quantum machine learning: applications of quantum computing in
enhancing machine learning algorithms. Case studies of real-world problems and their potential quantum
computing solutions.
UNIT IV
Implications and Future of Quantum Computing:
Quantum supremacy and its significance in the advancement of quantum computing. Quantum error correction:
challenges and strategies for maintaining quantum coherence. Ethical and societal implications of quantum
computing: cryptography, privacy, and security concerns. Comparison of quantum computing with classical

Page 210 of 399
computing in terms of capabilities and limitations. Speculative discussion on the future of quantum computing
and its potential impact on various industries.
Textbook:
1. Kaye, P., Laflamme, R., & Mosca, M. (2007). An Introduction to Quantum Computing. Oxford University Press.
References:
1. Nielsen, M. A., & Chuang, I. L. (2010). Quantum Computation and Quantum Information. Cambridge University
Press.
2. Preskill, J. (2018). Quantum computing in the NISQ era and beyond. Quantum, 2, 79.

Page 211 of 399
Paper Code: ICT324T Paper: Natural Language Processing L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts and techniques in Natural Language Processing.
CO 2 Implement and evaluate various NLP algorithms and models.
CO 3 Apply NLP techniques to solve real-world language processing problems.
CO 4 Critically analyze ethical and societal implications related to NLP technologies.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 2 - 2 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - 1
UNIT I
Introduction to NLP: Overview of NLP and its applications; Challenges and complexities in language processing;
Linguistic essentials for NLP; Text preprocessing: Tokenization, stemming, and lemmatization;
UNIT II
NLP Algorithms and Models: Language modeling: N-grams, probabilistic models; Part-of-speech tagging and
syntactic parsing; Named Entity Recognition (NER) and Coreference resolution; Word embeddings: Word2Vec,
GloVe; Sentiment analysis and text classification; Sequence-to-sequence models and machine translation;
UNIT III
Advanced NLP Techniques: Dependency parsing and constituency parsing; Advanced word embeddings:
FastText, contextual embeddings (BERT, GPT); Information extraction and relation extraction ; Text
summarization techniques; Speech recognition and synthesis basics;
UNIT IV
NLP Applications and Ethics: Question answering systems; Dialogue systems and chatbots; NLP for social media
analysis; NLP in healthcare and biomedical text mining; Bias and fairness considerations in NLP; Ethical
considerations and societal impact of NLP technologies
Textbooks:
1. Dan Jurafsky and James H. Martin, "Speech and Language Processing," Pearson Education, 2020.
2. Jacob Eisenstein, "Natural Language Processing," MIT Press, 2019.
References:
1. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, and Hinrich Schütze, "Introduction to Information Retrieval,"
Cambridge University Press, 2008.
2. Yoav Goldberg, "Neural Network Methods in Natural Language Processing," Synthesis Lectures on Human
Language Technologies, 2017.

Page 212 of 399
3. Ian H. Witten, Eibe Frank, and Mark A. Hall, "Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques,"
Morgan Kaufmann, 2016.
4. Emily M. Bender, "Linguistic Fundamentals for Natural Language Processing: 100 Essentials from Morphology
and Syntax," Morgan & Claypool, 2021.
5. Tim Rocktäschel and Sebastian Riedel, "Neural Approaches to Conversational AI: Question Answering, Task-
Oriented Dialogue, and Chatbots," Morgan & Claypool, 2020.
Paper Code: ICT324P Natural Language Processing Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 213 of 399
Paper Code: ICT326T Paper: Object Technology and UML L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts and techniques in Natural Language Processing.
CO 2 Implement and evaluate various NLP algorithms and models.
CO 3 Apply NLP techniques to solve real-world language processing problems.
CO 4 Critically analyze ethical and societal implications related to NLP technologies.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Object-Oriented Principles and UML
Evolution of object-oriented concepts, Importance of modeling in software development, Introduction to UML
and its history, Overview of UML diagrams and their categories.
UNIT II
Object-Oriented Analysis and Design
Requirements gathering and analysis using use case diagrams, Identifying and modeling classes, associations,
and aggregations using class diagrams, Modeling object interactions and behavior with sequence diagrams.
UNIT III
Advanced UML Diagrams
Representing system structure through package diagrams and component diagrams, Modeling static
relationships with deployment diagrams, Capturing state transitions and dynamic behavior using state machine
diagrams, Visualizing collaborations and interactions using communication diagrams.
UNIT IV
Software Architecture and Design Patterns
Understanding architectural patterns (MVC, layered architecture), Applying design patterns (creational,
structural, behavioral) in UML, Creating interaction overview diagrams to illustrate high-level interactions.
Textbooks:
1. Larman, C. (2004). Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to Object-Oriented Analysis and Design and
Iterative Development. Pearson Education.
2. Fowler, M., & Scott, K. (2003). UML Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Standard Object Modeling Language.
Addison-Wesley Professional.

Page 214 of 399
References:
Booch, G., Rumbaugh, J., & Jacobson, I. (2005). The Unified Modeling Language User Guide. Pearson.
Ambler, S. W. (2012). The Object Primer: Agile Model-Driven Development with UML 2.0. Cambridge University
Press.
Gamma, E., Helm, R., Johnson, R., & Vlissides, J. (1994). Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented
Software. Addison-Wesley Professional.
Paper Code: ICT324P Object Technology and UML Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 215 of 399
Paper Code: ICT328T Paper: Design Patterns L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Design Patterns: Demonstrate a clear understanding of various design patterns, their
purpose, and how they address common software design problems.
CO 2 Apply Design Patterns: Apply different design patterns to design and implement robust software
solutions that exhibit enhanced modularity, extensibility, and reusability.
CO 3 Evaluate Design Choices: Evaluate design alternatives and make informed decisions about which
design pattern to use based on the specific requirements of a given software project.
CO 4 Analyze Real-world Scenarios: Analyze and adapt design patterns from real-world software systems,
recognizing the applicability and limitations of each pattern.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 1 - - - - - 1
UNIT I
Creational Design Patterns: Singleton pattern, Factory method pattern, Abstract factory pattern, Builder
pattern, Prototype pattern.
UNIT II
Structural Design Patterns: Adapter pattern, Bridge pattern, Composite pattern, Decorator pattern, Facade
pattern, Flyweight pattern, Proxy pattern.
UNIT III
Behavioral Design Patterns: Chain of Responsibility pattern, Command pattern, Interpreter pattern, Iterator
pattern, Mediator pattern, Memento pattern, Observer pattern, State pattern, Strategy pattern, Template
Method pattern, Visitor pattern.
UNIT IV
Design Patterns in Practice: Applying design patterns to real-world case studies, Architectural patterns (MVC,
MVVM), Anti-patterns and refactoring using design patterns, Design patterns for concurrent and parallel
programming.
Textbooks:
1. E. Gamma, R. Helm, R. Johnson, and J. Vlissides, "Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented
Software," Addison-Wesley, 1994.
E. Freeman, E. Robson, B. Bates, and K. Sierra, "Head First Design Patterns," O'Reilly Media, 2004.
References:
1. S. Shalloway and J. R. Trott, "Design Patterns Explained: A New Perspective on Object-Oriented Design,"
Addison-Wesley, 2001.
2. A. Holzner, "Complete Reference to Design Patterns," McGraw-Hill Education, 2003.

Page 216 of 399
Paper Code: ICT328P Design Patterns Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 217 of 399
Paper Code: ICT330T Paper: Data Warehousing and Data Minimg L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of data warehousing and data mining.
CO 2 Design and implement data warehouses to efficiently store and manage large datasets.
CO 3 Apply various data mining techniques to extract meaningful patterns and insights from data.
CO 4 Evaluate the ethical and social implications of data warehousing and data mining practices.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Data Warehousing and Data Mining
Introduction to data warehousing, Characteristics of data warehouses, Data warehouse architecture, Data
warehouse vs. operational databases, Introduction to data mining, Data mining process, Data preprocessing
techniques.
UNIT II
Data Warehouse Design and Implementation
Dimensional modeling, Fact and dimension tables, Star and snowflake schemas, ETL (Extract, Transform, Load)
process, Data quality and cleansing, Metadata management, Tools for data warehousing.
UNIT III
Data Mining Techniques
Classification and prediction, Clustering analysis, Association rule mining, Outlier detection, Text mining, Time
series analysis, Evaluation of data mining results.
UNIT IV
Ethical and Social Considerations
Privacy and security issues in data mining, Bias and fairness in data mining, Ethical guidelines for data mining,
Social implications of data mining, Case studies.
Textbook:
1. Han, J., Kamber, M., & Pei, J. (2011). Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques. Morgan Kaufmann.
References:
1. Inmon, W. H., & Linstedt, D. (2015). Data Architecture: A Primer for the Data Scientist. Morgan Kaufmann.
2. Aggarwal, C. C. (2015). Data Mining: The Textbook. Springer.
3. Tan, P. N., Steinbach, M., & Kumar, V. (2013). Introduction to Data Mining. Pearson.

Page 218 of 399
Paper Code: ICT330P Datawarehousing and Data Mining Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 219 of 399
Paper Code: ICT332 Paper: Computational Geometry L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and model geometric problems using appropriate data structures and algorithms.
CO 2 Apply computational geometry techniques to solve problems in computer graphics, robotics, and
other relevant domains.
CO 3 Implement and evaluate algorithms for geometric problems, demonstrating proficiency in coding and
problem-solving.
CO 4 Critically assess and adapt existing geometric algorithms to solve novel problems, fostering creativity
and innovation.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Geometric Primitives and Convex Hulls: Introduction to computational geometry and its applications. Basic
geometric primitives: points, lines, segments, and polygons. Geometric transformations and operations. Convex
hull: definition, properties, and algorithms (Graham scan, Jarvis march, Divide and Conquer). Applications of
convex hulls in pattern recognition and optimization.
UNIT II
Line Segment Intersection and Voronoi Diagrams: Line segment intersection problem and its significance.
Sweepline algorithm for line segment intersection. Voronoi diagrams: concepts, construction algorithms, and
applications. Delaunay triangulations and their relationship with Voronoi diagrams. Applications of Voronoi
diagrams in nearest neighbor search and mesh generation.
UNIT III
Range Searching and Geometric Data Structures: Range searching techniques: 1D range queries, 2D range
queries. Quad trees and kd-trees: construction, query operations, and analysis. Binary space partitioning trees
and their applications. Intersection searching using segment trees. Applications of range searching in GIS,
collision detection, and image processing.
UNIT IV
Arrangements and Geometric Intersection Problems: Planar arrangements of curves: definitions and
properties. Algorithmic techniques for constructing planar arrangements. Geometric intersection problems: line
segment intersection, point location, ray shooting. Bentley-Ottmann algorithm for line segment intersection.
Applications of arrangements in computer-aided design and visibility computations.
Textbooks:
1. Berg, M., Cheong, O., Kreveld, M., & Overmars, M. (2008). Computational Geometry: Algorithms and
Applications (3rd ed.). Springer.
2. de Berg, M., van Kreveld, M., Overmars, M., & Schwarzkopf, O. (2000). Computational Geometry: Algorithms
and Applications (2nd ed.). Springer.

Page 220 of 399
References:
1. O'Rourke, J. (1998). Computational Geometry in C (2nd ed.). Cambridge University Press.
2. Shamos, M. I., & Preparata, F. P. (1985). Computational Geometry: An Introduction. Springer.
3. Moller, M., & Hoff, K. E. (1997). Robust Intersection Testing Using Interval Arithmetic and CORDIC. ACM
Transactions on Graphics (TOG), 16(1), 17-28.

Page 221 of 399
Paper Code: ICT334T Paper: Introduction to Mobile Ad Hoc Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and characteristics of Mobile Ad Hoc Networks (MANETs) and
differentiate them from traditional computer networks.
CO 2 Analyze various routing protocols and algorithms used in MANETs, and make informed decisions on
their application based on network scenarios.
CO 3 Evaluate the security challenges and solutions in MANETs, and propose strategies to enhance the
security of these networks.
CO 4 Design and simulate simple MANET scenarios, applying appropriate routing protocols and taking into
account performance metrics for effective network management.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to MANETs: Definition and characteristics of MANETs, advantages and challenges, classification
based on network infrastructure, comparison with infrastructure-based networks.
UNIT II
Routing Protocols in MANETs: Proactive, reactive, and hybrid routing protocols, including DSDV, AODV, DSR,
and OLSR; comparison of protocols, route discovery and maintenance, concept of multi-path routing.
UNIT III
Security in MANETs: Threats and vulnerabilities in MANETs, authentication and key management, secure
routing, intrusion detection systems, securing communication in the presence of malicious nodes.
UNIT IV
Performance Evaluation and Simulation: Performance metrics in MANETs, packet delivery ratio, throughput,
end-to-end delay; simulation tools (e.g., NS-2/NS-3), simulation of MANET scenarios, analyzing simulation
results.
Textbooks:
1. C. E. Perkins and P. Bhagwat, "Ad Hoc Networking," Addison-Wesley, 2001.
2. S. Basagni, M. Conti, S. Giordano, and I. Stojmenovic, "Mobile Ad Hoc Networking," John Wiley & Sons, 2004.
References:
1. J. Macker and S. Corson, "Mobile Ad hoc Networking (MANET): Routing Protocol Performance Issues and
Evaluation Considerations," RFC 2501, 1999.
2. I. Stojmenovic, "Handbook of Wireless Networks and Mobile Computing," John Wiley & Sons, 2002.
3. R. C. Shah, "Wireless Ad hoc and Sensor Networks: Protocols, Performance, and Control," CRC Press, 2007.
4. K. Ren and J. Zhou, "Security in Mobile Ad Hoc Networks: Challenges and Solutions," IEEE Wireless
Communications, 2010, 17(2), 10-22.

Page 222 of 399
Paper Code: ICT334P Introduction to Mobile Ad Hoc Networks Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 223 of 399
Paper Code: ICT336T Paper: Introduction to Information and L T/P C

Communication Theory
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts of information theory and its relevance to data compression
and storage.
CO 2 Grasp the principles of communication theory, including modulation techniques and channel
capacity.
CO 3 Analyze and design basic communication systems, considering noise, coding, and error correction.
CO 4 Apply their knowledge to evaluate and optimize information transmission in digital communication
networks.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Information Theory: Introduction to information theory, entropy and information content, entropy of discrete
and continuous random variables, entropy properties, data compression techniques (Huffman coding,
arithmetic coding), source coding theorem, Shannon-Fano coding.
UNIT II
Communication Theory: Basics of communication systems, amplitude and frequency modulation, demodulation
techniques, signal-to-noise ratio, channel capacity, Nyquist theorem, Shannon's theorem, error detection and
correction codes, Hamming codes, convolutional codes.
UNIT III
Digital Communication Systems: Digital modulation techniques (ASK, PSK, FSK, QAM), bit and symbol error
rates, spread spectrum modulation, multiple access techniques (TDMA, FDMA, CDMA), introduction to cellular
networks, basics of information routing in networks.
UNIT IV
Information Theory in Networking: Introduction to network information theory, entropy rate, data compression
for network data, network coding principles, information flow in networks, capacity of networks, introduction
to information-centric networking.
Textbooks:
1. T. M. Cover and J. A. Thomas, "Elements of Information Theory," 2nd edition, Wiley, 2006.
2. S. Haykin, "Communication Systems," 5th edition, Wiley, 2013.
3. A. Goldsmith, "Wireless Communications," Cambridge University Press, 2005.

Page 224 of 399
References:
1. R. G. Gallager, "Information Theory and Reliable Communication," Wiley, 1968.
2. B. Sklar, "Digital Communications: Fundamentals and Applications," 2nd edition, Pearson Education, 2001.
3. S. Verdu, "Multiuser Detection," Cambridge University Press, 1998.
4. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, "Digital Communications," 5th edition, McGraw-Hill, 2007.
5. I. W. Sandberg, "Digital Communication Systems: Principles and Design," Prentice Hall, 1994.
Paper Code: ICT336P Introduction to Information and Communication L T/P C

Theory Lab.
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 225 of 399
Paper Code: ICT338T Paper: Database Modelling and Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze complex real-world scenarios and translate them into comprehensive data models.
CO 2 Apply advanced normalization techniques and understand their impact on database performance
and design.
CO 3 Design and evaluate database schemas that adhere to industry best practices and optimize query
performance.
CO 4 Incorporate practical considerations, such as security and scalability, into the database design
process.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Database Modelling
Entity-Relationship (ER) modeling, Enhanced Entity-Relationship (EER) modeling, attributes, relationships, keys,
roles, constraints, weak entities, aggregation, review of normalization concepts.
UNI II
Advanced Data Modelling Techniques
Subtypes and supertypes, specialization and generalization hierarchies, modeling of time-dependent data,
handling of large and complex datasets, data modeling for NoSQL databases, denormalization strategies.
UNIT III
Schema Design and Optimization
Topics: Functional dependencies, multi-valued dependencies, join dependencies, Boyce-Codd Normal Form
(BCNF), Fourth Normal Form (4NF), Fifth Normal Form (5NF), schema refinement, schema integration, data
redundancy reduction, trade-offs between normalization and query performance.
UNIT IV
Practical Considerations in Database Design
Security considerations in database design, access control and authorization, data privacy, scalability and
performance optimization, indexing strategies, query optimization, physical database design, versioning and
migration of database schemas, data archiving and purging.
Textbooks:
1. Hoffer, J. A., Topi, H., & Ramesh, V. (2020). Modern Database Management. Pearson.
2. Elmasri, R., & Navathe, S. B. (2019). Fundamentals of Database Systems. Pearson.

Page 226 of 399
References:
1. Silberschatz, A., Korth, H. F., & Sudarshan, S. (2019). Database System Concepts. McGraw-Hill Education.
2. Date, C. J. (2003). An Introduction to Database Systems. Addison-Wesley.
Paper Code: ICT338P Database Modelling and Design Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 227 of 399
Paper Code: ICT340T Paper: Analog and Digital Communication L T/P C

/ ITE457T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of analog and digital communication systems.
CO 2 Analyze and design various modulation techniques for efficient information transmission.
CO 3 Differentiate between analog and digital communication systems, evaluating their respective
advantages and limitations.
CO 4 Apply their knowledge to real-world communication system scenarios, demonstrating proficiency in
troubleshooting and optimization.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Communication Systems: Overview of communication systems, signal types, analog vs. digital
communication, communication channel impairments, noise sources and types, measures of signal quality.
UNIT II
Analog Communication Systems: Amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), phase modulation
(PM), demodulation techniques, AM and FM signal analysis, analog modulation schemes, analog-to-digital
conversion.
UNIT III
Digital Communication Systems: Pulse modulation techniques (PAM, PWM, PPM), digital modulation
techniques (ASK, FSK, PSK, QAM), line coding techniques, error detection and correction, digital modulation
analysis, spread spectrum modulation.
UNIT IV
Communication System Performance and Emerging Technologies: Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), bit error rate
(BER), channel capacity, trade-off between bandwidth and power efficiency, multiple access techniques (TDMA,
FDMA, CDMA), introduction to emerging communication technologies.
Textbooks:
1. Simon Haykin and Michael Moher, "An Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications," Wiley, 2nd
edition, 2006.
2. John G. Proakis and Masoud Salehi, "Digital Communications," McGraw-Hill Education, 5th edition, 2007.
References:
1. Andreas F. Molisch, "Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2nd edition, 2011.
2. Bruce A. Carlson and Paul B. Crilly, "Communication Systems: An Introduction to Signals and Noise in Electrical
Communication," McGraw-Hill, 4th edition, 2001.
3. John M. Wozencraft and Irwin Mark Jacobs, "Principles of Communication Engineering," Wiley, 1st edition,
1965.

Page 228 of 399
4. Taub, H., & Schilling, D. L., "Principles of Communication Systems," McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 1986.
Paper Code: ICT340P / Analog and Digital Communication Lab. L T/P C

ITE457P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 229 of 399
Paper Code: ICT344 Paper: Random Processes and Stochastic Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and characterize different types of random processes and their statistical properties.
CO 2 Apply random processes to model and analyze real-world stochastic systems in electronics
engineering.
CO 3 Design and evaluate systems that involve randomness, making informed decisions based on
probabilistic analysis.
CO 4 Interpret and communicate complex concepts related to random processes and stochastic systems
to peers and professionals.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 1
UNIT I
Introduction to Random Processes and Probability Concepts: Introduction to random processes, probability
spaces, random variables, cumulative distribution function (CDF), probability density function (PDF), moments
and moment-generating functions, conditional probability and independence.
UNIT II
Discrete and Continuous Random Processes: Definition and properties of discrete and continuous random
processes, Bernoulli, Poisson, and Gaussian processes, stationarity, autocorrelation and cross-correlation
functions, power spectral density, ergodicity.
UNIT III
Markov Processes and Applications: Markov chains, transition probability matrix, classification of states,
steady-state analysis, first-order and second-order Markov processes, applications of Markov processes in
communication systems and queuing theory.
UNIT IV
Stochastic Processes in Signal Processing and Communication: Random signals, autocorrelation and cross-
correlation functions of random signals, white noise, matched filter, signal-to-noise ratio (SNR), applications of
stochastic processes in modulation, demodulation, and error analysis.
Textbooks:
1. Papoulis, A., & Pillai, S. U. (2002). Probability, Random Variables and Stochastic Processes. McGraw-Hill
Education. (ISBN: 978-0071226615)
2. Stark, H., & Woods, J. W. (1994). Probability and Random Processes with Applications to Signal Processing.
Pearson.
References:
1. Ross, S. M. (2006). Stochastic Processes (2nd ed.). John Wiley & Sons.
2. Grimmett, G., & Stirzaker, D. (2001). Probability and Random Processes (3rd ed.). Oxford University Press.

Page 230 of 399
3. Proakis, J. G., & Salehi, M. (2007). Fundamentals of Communication Systems (2nd ed.). Prentice Hall.
4. Gallager, R. G. (1996). Principles of Digital Communication. Cambridge University Press.

Page 231 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 346T Paper: Antenna Design and Radiating Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 - 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:

1. Ability to understand fundamentals and working principle of the antennas.
2. Ability to explore the different dipole antenna and array.
3. Ability to Evaluate about wire and other antennas.
4. Ability to design and implementation of microstrip antennas, and antenna measurement
0
CO01 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO02 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO03 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 - 3
CO04 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 - 3
UNIT - I
Review of electromagnetic theory, Antenna and their different types, Radiation Mechanism and Current
Distribution, Fundamental Parameters related to antenna (Radiation Pattern, Radiation Power Density,
Directivity, Gain, Beam width, Antenna Efficiency, Bandwidth, Polarization, Radiation Efficiency, Antenna Factor)
Radiation Integrals, Auxiliary Potential Functions and Construction of Solution, Solution of the inhomogeneous
vector Potential Wave Equation, Far Field Radiation
UNIT - II
Infinitesimal dipole, Small Dipole, Finite length and Half-Wavelength Dipole – Analysis using assumed current
Distribution Small Circular loop, Circular Loop with constant current, Two Element Array N-Element Linear Array
with uniform amplitude and spacing, Broadside and End-Fire Array, N-Element Linear Array: Three Dimensional
Characteristic
UNIT - III
Long Wire – Designing, V and Rhombic Antenna – Designing, Helical Antenna – Designing of normal and axial
mode, Rectangular apertures with different configurations- --With analysis Circular Apertures, E-Plane Sectoral
Horn – Analysis and Design, H-Plane Sectoral Horn – Analysis and Design Pyramidal Horn
UNIT-IV
Basic of Microstrip Antenna, Designing of Rectangular Microstrip Antenna, Antenna Ranges, Gain Measurement,
Radiation Pattern Measurement, Anechoic Chamber
Textbook(s):
1. Antenna Theory Analysis and Design by C. A. Balanis , 3rd Edition Wiley Publication.
2. Antennas: For All Applications - Kraus, John D &, Ronald J Marhefka - Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd

Page 232 of 399
Edition,
References:
1. Electromagnetic Waves and Radiating Systems by Jordan and Balmain, Prentice Hall, 2ndEdition.
2. Antenna Theory and Design by W. L. Stutzman and G. A. Thiele, Wiley Publication
3. Antenna Theory and Design by R. S. Elliot, Revised Edition, Wiley Publication (IEEE Press).
Paper Code: ICT346P Antenna Design and Radiating Systems Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 233 of 399
Paper Code: ICT348T Paper: Optical Communication and Networks L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 - 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:

1. Ability to understand basics of optical fiber communication
2. Ability to explore the Signal distortion in optical fibers and Nonlinear Scattering losses.
3. Ability to Evaluate about optical sources
4. Ability to understand about Optical amplifiers
CO01 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 2
CO02 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 1 - 2
CO03 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO04 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT - I
Overview of optical fiber communication: The general system, Advantages of optical fiber communication.
Optical spectral band, Optical Fiber waveguides: Introduction, Ray theory transmission Total internal reflection,
acceptance angle, numerical aperture, skew rays. Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation:
Electromagnetic waves, modes in a planar guide, phase and group velocity, phase shift with total internal reflection
and the evanescent field, goos hanchen shift. Cylindrical Fiber: modes, mode coupling, step index fibers Graded
index fibers, Single mode Fiber: Cut-off wavelength, Mode field diameter and spot size, effective refractive index,
Group delay and mode delay factor, The Gaussian approximation, equivalent step index methods.
UNIT - II
Signal distortion in optical fibers - Attenuation, Material Absorption, losses in silica glass fibers; Intrinsic
absorption, Extrinsic absorption. Linear scattering losses; Ray light scattering, Mie scattering. Non linear
Scattering losses: fiber bending losses; Dispersion, Chromatic dispersion: material dispersion, waveguide
dispersion. Intermodal dispersion: Multimode step index fiber, Multimode graded index fiber. Overall fiber
dispersion Multimode fiber, Dispersion modified single mode fibers ,Dispersion–shifted fiber, dispersion flatted
fibers, nonzero-dispersion- shifted fibers (MZ-DSF), Polarization: Fiber birefringence, polarization mode
dispersion, polarization- maintaining fibers.
UNIT - III
Optical sources - Light Emitting Diodes (LEDs): Structures, light source materials, Quantum Efficiency on LED
Power Modulation of a LED, Laser Diodes- models and threshold conditions, laser diode rate equations, External
quantum efficiency, resonant frequency, laser diode structures and radiation patterns, single mode lasers
modulation of laser diodes, laser lines. Source to fiber power launching, Source Output patterns, Power coupling
calculation, Power launching versus wavelength, equilibrium numerical aperture. Photo detectors: Physical
principles of photodiodes: The PIN photo detector, Avalanche photodiodes. Photo detector Noise: Noise sources,
signal to noise ratio.
UNIT - IV

Page 234 of 399
Optical amplifiers, EDFA, Raman Amplifier, Amplifier gain, WDM and DWDM systems. Principles of WDM
networks., Optical TDM, Subscriber multiplexing, OCDMA Nonlinear effects in fiber optical fiber, soliton.
Textbook(s):
1. John M. Senior, “Optical Fiber Communications”, PEARSON, 3rd Edition
2. Gerd Keiser, “Optical Fiber Communications”, TMH
References:
1. Govind P. Agrawal, “Fiber Optic Communication Systems”, John Wiley
2. Joseph C. Plais, “Fiber Optic Communication”, Pearson Education
3.Gowar J., optical communication systems, PHI.
4.Fiber Optic Communication Systems by Mynbev, Pearson
Paper Code: ICT348P Optical Communication Systems and Networks Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 235 of 399
Paper Code: ICT 350T Paper: Embedded Systems L T/P C
Paper ID:164 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
2. The first question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question should be
objective,single line answers or short answer type questions of total 15 marks.
shall be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain up to
five sub- parts/sub-questions. Each unit will have a marks weightage of 15.
standard/levelof questions to asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
1. Ability to understand ARM Architecture and Programming
2. Ability to use the understand Models of Embedded Systems
3. Ability to use Process Management in Embedded Systems
4. Ability to implement Embedded Real-Time Operating System
CO01 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO02 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO03 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO04 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT – I
ARM Architecture and Programming : ARM Processor Modes , ARM CPU Registers , Instruction Pipeline . ARM
Instructions , ARM System Emulators , ARM Programming, Interrupts and Exceptions Processing : ARM
Exceptions , Interrupts and Interrupts Processing , Timer Driver , Keyboard Driver , UART Driver, Vectored
Interrupts ,Nested Interrupts.
UNIT – II
Models of Embedded Systems : Program Structures of Embedded Systems , Super-Loop Model ,Event-Driven
Model , Event Priorities , Process Models , Uniprocessor (UP) Kernel Model , Uniprocessor (UP) Operating
System Model , Multiprocessor (MP) System Model , Real-Time (RT) System Model , Design Methodology of
Embedded System Software.
UNIT – III
Process Management in Embedded Systems: Multitasking , The Process Concept , Multitasking and Context
Switch , Dynamic Processes , Process Scheduling , Process Synchronization , Event-Driven Embedded Systems
Using Sleep/Wakeup , Resource Management Using Sleep/Wakeup , Semaphores , Applications of Semaphores
, Other Synchronization Mechanisms , Process Communication , Uniprocessor (UP) Embedded System
Kernel,Memory Management in ARM .
UNIT – IV
General Purpose Operating Systems , Embedded General Purpose Operating Systems, Organization of EOS ,
Memory Management in EOS , Exception and Signal Processing, Signal Processing in EOS , Process Scheduling in
EOS , Timer Service in EOS , File System , User Interface. Multiprocessing in Embedded Systems , Multiprocessing
, ARM MPcore Processors, Embedded Real-Time Operating System, Concepts of RTOS , Task Scheduling in RTOS
,Survey of RTOS, Design Principles of RTOS.

Page 236 of 399
Textbook(s):
1. K.C. Wang, Embedded and Real-Time Operating Systems, Springer International Publishing
References:
1. Dhananjay V. Gadre, Programming and Customizing the AVR Microcontroller, McGraw-Hill
2. A. Sloss, D. Symes and C. Wright, ARM System Developers Guide, Designing and Optimizing System Software,
Morgan Kaufmann
3. K.V. Shibu, Introduction to Embedded Systems,Tata McGraw Hill
Paper Code: ICT350P Embedded System Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 237 of 399
Paper Code: ICT352T Paper: RF Component and Circuit Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a solid understanding of RF circuit fundamentals, including passive and active
components.
CO 2 Analyze, design, and simulate basic RF circuits using appropriate software tools.
CO 3 Apply theoretical knowledge to the design and optimization of RF amplifiers, oscillators, and filters.
CO 4 Evaluate the performance, limitations, and trade-offs in RF circuit design for various applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 - 3
UNIT I
RF Fundamentals and Passive Components
Introduction to RF circuits and their significance in modern electronics; Characteristics of RF signals: frequency,
wavelength, modulation; Impedance matching and Smith chart analysis ;Design of RF passive components:
resonators, transmission lines, impedance transformers
UNIT II
Active RF Components and Amplifier Design
Overview of active RF components: transistors (BJT, MOSFET), amplifiers, oscillators; Common transistor
amplifier configurations: common emitter, common base, common collector Gain, stability, and noise
considerations in RF amplifiers; Design and analysis of low noise amplifiers (LNA) and power amplifiers (PA)
UNIT III
RF Oscillators and Frequency Synthesis
Principles of RF oscillators: feedback, Barkhausen criteria, phase noise; Oscillator types: LC oscillators, crystal
oscillators, voltage-controlled oscillators (VCO); Frequency synthesis techniques: PLL (Phase-Locked Loop),
direct digital synthesis (DDS); Design and simulation of RF oscillators for stable frequency generation
UNIT IV
RF Filters and Matching Networks
Introduction to RF filters: types, specifications, applications; Passive RF filters: LC, RC, and crystal filters; Active
RF filters: Sallen-Key, multiple feedback, and switched capacitor filters; Impedance matching networks: L-
section, T-section, and pi-section networks
Textbooks:
1. Bowick, Christopher. "RF Circuit Design," Newnes, 2018.
2. Gonzalez, Guillermo. "Microwave Transistor Amplifiers: Analysis and Design," Prentice Hall, 1996.
References:
1. Razavi, Behzad. "RF Microelectronics," Pearson, 2011.
2. Lee, Thomas H. "Planar Microwave Engineering: A Practical Guide to Theory, Measurement, and Circuits,"

Page 238 of 399
3. Pozar, David M. "Microwave Engineering," John Wiley & Sons, 2011.

Paper Code: ICT352P RF Component and Circuit Design Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 239 of 399
Paper Code: ICT354 Paper: Multimedia Communications L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of multimedia communication systems, including the various
types of multimedia data and their characteristics.
CO 2 Analyze the principles of multimedia compression, coding, and decoding techniques for efficient data
transmission.
CO 3 Evaluate the challenges and strategies related to multimedia synchronization, quality of service, and
error resilience in communication systems.
CO 4 Apply their knowledge to design basic multimedia communication systems and make informed
decisions regarding the selection of appropriate techniques and technologies.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 - 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 - 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 2 2 - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Multimedia Communication Systems: Overview of multimedia communication systems and their
significance; Types of multimedia data: text, images, audio, video; Characteristics and requirements of
multimedia data; Human perception and multimedia quality metrics
UNIT II
Multimedia Data Compression and Coding: Principles of data compression: lossless vs. lossy compression; Image
compression techniques: JPEG, JPEG2000; Audio compression techniques: MP3, AAC; Video compression
techniques: MPEG-2, H.264, HEVC; Multimedia coding standards and formats
UNIT III
Multimedia Transmission and Synchronization: Digital modulation techniques for multimedia transmission;
Channel coding and error correction methods; Multimedia synchronization issues: lip synchronization, audio-
video synchronization; Quality of Service (QoS) considerations in multimedia communication
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in Multimedia Communication: Multimedia streaming techniques and protocols; Error
resilience and error concealment strategies; Multimedia communication over wireless networks; Emerging
trends in multimedia communication: virtual reality, augmented reality
Textbooks:
1. Fred Halsall, "Multimedia Communications: Applications, Networks, Protocols and Standards," Pearson
Education, 2000.
2. Ze-Nian Li and Mark S. Drew, "Fundamentals of Multimedia," Springer, 2014.
References:
1. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, "Communication Systems Engineering," Pearson Education, 2002.
2. A. C. Bovik, "The Essential Guide to Video Processing," Academic Press, 2009.

Page 240 of 399
3. K. R. Rao and Z. S. Bojkovic, "Understanding MPEG Standards: Basics of audio and video compression," CRC
Press, 2014.

Page 241 of 399
Paper Code: ICT356T Paper: Wireless and Mobile Communication L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a solid understanding of RF circuit fundamentals, including passive and active
components.
CO 2 Analyze, design, and simulate basic RF circuits using appropriate software tools.
CO 3 Apply theoretical knowledge to the design and optimization of RF amplifiers, oscillators, and filters.
CO 4 Evaluate the performance, limitations, and trade-offs in RF circuit design for various applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Wireless Communication Systems
Evolution of wireless communication: From 1G to 5G and beyond.
Wireless communication system architecture: Base stations, mobile stations, and core network.
Frequency reuse and cellular concept: Hexagonal cell structure, cluster, and frequency planning.
Signal propagation: Free space path loss, shadowing, and multipath fading.
Small-scale and large-scale fading: Rayleigh and Rician fading models.
Modulation techniques for wireless communication: Analog and digital modulation schemes.
UNIT II
Wireless Transmission Techniques
Multiple Access Techniques: Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA),
Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM).
Wireless channel coding: Error detection and correction codes, convolutional codes, and Turbo codes.
Diversity techniques: Space, time, and frequency diversity.
MIMO (Multiple Input Multiple Output) systems: Spatial multiplexing and diversity gain.
Wireless medium access control: Carrier Sense Multiple Access (CSMA), CSMA/CA, and contention-based
protocols.
UNIT III
Cellular Communication Systems
Cellular network generations: 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, and 5G. 4G LTE architecture and air interface: Downlink and uplink
channels, OFDMA, and MIMO. 5G architecture and key features: Network slicing, massive MIMO, millimeter-
wave communication. Mobility management: Handover techniques, location management, and paging
strategies. Radio resource management: Power control, admission control, and frequency reuse.

Page 242 of 399
UNIT IV
Emerging Trends and Future of Wireless Communications
Internet of Things (IoT) and its impact on wireless networks. 6G and beyond: Vision, potential applications, and
challenges. Wireless security and privacy concerns: Encryption, authentication, and secure key exchange.
Cooperative and cognitive wireless communication: Spectrum sensing, dynamic spectrum access, and
opportunistic communication.
Textbooks:
1. T.S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," Pearson Education, 2002.
References:
1. A. Molisch, "Wireless Communications," Wiley-IEEE Press, 2011.
2. S. Haykin and M. Moher, "Modern Wireless Communications," Pearson, 2017.
3. A. S. Tanenbaum and D. J. Wetherall, "Computer Networks," Pearson, 2010.
4. J. G. Proakis and M. Salehi, "Digital Communications," McGraw-Hill Education, 2007.
Paper Code: ICT356P Wireless and Mobile Communication Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 243 of 399
Paper Code: ITE301T Paper: Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data L T/P C
Analytics
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a solid understanding of fundamental statistical concepts and techniques.
CO 2 Apply statistical modeling methods to analyze and interpret data in engineering applications.
CO 3 Utilize data analytics techniques to draw actionable insights from complex datasets.
CO 4 Communicate effectively about statistical analyses and findings to technical and non-technical
audiences.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Descriptive Statistics and Data Visualization
Introduction to statistics and its importance in engineering. Types of data: categorical, numerical, discrete,
continuous. Measures of central tendency: mean, median, mode. Measures of dispersion: range, variance,
standard deviation. Exploratory data analysis (EDA) techniques. Data visualization techniques: histograms, box
plots, scatter plots.
UNIT II
Probability and Statistical Distributions
Basic concepts of probability: events, sample space, probability rules. Probability distributions: discrete and
continuous. Binomial, Poisson, and Normal distributions and their applications. Central Limit Theorem and its
significance. Sampling techniques and sampling distributions.
UNIT III
Statistical Inference
Point estimation and interval estimation. Hypothesis testing: null and alternative hypotheses, p-values,
significance levels. One-sample and two-sample t-tests. Chi-square tests for independence and goodness of fit.
Introduction to ANOVA (Analysis of Variance).
UNIT IV
Statistical Modeling and Data Analytics
Linear regression: simple and multiple regression models. Model building, interpretation, and validation.
Introduction to classification techniques: logistic regression, decision trees. Introduction to clustering
techniques: k-means clustering, hierarchical clustering. Introduction to data analytics tools (e.g., Python
libraries, R) for data manipulation and analysis.
Textbooks:
1. Montgomery, D. C., Runger, G. C., & Hubele, N. F. (2017). Engineering Statistics (5th ed.). Wiley.
2. Walpole, R. E., Myers, R. H., Myers, S. L., & Ye, K. (2011). Probability & Statistics for Engineers & Scientists (9th
ed.). Pearson.

Page 244 of 399
References:
1. Devore, J. L. (2015). Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences (9th ed.). Cengage Learning.
2. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R., & Friedman, J. (2009). The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference,
and Prediction (2nd ed.). Springer.
Paper Code: ITE301P Statistics, Statistical Modelling & Data Analytics Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ITE 301T as this is the practical

Page 245 of 399
Paper Code: ITE302T Paper: Machine Learning L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts of machine learning and its significance in real-world
applications.
CO 2 Describe and apply various machine learning algorithms, including supervised, unsupervised, and
reinforcement learning techniques.
CO 3 Implement and evaluate machine learning models using appropriate tools and techniques.
CO 4 Analyze and interpret the results of machine learning experiments to make informed decisions.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Machine Learning: Introduction to machine learning, types of machine learning (supervised,
unsupervised, reinforcement learning), components of a machine learning system, applications of machine
learning in engineering, ethical considerations in machine learning.
UNIT II
Supervised Learning: Regression analysis, linear regression, polynomial regression, model training and
evaluation, overfitting and underfitting, classification problems, logistic regression, decision trees, ensemble
methods (random forests, gradient boosting), model selection and hyperparameter tuning.
UNIT III
Unsupervised Learning: Clustering techniques (k-means, hierarchical clustering), dimensionality reduction,
principal component analysis (PCA), t-Distributed Stochastic Neighbor Embedding (t-SNE), introduction to neural
networks, autoencoders, applications of unsupervised learning in feature extraction and data compression.
UNIT IV
Reinforcement Learning and Practical Considerations: Introduction to reinforcement learning, Markov decision
processes, exploration and exploitation, Q-learning, policy gradients, applications of reinforcement learning in
engineering tasks (e.g., robotics, game playing), challenges and considerations in implementing machine
learning solutions, bias and fairness in machine learning.
Textbooks:
1. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, "The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction," Springer, 2009.
2. I. Goodfellow, Y. Bengio, and A. Courville, "Deep Learning," MIT Press, 2016.
3. C. M. Bishop, "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning," Springer, 2006.
References:
1. K. P. Murphy, "Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective," MIT Press, 2012.
2. A. Géron, "Hands-On Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn, Keras, and TensorFlow," O'Reilly Media, 2019.

Page 246 of 399
3. R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, "Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction," MIT Press, 2018.
Paper Code: ITE302P Machine Learning Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 247 of 399
Paper Code: ITE304T Paper: Supervised and Deep Learning L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational concepts of supervised learning, including different types of supervised
learning problems and their applications.
CO 2 Develop proficiency in designing, training, and evaluating traditional supervised learning algorithms.
CO 3 Comprehend the architecture and components of deep learning models, along with their strengths
and limitations.
CO 4 Apply deep learning techniques to solve real-world problems, and critically assess the
appropriateness of using deep learning in different scenarios.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Supervised Learning: Overview of machine learning and its types. Introduction to supervised
learning and its significance. Classification vs. regression: understanding the distinction. Model evaluation
metrics: accuracy, precision, recall, F1-score, etc. Bias-variance trade-off in supervised learning. Overfitting and
underfitting: causes and remedies.
UNIT II
Traditional Supervised Learning Algorithms: Linear regression: theory, interpretation, and applications. Logistic
regression: binary and multiclass classification. k-Nearest Neighbors (k-NN) algorithm and its variants. Support
Vector Machines (SVMs): principles and kernel methods. Decision trees and ensemble methods (Random
Forests, Gradient Boosting). Feature engineering and preprocessing techniques.
UNIT III
Introduction to Deep Learning: Neural networks: architecture, layers, and activation functions.
Backpropagation: understanding the training process. Optimization techniques: gradient descent, stochastic
gradient descent. Feedforward neural networks for classification and regression. Introduction to deep learning
frameworks (TensorFlow, PyTorch).
UNIT IV
Deep Learning Applications and Advanced Concepts: Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) for image
classification. Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) for sequence data. Introduction to natural language processing
with deep learning. Transfer learning and fine-tuning pretrained models. Ethical considerations and challenges
in deep learning applications
Textbooks:
2. T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, and J. Friedman, "The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and
Prediction," Springer, 2009.

Page 248 of 399
References:
1. C. M. Bishop, "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning," Springer, 2006.
3. I. Goodfellow et al., "Deep Learning for Computer Vision," Springer, 2017.
4. Y. LeCun, Y. Bengio, and G. Hinton, "Deep Learning," Nature, vol. 521, no. 7553, pp. 436-444, 2015.
Paper Code: ITE304P Supervised and Deep Learning Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 249 of 399
Paper Code: ITE306T Paper: Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the theoretical foundations of artificial neural networks and explain their role in machine
learning.
CO 2 Design and implement various types of neural network architectures for different tasks.
CO 3 Apply deep learning techniques to solve real-world problems, demonstrating an understanding of
their strengths and limitations.
CO 4 Evaluate and critique the performance of neural network models, and make informed decisions on
model selection and hyperparameter tuning.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 - - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Neural Networks: Overview of neural networks and historical development. Biological
inspiration: Neurons and synapses. Perceptrons and the McCulloch-Pitts model. Activation functions: Sigmoid,
ReLU, and variants. Feedforward neural networks and their architecture.
UNIT II
Training and Optimization: Loss functions for neural networks: Mean Squared Error, Cross-Entropy, etc.
Gradient descent and backpropagation algorithm. Stochastic gradient descent and mini-batch training.
Regularization techniques: Dropout, L1 and L2 regularization. Optimization algorithms: Adam, RMSProp, SGD
with momentum.
UNIT III
Advanced Neural Network Architectures: Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs) for image processing.
Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs) and their applications in sequential data. Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM)
and Gated Recurrent Units (GRUs). Introduction to transformers and attention mechanisms. Transfer learning
and pre-trained models.
UNIT IV
Deep Learning Applications and Trends: Image classification and object detection using CNNs. Natural language
processing tasks: Sentiment analysis, named entity recognition. Generative models: Introduction to Generative
Adversarial Networks (GANs). Ethical considerations and challenges in deep learning applications. Current trends
and research directions in artificial neural networks and deep learning
Textbooks:
2. M. Nielsen, "Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook," Determination Press, 2015.
References:
1. F. Chollet, "Deep Learning with Python," Manning Publications, 2017.

Page 250 of 399
3. Y. LeCun, Y. Bengio, and G. Hinton, "Deep learning," Nature, vol. 521, no. 7553, pp. 436-444, 2015.
Paper Code: ITE306P Artificial Neural Networks and Deep Learning Lab . L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 251 of 399
Paper Code: ITE308T Paper: Fuzzy logic and Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the principles of fuzzy logic and its applications in various engineering domains.
CO 2 Design and implement fuzzy logic systems for solving engineering problems involving uncertainty.
CO 3 Analyze and evaluate the performance of fuzzy logic controllers in comparison to traditional control
methods.
CO 4 Apply fuzzy logic techniques to real-world engineering scenarios, demonstrating proficiency in
problem-solving and decision-making under uncertainty.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
UNIT I
Introduction to Fuzzy Logic and Set Theory: Introduction to fuzzy sets: Crisp sets vs. fuzzy sets. Membership
functions and their types. Fuzzification and defuzzification processes. Operations on fuzzy sets: Union,
intersection, complement. Fuzzy relations and composition. Fuzzy set-based logic
UNIT II
Fuzzy Logic Systems and Inference: Fuzzy rules and linguistic variables. Fuzzy if-then rules and rule-based
inference. Mamdani and Sugeno fuzzy inference systems. Defuzzification methods: Centroid, mean of maxima,
weighted average. Rule aggregation and implication methods. Adaptive and evolving fuzzy systems
UNIT III
Fuzzy Control Systems: Basics of control systems and feedback control. Fuzzy controllers vs. traditional
controllers. Design of fuzzy controllers: Rule base, inference engine, defuzzification. PID control using fuzzy logic.
Applications of fuzzy control in robotics and industrial automation. Case studies: Fuzzy temperature control,
speed control.
UNIT IV
Fuzzy Applications in Engineering: Fuzzy logic in decision-making and optimization. Fuzzy modeling for system
identification. Fuzzy logic in pattern recognition and image processing. Fuzzy applications in engineering
domains: Automotive, electronics, manufacturing. Case studies: Fuzzy traffic control, fuzzy washing machine
control.
Textbooks:
1. Timothy J. Ross, "Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications," McGraw-Hill Education, 2010.
2. Jyh-Shing Roger Jang, Chuen-Tsai Sun, and Eiji Mizutani, "Neuro-Fuzzy and Soft Computing: A Computational
Approach to Learning and Machine Intelligence," Prentice Hall, 1997.
References:
1. Lotfi A. Zadeh, "Fuzzy Sets, Fuzzy Logic, and Fuzzy Systems: Selected Papers by Lotfi A. Zadeh," World Scientific
Publishing Co., 1996.

Page 252 of 399
2. George J. Klir and Bo Yuan, "Fuzzy Sets and Fuzzy Logic: Theory and Applications," Prentice Hall, 1995.
3. Earl Cox, "Fuzzy Fundamentals: A Guide for Engineers and Scientists," CRC Press, 1994.
4. Didier Dubois and Henri Prade, "Fuzzy Sets and Systems: Theory and Applications," Academic Press, 1980.
Paper Code: ITE308P Fuzzy logic and Systems Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 253 of 399
Paper Code: ITE305T Paper: Introduction to Internet of Things L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of the Internet of Things and its applications in engineering.
CO 2 Describe and analyze the key technologies and protocols used in IoT systems.
CO 3 Design and develop simple IoT systems, integrating hardware and software components.
CO 4 Evaluate the challenges and considerations related to security, privacy, and ethical aspects of IoT
deployments.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Internet of Things (IoT): Definition and significance of IoT, Evolution of IoT, Components of IoT
ecosystem, IoT applications in various engineering domains.
UNIT II
IoT Technologies and Protocols: Wireless communication technologies (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, LoRa, NB-IoT),
IoT protocols (MQTT, CoAP, HTTP), Sensor technologies, Actuators and control mechanisms.
UNIT III
IoT System Design and Implementation: Sensor-node architecture, Data acquisition and preprocessing, Cloud
computing and edge computing for IoT, Data storage and management, Introduction to IoT platforms.
UNIT IV
IoT Security, Privacy, and Ethical Considerations: Security challenges in IoT, Authentication and encryption,
Privacy concerns and data protection, Legal and ethical considerations in IoT deployments.
Textbooks:
1. B. Ray, "Internet of Things: A Hands-On Approach," Springer, 2020.
2. A. Dunkels, "Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP: The Next Internet," Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
References:
1. T. Ahmed, "Internet of Things (IoT): A Comprehensive Introduction," Springer, 2019.
2. R. Roman, et al., "Key Management for the Internet of Things," IEEE Access, 2017.
3. R. Sheltami, et al., "Towards an IoT Cloud for Smart Cities: Experiences and Lessons," IEEE Internet of Things
Journal, 2016.
4. J. Whitmore, et al., "Internet of Things: A survey of topics and trends," Information Systems Frontiers, 2015.

Page 254 of 399
Paper Code: ITE305P Introduction to Internet of Things Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 255 of 399
Paper Code: ITE310T Paper: Wireless and Sensor Networks L T/P C

/ ITE459T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the fundamental principles and components of wireless communication systems and sensor
networks.
CO 2 Design and evaluate wireless network protocols and architectures to address various communication
challenges.
CO 3 Apply knowledge of sensor networks to develop solutions for real-world applications, considering
energy efficiency and data accuracy.
CO 4 Demonstrate the ability to assess emerging trends and advancements in wireless and sensor
networks and their potential impact on engineering practices.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Wireless Communication Principles: Introduction to wireless communication systems. Wireless channel
characteristics and modelling. Modulation and demodulation techniques. Multiple access techniques: FDMA,
TDMA, CDMA. Wireless network architectures: Cellular, ad hoc, and mesh networks. Wireless standards: IEEE
802.11 (Wi-Fi), Bluetooth, LTE.
UNIT II
Sensor Network Fundamentals: Introduction to sensor networks: characteristics and applications. Sensor node
architecture and components. Energy-efficient communication protocols. Data aggregation and dissemination
in sensor networks. Localization and synchronization techniques. Sensor network security and privacy
considerations.
UNIT III
Wireless Network Protocols and Algorithms: Routing algorithms in wireless networks: AODV, DSR, OLSR.
Medium Access Control (MAC) protocols: CSMA, TDMA, MACA. Error control and reliability in wireless
communication. Quality of Service (QoS) provisioning in wireless networks. Network layer protocols and IP
addressing in wireless networks. Mobility management and handoff in cellular networks.
UNIT IV
Applications and Emerging Trends: Internet of Things (IoT) and its integration with wireless networks. Wireless
sensor network applications: environmental monitoring, healthcare, industrial automation. Energy harvesting
techniques for sensor nodes. Cognitive radio and dynamic spectrum allocation. Case studies of real-world
wireless and sensor network deployments.
Textbooks:
1. K. Pahlavan and P. Krishnamurthy, "Principles of Wireless Networks: A Unified Approach," Prentice Hall, 2002.

Page 256 of 399
2. I. F. Akyildiz, W. Su, Y. Sankarasubramaniam, and E. Cayirci, "Wireless Sensor Networks: A Survey," Computer
Networks, vol. 38, no. 4, pp. 393-422, 2002.
References:
1. T. S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," Prentice Hall, 2001.
2. S. S. Iyengar, "Wireless Sensor Networks," Springer, 2014.
3. C. S. Raghavendra, K. M. Sivalingam, and T. Znati, "Wireless Sensor Networks," Springer, 2004.
4. J. N. Al-Karaki and A. E. Kamal, "Routing Techniques in Wireless Sensor Networks: A Survey," IEEE Wireless
Communications, vol. 11, no. 6, pp. 6-28, 2004.
Paper Code: ITE310P / Wireless and Sensor Networks Lab. L T/P C

ITE459P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ITE310T / ITE459T as this is the

Page 257 of 399
Paper Code: ITE312T Paper: IoT with Arduino, ESP, and Raspberry Pi L T/P C
Paper ID:164 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
2. The first question should be compulsory and cover the entire syllabus. This question should be
objective,single line answers or short answer type questions of total 15 marks.
Every unit shall have two questions covering the corresponding unit of the syllabus. However, the student shall
be asked to attempt only one of the two questions in the unit. Individual questions may contain up to five sub-
standard/levelof questions to asked should be at the level of the prescribed textbook.
1. Ability to understand the concepts of Internet of Things
2. Ability to use the basic protocols in wireless sensor network
3. Ability to use IoT applications in different domain and be able to analyze their performance
4. Ability to implement basic IoT applications on embedded platform
CO01 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO02 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO03 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO04 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT, Characteristics of IoT, Physical design of IoT, Logical design of IoT, Functional
blocks of IoT, Communication models & APIs
UNIT – II
IoT & M2M- Machine to Machine, Difference between IoT and M2M, Software define Network, Network &
Communication aspects Wireless medium access issues, MAC protocol survey, Survey routing protocols, Sensor
deployment & Node discovery, Data aggregation & dissemination
UNIT – III
Developing IoTs, Programming on Arduino, ESP, and Raspberry Pi used for IoT. Introduction to different IoT
tools. Developing applications through IoT tools such as CupCarbon Simulator and COOJA etc. Developing
sensor-based application through embedded system platform. Implementing IoT concepts with python
UNIT – IV
Challenges in IoT Design, Development challenges, Security challenges, other challenges, Domain specific
applications of IoT, Home automation, Industry applications, Surveillance applications, Other IoT applications.
Textbook(s):
1. Bahga, A., & Madisetti, V. , Internet of Things: A hands-on approach.
2.Dargie, W., & Poellabauer, C., Fundamentals of wireless sensor networks: theory and practice. John Wiley &
Sons.
References:
1. Theoleyre, F., & Pang, A. C., Internet of Things and M2M Communications. River Publishers.
2. Dey, N., Hassanien, A. E., Bhatt, C., Ashour, A., & Satapathy, S. C., Internet of things and big data analytics
toward next-generation intelligence, Berlin: Springer.
Paper Code: ITE312P IoT with Arduino, ESP, and Raspberry Pi Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 258 of 399
Paper Code: ITE309T Paper: Real Time Operating Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of real-time operating systems and their differences from
general-purpose operating systems.
CO 2 Analyze the design principles and scheduling algorithms used in real-time operating systems for
efficient task management.
CO 3 Develop the skills to design and implement real-time systems considering timing constraints and
synchronization requirements.
CO 4 Evaluate the challenges and methods for ensuring reliability, security, and performance in real-time
operating system environments.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Real-Time Operating Systems: Introduction to real-time systems, characteristics and
requirements of real-time operating systems, classification of real-time tasks, challenges in real-time system
design.
UNIT II
Task Scheduling and Synchronization: Preemptive and non-preemptive scheduling algorithms (Rate Monotonic,
Earliest Deadline First, etc.), priority inversion and priority inheritance, mutual exclusion and synchronization
techniques in real-time systems.
UNIT III
Memory Management and I/O in Real-Time Systems: Memory management strategies for real-time systems,
memory protection mechanisms, device management and drivers in real-time environments, handling real-time
I/O constraints.
UNIT IV
Real-Time System Design and Case Studies:
Design considerations for real-time systems, task modeling and specification, real-time kernel services, case
studies of real-time operating systems in embedded systems, real-time Linux.
Textbooks:
1. C. K. Tan, "Real-Time Concepts for Embedded Systems," 2nd ed., CMP Books, 2003.
2. Jane W. S. Liu, "Real-Time Systems," Pearson Education, 2000.
References:
1. Stuart Bennett, "Real-Time Computer Control: An Introduction," Prentice Hall, 2003.
2. Giorgio C. Buttazzo, "Hard Real-Time Computing Systems: Predictable Scheduling Algorithms and
Applications," Springer, 2011.
3. Sam Siewert and John Pratt, "Mastering the FreeRTOS Real Time Kernel: A Hands-On Tutorial Guide," 2016.

Page 259 of 399
Paper Code: ITE314T Paper: Embedded System Architecture and Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and evaluate the architecture of embedded systems, considering the interactions between
hardware and software components.
CO 2 Design embedded systems using appropriate methodologies, taking into account performance,
power efficiency, and real-time constraints.
CO 3 Implement and debug embedded software to control and manage hardware peripherals effectively.
CO 4 Apply their knowledge to solve real-world problems by designing and developing functional
embedded systems.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Embedded Systems: Overview of embedded systems and their applications, Characteristics and
challenges of embedded system design, Microcontroller vs. microprocessor-based systems, Embedded system
components: processors, memory, I/O devices, Introduction to real-time operating systems (RTOS)
UNIT II
Embedded System Architecture: Processor architectures(RISC, CISC, and hybrid architectures), Memory
hierarchy in embedded systems(ROM, RAM, Flash), Interfacing techniques for external devices: GPIO, SPI, I2C,
UART, Interrupts and exception handling in embedded systems, System-on-Chip (SoC) design considerations
UNIT III
Embedded Software Design: C and assembly language programming for embedded systems, Compilers, cross-
compilers, and toolchains, Writing efficient code: optimization techniques, Real-time programming and task
scheduling, Debugging and testing strategies for embedded software
UNIT IV
Embedded System Development: Hardware description languages: an overview, Sensor interfacing and data
acquisition, Communication protocols for embedded systems: CAN, Ethernet, wireless Power management and
optimization techniques, Case studies: Designing embedded systems for IoT, automotive, consumer electronics
Textbooks:
1. A. Singh and J. D. A. Lukkien, "Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming and Design," 2nd ed.,
Springer, 2020.
References:

Page 260 of 399
1. W. Wolf, "Computers as Components: Principles of Embedded Computing System Design," 3rd ed., Morgan
Kaufmann, 2012.
2. K. Eshraghian, "Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective," Addison-Wesley, 2016.
3. P. Marwedel, "Embedded System Design: Embedded Systems Foundations of Cyber-Physical Systems," 3rd
ed., Springer, 2018.
Paper Code: ITE314P Embedded System Architecture and Design Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 261 of 399
Paper Code: ITE318T Paper: Programming in C for Embedded Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Design and implement C programs that effectively utilize the features of microcontrollers and
microprocessors in embedded systems.
CO 2 Analyze and optimize code for memory usage and execution speed in resource-constrained
embedded environments.
CO 3 Integrate hardware and software components by utilizing appropriate programming interfaces and
techniques for embedded systems.
CO 4 Develop robust and reliable embedded software applications by understanding and applying
debugging and error-handling strategies.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
UNIT I
Advanced C Programming for Embedded Systems: Advanced data types and type manipulation, Bitwise
operations, Pointers and memory management, Function pointers, Preprocessor directives for optimization,
Inline assembly programming in C.
UNIT II
Memory and Performance Optimization: Memory hierarchy in embedded systems, Stack vs. Heap memory
allocation, Dynamic memory management, Code and data optimization techniques, Profiling and benchmarking
embedded code.
UNIT III
Hardware Interfaces and Peripherals: I/O programming concepts, Memory-mapped I/O vs. Port-mapped I/O,
Interrupt-driven I/O, Timers and counters programming, Serial communication (UART) programming, Analog-
to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion.
UNIT IV
Debugging and Testing in Embedded Systems
Topics: Debugging tools and techniques, Real-time debugging, Error handling and exception mechanisms,
Testing methodologies for embedded software, Integration testing of hardware and software.
Textbooks:
1. Michael Barr, "Programming Embedded Systems in C and C++," First Edition, 2018.
2. E. Lee and S. Seshia, "Introduction to Embedded Systems - A Cyber-Physical Systems Approach," Second
Edition, 2015.

Page 262 of 399
References:
1. Jonathan W. Valvano, "Embedded Systems: Introduction to ARM Cortex-M Microcontrollers," Fifth Edition,
2019.
2. Jean J. Labrosse, "MicroC/OS-II: The Real-Time Kernel," Second Edition, 2002.
3. David Simon, "An Embedded Software Primer," First Edition, 1999.
4. Daniel W. Lewis, "Fundamentals of Embedded Software with the ARM Cortex-M3," First Edition, 2013.
Paper Code: ITE318P Programming in C for Embedded Systems Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 263 of 399
Paper Code: ITE311T Paper: Software Measurements, Metrics, and L T/P C

Modelling
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the importance of software measurements and metrics in evaluating and improving
software development processes.
CO 2 Identify and apply appropriate metrics for measuring software quality, productivity, and process
efficiency.
CO 3 Analyze measurement data and interpret the results to make informed decisions for process
improvement.
CO 4 Utilize modeling techniques to predict software project outcomes, resource requirements, and
potential risks.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Software Measurements and Metrics: Introduction to software measurements and metrics,
measurement process, measurement scales, measurement theory, types of metrics, challenges in software
measurement, establishing measurement objectives.
UNIT II
Software Measurement Techniques and Tools: Quantitative and qualitative measurement techniques, direct and
indirect measurement, software measurement frameworks, automated measurement tools, data collection and
analysis, interpreting measurement results.
UNIT III
Software Metrics for Quality and Performance Assessment: Software quality attributes and metrics, complexity
metrics, size-based metrics, cohesion and coupling metrics, defect and error metrics, reliability and availability
metrics, performance metrics, benchmarking.
UNIT IV
Software Modeling and Predictive Metrics: Software process modeling, predictive modeling techniques,
regression analysis, parametric models, neural networks, estimation of software development effort, reliability
prediction models.
Textbooks:
1. Fenton, N. E., & Pfleeger, S. L. (2014). Software Metrics: A Rigorous and Practical Approach (3rd ed.). PWS
Publishing Company.
2. Kan, S. H. (2002). Metrics and Models in Software Quality Engineering. Addison-Wesley Professional.
References:
1. Basili, V. R., Caldiera, G., & Rombach, H. D. (1996). The Goal Question Metric Approach. Encyclopedia of
Software Engineering.

Page 264 of 399
2. Boehm, B. W. (1981). Software Engineering Economics. Prentice-Hall.

3. Pressman, R. S. (2014). Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.
4. Kitchenham, B. A., Pfleeger, S. L., Pickard, L. M., Jones, P. W., Hoaglin, D. C., El Emam, K., & Rosenberg, J.
(2002). Preliminary Guidelines for Empirical Research in Software Engineering. IEEE Transactions on Software
Engineering, 28(8), 721-734.
Paper Code: ITE311P Software Measurements, Metrics, and Modelling Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 265 of 399
Paper Code: ITE320T Paper: Software Project Management L T/P C

/ ITE354T /ICT421T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of software project management principles,
methodologies, and best practices.
CO 2 Develop project plans encompassing scope, time, cost, quality, and risk management strategies.
CO 3 Apply effective communication and collaboration techniques to lead project teams and engage with
stakeholders.
CO 4 Analyze and adapt project management strategies based on real-world challenges and changing
project requirements.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Software Project Management: Introduction to project management, software project
characteristics, project life cycle models, project stakeholders, project constraints, role of project manager.
UNIT II
Project Planning and Estimation: Project initiation, scope definition, work breakdown structure (WBS),
estimation techniques (e.g., COCOMO, Function Points), scheduling techniques (e.g., PERT, Gantt charts),
resource allocation, project budgeting.
UNIT III
Project Execution and Control: Project execution methodologies (e.g., Agile, Waterfall), team organization and
roles, project tracking and control, change management, configuration management, quality assurance, risk
identification and mitigation.
UNIT IV
Project Communication and Stakeholder Management: Effective communication strategies, stakeholder
identification and analysis, managing conflicts, negotiation skills, project reporting, status meetings, customer
relationship management.
Textbooks:
1. Kathy Schwalbe, "Information Technology Project Management", 9th Edition, Cengage Learning, 2020.
2. Bob Hughes and Mike Cotterell, "Software Project Management", 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
References:
1. Roger S. Pressman and Bruce R. Maxim, "Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach", 8th Edition,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2014.
2. Norman F. Schneidewind, "Software Measurement and Estimation: A Practical Approach", Wiley-IEEE
Computer Society Press, 2006.
3. Scott Berkun, "Making Things Happen: Mastering Project Management", O'Reilly Media, 2008.

Page 266 of 399
Paper Code: ITE320P / Software Project Management Lab. L T/P C

ITE354P / ICT 421P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT 421P / ITE 320T / ITE354T as this

Page 267 of 399
Paper Code: ITE322T Paper: Service Oriented Architecture L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of Service-Oriented Architecture and its benefits in designing
distributed systems.
CO 2 Design and develop services using appropriate technologies and standards.
CO 3 Implement communication between services, ensuring interoperability and reusability.
CO 4 Analyze real-world scenarios and make informed decisions on the application of SOA in solving
architectural challenges.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Service-Oriented Architecture: Introduction to SOA, Characteristics of SOA, Benefits and
challenges of SOA, Service-orientation principles, Relationship between SOA and Software Engineering.
UNIT II
Designing Services: Service identification and modeling, Service contracts, Service granularity, Principles of
service design, Design patterns for SOA, Service versioning and evolution.
UNIT III
Service Communication and Integration: Communication between services, RESTful architecture, SOAP-based
services, Service orchestration and choreography, Middleware for service integration.
UNIT IV
Implementing and Managing SOA: Service development frameworks, Security in SOA, Quality of Service (QoS)
in SOA, SOA governance and management, Case studies of successful SOA implementations.
Textbooks:
1. Thomas Erl, "SOA Principles of Service Design," Pearson, 2007.
2. Paul C. Brown, "Implementing SOA: Total Architecture in Practice," Addison-Wesley Professional, 2007.
References:
1. Roger Sessions, "SOA: Principles of Service Design," ACM Queue, vol. 4, no. 3, pp. 46-52, 2006.
2. Eric Newcomer, Greg Lomow, "Understanding SOA with Web Services," Addison-Wesley Professional, 2004.
3. Michael Bell, "Service-Oriented Modeling: Service Analysis, Design, and Architecture," Wiley, 2008.
4. Sandy Carter, "SOA Governance: Achieving and Sustaining Business and IT Agility," IBM Press, 2009.

Page 268 of 399
Paper Code: ITE322P Service Oriented Architecture Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 269 of 399
Paper Code: ITE324T Paper: Mining Software Repositories and Predictive L T/P C
Modelling
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Apply mining techniques to extract meaningful information from software repositories.
CO 2 Design and implement predictive models for software engineering tasks.
CO 3 Analyze and interpret the results of mining software repositories and predictive models.
CO 4 Utilize insights gained to improve software development practices and decision-making.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Mining Software Repositories: Introduction to mining software repositories, data collection
methods, data preprocessing techniques, version control analysis, bug tracking analysis, mailing list analysis.
UNIT II
Software Metrics and Feature Extraction: Software metrics overview, source code metrics, change metrics, code
churn metrics, feature extraction techniques, feature engineering for predictive modeling.
UNIT III
Predictive Modeling in Software Engineering: Introduction to predictive modeling, classification and regression
techniques, model evaluation metrics, cross-validation, feature selection, overfitting and underfitting, ensemble
methods.
UNIT IV
Case Studies and Applications: Application of mining and predictive modeling in software maintenance, defect
prediction, code review, software quality assessment, software evolution prediction.
Textbooks:
1. M. Gousios, "Software Analytics: Mining Software Engineering Data," Morgan Kaufmann, 2015.
2. T. Menzies, A. Marcus, L. C. Briand, "Data Science for Software Engineering," Springer, 2016.
3. Janice S. Huether, "Mining Software Repositories: Advances in Data Mining Techniques and Applications",
IEEE Press, 2017.
References:
1. J. Madeyski, M. Ochodek, "Mining Software Repositories: Advances in Data Analysis," Springer, 2017.
2. A. Mockus, "Mining Software Engineering Data," Chapman & Hall/CRC, 2009.
3. T. Zimmermann, R. Premraj, "Mining Version Histories," Morgan & Claypool, 2007.
4. I. Steinmacher, T. Conte, M. A. Gerosa, "Mining Software Repositories: A Scientist's Perspective," Springer,
2018.
5. Tim Menzies, Laurie Williams, and Thomas Zimmermann, "Perspectives on Data Science for Software
Engineering", IEEE Press, 2016.

Page 270 of 399
6. Ahmed E. Hassan and Hesham H. Ali, "Software Analytics: Mining Software Engineering Data", Morgan
Kaufmann, 2019.
7. Leandro Minku and Xin Yao, "Software Analytics for Predictive Maintenance", Springer, 2020.
Paper Code: ITE324P Mining Software Repositories and Predictive Modelling L T/P C
Lab.
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 271 of 399
Paper Code: ICT411T Paper: Software Verification, Validation and Testing L T/P C
/ ITE423T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the principles and significance of software verification, validation, and testing in the
software development lifecycle.
CO 2 Apply various testing techniques to assess software functionality, performance, and security.
CO 3 Analyze and design effective test cases, test suites, and testing strategies to ensure software quality.
CO 4 Utilize automated testing tools and methodologies to streamline the software testing process.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Software Verification, Validation, and Testing: Software quality attributes, verification vs.
validation, testing levels (unit, integration, system, acceptance), testing phases (planning, design, execution,
closure), V-model of software development, challenges in testing, role of testing in software development.
UNIT II
Software Testing Techniques: White-box testing (statement coverage, branch coverage, path coverage), black-
box testing, equivalence partitioning, boundary value analysis, decision table-based testing, state transition
testing, use case-based testing, pairwise testing, exploratory testing, static vs. dynamic testing.
UNIT III
Test Case Design and Execution: Test case design process, test case specification, test oracle, test case
prioritization, test case traceability, regression testing, test execution and reporting, capturing and managing
defects, test data management.
UNIT IV
Automation in Software Testing: Need for automation, types of test automation tools, introduction to scripting
languages for automation (e.g., Python), record and playback tools, test automation frameworks, continuous
integration and continuous testing, challenges in test automation.
Textbooks:
1. Yogesh Singh, "Software Testing and Quality Assurance: Theory and Practice," Cambridge University Press,
2012.
References:

Page 272 of 399
1. Cem Kaner, Jack Falk, and Hung Q. Nguyen, "Testing Computer Software," Wiley, 1993.
2. Glenford J. Myers, Corey Sandler, and Tom Badgett, "The Art of Software Testing," Wiley, 2011.
3. Paul C. Jorgensen, "Software Testing: A Craftsman's Approach," CRC Press, 2018.
4. Elfriede Dustin, Thom Garrett, and Bernie Gauf, "Automated Software Testing: Introduction, Management,
and Performance," Addison-Wesley Professional, 1999.
5. Roger S. Pressman and Bruce R. Maxim, "Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach," McGraw-Hill,
2015.
Paper Code: ICT411P/ Software Verification, Validation and Testing Lab. L T/P C
ITE423P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 273 of 399
Paper Code: ITE425T Paper: Software Security L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the principles of software security testing and its importance in the software
development lifecycle.
CO 2 Apply various security testing techniques to identify common vulnerabilities and threats in software
applications.
CO 3 Demonstrate proficiency in using security testing tools to assess the security posture of software
systems.
CO 4 Develop and execute comprehensive security testing plans to ensure the robustness and resilience
of software applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Software Security: Importance of software security, Security Development Lifecycle (SDL),
Common types of software vulnerabilities (e.g., SQL injection, Cross-Site Scripting), Principles of secure software
design, Secure coding guidelines.
UNIT II
Secure Coding Practices: Input validation and data sanitization, Authentication and authorization mechanisms,
Session management security, Secure error handling, Proper usage of cryptography, Secure communication
protocols.
UNIT III
Security Testing and Analysis: Threat modeling, Static code analysis for security, Dynamic security testing
techniques (e.g., penetration testing, fuzz testing), Security assessment tools, Risk assessment and management.
UNIT IV
Secure Software Architecture: Security patterns and best practices, Secure software development frameworks,
Role-based access control, Secure database design, Secure APIs and web services, Security considerations for
mobile and cloud applications.
Textbooks:
1. McGraw, G. (2018). Software Security: Building Security In. Addison-Wesley Professional.
References:

Page 274 of 399
1. Chess, B., & McGraw, G. (2004). Secure Programming with Static Analysis. Addison-Wesley Professional.
2. Viega, J., & McGraw, G. (2001). Building Secure Software: How to Avoid Security Problems the Right Way.
Addison-Wesley Professional.
3. Howard, M., & LeBlanc, D. (2002). Writing Secure Code. Microsoft Press.
Paper Code: ITE425P Software Security Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 275 of 399
Paper Code: ITE427 Paper: Software Engineering Standards L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the importance of software engineering standards in ensuring quality and reliability in
software development processes.
CO 2 Identify and apply relevant ISO/IEEE standards to different stages of software development.
CO 3 Analyze and evaluate software engineering processes in compliance with established standards.
CO 4 Communicate effectively about software engineering standards and their practical implications to
both technical and non-technical stakeholders.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Software Engineering Standards: Overview of software engineering standards, ISO/IEEE
standards for software engineering, relationship between standards and software development lifecycle,
benefits of adhering to standards, impact on software quality and maintenance.
UNIT II
Software Process Standards: ISO/IEEE standards for software processes (e.g., ISO/IEC 12207), process lifecycle
stages, process documentation and management, process tailoring, process assessment and improvement,
case studies of successful process standard implementation.
UNIT III
Software Documentation and Quality Standards: Documentation standards (e.g., IEEE 830), software quality
attributes, ISO/IEEE standards for software quality assurance (e.g., ISO/IEC 25010), quality planning, reviews
and audits, metrics for quality evaluation.
UNIT IV
Verification, Validation, and Testing Standards: Verification, validation, and testing in software development,
IEEE standards for software testing (e.g., IEEE 829, IEEE 1012), test planning and design, test case specification,
test execution and reporting, automated testing, importance of testing in meeting standards.
1. IEEE Computer Society. (2017). "Guide to the Software Engineering Body of Knowledge (SWEBOK)." IEEE
Press.
2. ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard. (2015). "Systems and Software Engineering - System Life Cycle
Processes" (ISO/IEC/IEEE 15288).
3. ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard. (2017). "Systems and Software Engineering - Requirements
Engineering" (ISO/IEC/IEEE 29148).
4. IEEE Computer Society. (2013). "IEEE Standard for Software and System Test Documentation" (IEEE 829).

Page 276 of 399
5. ISO/IEC/IEEE International Standard. (2011). "Systems and Software Engineering - Software Life Cycle
Processes" (ISO/IEC/IEEE 12207).
6. Sommerville, I. (2011). "Software Engineering" (9th ed.). Addison-Wesley.
7. Pressman, R. S. (2014). "Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach" (8th ed.). McGraw-Hill Education.

Page 277 of 399
Paper Code: ITE313T Paper: Semiconductor Devices and Modelling L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the basic principles of semiconductor devices and their operating mechanisms.
CO 2 Model and analyze the behavior of various semiconductor devices using appropriate mathematical
techniques.
CO 3 Apply the acquired knowledge to design and optimize semiconductor devices for specific
applications.
CO 4 Critically evaluate emerging trends and advancements in semiconductor device technology.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Semiconductor Fundamentals and Diode Modeling: Introduction to semiconductor materials, Intrinsic and
extrinsic semiconductors, Carrier statistics, PN junction diode operation and characteristics, Diode modeling
using ideal and practical models, Temperature effects on diode behavior.
UNIT II
Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs) Modeling: BJT operation and modes (active, cutoff, saturation), Ebers-Moll
model, Hybrid-π model, AC and DC analysis of BJTs, Temperature effects on BJT behavior, BJT amplifier
configurations.
UNIT III
Field-Effect Transistors (FETs) Modeling: Introduction to FETs, Types of FETs (MOSFET, JFET), MOSFET operation
in different modes, Basic MOSFET equations, Small-signal model of MOSFET, Biasing and analysis of FET
amplifiers.
UNIT IV
Advanced Device Modeling and Simulation: High-frequency device modeling, Noise modeling in semiconductor
devices, Semiconductor device simulation tools, Introduction to TCAD simulations, Reliability and thermal
effects in devices, Emerging semiconductor technologies.
Textbooks:
1. J. R. Choma, "Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology," Wiley, 2002.
2. S. M. Sze and K. K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices," Wiley, 2006.
References:
1. S. M. Sze, "Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology," Wiley, 1985.

Page 278 of 399
2. B. G. Streetman and S. K. Banerjee, "Solid State Electronic Devices," Pearson, 2016.

3. Y. Tsividis, "Operation and Modeling of the MOS Transistor," Oxford University Press, 1999.
4. A. G. Milnes and G. L. Neudeck, "Electron Devices and Circuits," Prentice Hall, 1982.
Paper Code: ITE313P Semiconductor Devices and Modelling Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 279 of 399
Paper Code: ITE326T Paper: VLSI Technology and Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and explain the fundamental principles of VLSI technology, including semiconductor physics,
device characteristics, and fabrication processes.
CO 2 Design and model basic VLSI devices and circuits, demonstrating proficiency in using industry-
standard software tools for simulation and analysis.
CO 3 Evaluate the performance and limitations of different VLSI devices and technologies, and make
informed decisions in selecting appropriate components for specific applications.
CO 4 Apply their knowledge of VLSI technology to contribute effectively to the design and development of
integrated circuits, taking into consideration the latest advancements and challenges in the field.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Review of Semiconductor Fundamentals and Device Physics: Introduction to semiconductor materials and
crystal structures, Intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors, doping, and carrier concentration, PN junctions and
diode characteristics, Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs) and Field-Effect Transistors (FETs) principles, MOSFET
operation modes and characteristics
UNIT II
VLSI Fabrication Processes: Overview of VLSI fabrication process flow; Photolithography and patterning
techniques; Oxidation, diffusion, and ion implantation processes; Thin film deposition methods: CVD, PVD;
Etching techniques: wet etching, dry etching, plasma etching; Interconnect technologies and back-end
processing;
UNIT III
Device Modeling and Simulation: Introduction to device modeling and its significance, SPICE (Simulation Program
with Integrated Circuit Emphasis) fundamentals, MOSFET modeling: Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 models,
Capacitance and delay modelling, Process variations and statistical modelling,
UNIT IV
Advanced VLSI Technologies and Trends: Introduction to advanced CMOS technologies (FinFET, FD-SOI, etc.),
Low-power design techniques and considerations , Introduction to semiconductor memories: SRAM, DRAM,
Flash, Emerging trends in VLSI: Quantum computing, Neuromorphic engineering; Overview of design automation
and EDA (Electronic Design Automation) tools;
Textbooks:
1. N. Weste and D. Harris, "CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective," Addison-Wesley, 2011.
2. J. Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic, "Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective," Pearson, 2016.

Page 280 of 399
3. E. J. Rymaszewski, "Advanced CMOS Process Technology," IEEE Press, 2005.

References:
1. S. M. Sze and K. K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices," Wiley, 2006.
2. Y. Leblebici and M. Tan, "Fundamentals of Microelectronics," McGraw-Hill, 2013.
3. J. D. Meindl and S. F. Gong, "Conduction and Breakdown in Solid Dielectrics," IEEE Press, 1993.
4. C. Liu and S. M. Kang, "Introduction to Solid State Physics," Wiley, 2015.
Paper Code: ITE326P VLSI Technology and Design Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 281 of 399
Paper Code: ITE328T Paper: CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the fundamental principles of CMOS technology and transistor behavior in analog integrated
circuits.
CO 2 Design and simulate CMOS-based amplifiers, voltage references, and current sources with a focus on
low-power and high-gain performance.
CO 3 Apply advanced techniques for noise analysis and mitigation in CMOS analog circuits.
CO 4 Integrate theoretical knowledge with practical skills to construct, test, and troubleshoot CMOS
analog integrated circuits.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
CMOS Fundamentals and Transistor Models: Introduction to CMOS technology, CMOS fabrication process, MOS
transistor operation, small-signal and large-signal transistor models, DC biasing and current mirrors, common-
source and common-drain amplifiers.
UNIT II
CMOS Amplifier Design: Single-stage amplifiers (common-source, common-gate, common-drain), differential
amplifiers, frequency response analysis, stability considerations, compensation techniques, cascode amplifiers.
UNIT III
CMOS Voltage References and Current Sources: Voltage reference circuits, bandgap reference, current reference
sources, biasing techniques, temperature compensation, current mirrors, basic current sources, cascode current
mirrors.
UNIT IV
Noise Analysis and High-Performance Design Techniques: Noise sources in CMOS circuits, noise analysis and
calculations, noise optimization strategies, low-noise amplifier design, feedback in analog circuits, stability
analysis, Miller compensation.
Textbooks:
1. Behzad Razavi, "Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits", McGraw-Hill Education, 2000.
2. Phillip E. Allen and Douglas R. Holberg, "CMOS Analog Circuit Design", Oxford University Press, 2001.
References:
1. Paul R. Gray, Paul J. Hurst, Stephen H. Lewis, and Robert G. Meyer, "Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated
Circuits", Wiley, 2014.
2. Robert F. Pierret, "Semiconductor Device Fundamentals", Pearson, 1996.
3. Jacob Baker, "CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout, and Simulation", Wiley-IEEE Press, 2019.
4. Franco Maloberti, "Analog Design for CMOS VLSI Systems", Springer, 2001.

Page 282 of 399
Paper Code: ITE328P CMOS Analog Integrated Circuit Design Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 283 of 399
Paper Code: ITE429T Paper: CMOS Digital Circuits Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and design basic CMOS logic gates and combinational circuits.
CO 2 Understand the principles of sequential circuits and design flip-flops and counters.
CO 3 Design and optimize memory elements such as static and dynamic RAM cells.
CO 4 Apply practical techniques for CMOS circuit design and consider trade-offs between power, speed,
and area.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - - 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 - 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to CMOS Technology and Logic Gates: Introduction to CMOS technology, CMOS fabrication process,
CMOS inverter operation and characteristics, CMOS logic gates (AND, OR, NAND, NOR), noise margin analysis,
power dissipation considerations.
UNIT II
Combinational Circuit Design: Combinational logic design using CMOS gates, multiplexers, demultiplexers,
adders, subtractors, code converters, comparison logic, introduction to layout design.
UNIT III
Sequential Circuit Design: Latches and flip-flops (NAND, NOR, SR, D, JK), analysis and design of sequential circuits,
timing analysis, clocking strategies, state diagrams, introduction to finite state machines.
UNIT IV
Memory Elements and Practical Design Considerations: Static RAM (SRAM) cell design, dynamic RAM (DRAM)
cell design, read and write operations in SRAM and DRAM, non-volatile memories, introduction to low-power
design techniques, design challenges in nanometer-scale CMOS technologies.
Textbooks:
1. N. Weste and D. Harris, "CMOS VLSI Design: A Circuits and Systems Perspective," 4th ed., Pearson, 2010.
2. J. M. Rabaey, A. Chandrakasan, and B. Nikolic, "Digital Integrated Circuits: A Design Perspective," 2nd ed.,
Pearson, 2003.
References:
1. J. R. Baker, H. W. Li, and D. E. Boyce, "CMOS: Circuit Design, Layout, and Simulation," IEEE Press, 2010.
2. B. Razavi, "Principles of CMOS VLSI Design: A Systems Perspective," IEEE Press, 2009.
3. S. M. Kang and Y. Leblebici, "CMOS Digital Integrated Circuits: Analysis and Design," 4th ed., McGraw-Hill,
2014.
4. P. R. Gray, P. J. Hurst, S. H. Lewis, and R. G. Meyer, "Analysis and Design of Analog Integrated Circuits," 5th
ed., Wiley, 2009.

Page 284 of 399
Paper Code: ITE429P CMOS Digital Circuits Design Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 285 of 399
Paper Code: ITE435T Paper: VLSI Testing L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of VLSI circuit testing, including fault models, test generation,
and test metrics.
CO 2 Apply various test generation algorithms and techniques to ensure the reliable operation of digital
integrated circuits.
CO 3 Analyze and assess the effectiveness of different fault coverage measures and testing strategies.
CO 4 Design and implement test benches for VLSI circuits, utilizing simulation tools and industry-standard
practices.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 1
UNIT I
Introduction to VLSI Circuit Testing: Overview of VLSI testing, challenges in VLSI testing, fault types and models,
testing technology trends.
UNIT II
Test Generation Techniques: Automatic test pattern generation (ATPG) algorithms, pseudo-random and
deterministic test pattern generation, fault simulation, test compaction techniques.
UNIT III
Test Coverage and Strategies: Coverage metrics (fault coverage, path coverage, transition fault coverage), fault
diagnosis, design for testability (DFT) techniques, built-in self-test (BIST) methods.
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in VLSI Testing: Scan chains and scan-based testing, memory testing, delay testing, analog and
mixed-signal testing, boundary scan testing.
Textbooks:
1. J. Bhasker, "A VLSI Test Primer," Morgan Kaufmann, 1998.
2. N. K. Jha and S. Gupta, "Testing of Digital Systems," Cambridge University Press, 2003.
References:
1. M. L. Bushnell and V. D. Agrawal, "Essentials of Electronic Testing for Digital, Memory, and Mixed-Signal VLSI
Circuits," Springer, 2000.
2. L. W. Cooke and A. J. Wakerly, "Digital Design: Principles and Practices," Prentice Hall, 2003.
3. I. Pomeranz and S. M. Reddy, "Fault-Tolerant Test Compression," Springer, 2006.

Page 286 of 399
Paper Code: ITE315T Paper: Wireless Communication Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the fundamental concepts and techniques used in wireless communication systems.
CO 2 Evaluate the design considerations and trade-offs in various wireless communication technologies.
CO 3 Design and simulate basic wireless communication systems for different applications.
CO 4 Critically assess the current trends and challenges in the field of wireless communication.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Wireless Communication: Evolution of wireless communication, Types of wireless
communication systems, Frequency reuse, Cellular architecture, Wireless channel characteristics, Signal
propagation models.
UNIT II
Modulation and Coding Techniques: Analog and digital modulation techniques, Amplitude Modulation (AM),
Frequency Modulation (FM), Phase Modulation (PM), Digital Modulation (ASK, FSK, PSK, QAM), Error detection
and correction codes, Channel coding techniques.
UNIT III
Wireless Network Architectures: Multiple Access Techniques (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA), Wireless LANs and PANs,
IEEE 802.11 standards, Cellular network generations (1G to 5G), Small cell networks, HetNets, Wireless sensor
networks.
UNIT IV
Wireless Communication System Design:Link budget analysis, Wireless transceivers and antennas, Diversity
techniques, Interference and co-channel interference management, Handover and mobility management,
Introduction to wireless security.
Textbooks:
1. Theodore S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2001.
2. Andrea Goldsmith, "Wireless Communications," Cambridge University Press, 2005.
References:
1. William C. Y. Lee, "Mobile Cellular Telecommunications: Analog and Digital Systems," 2nd Edition, McGraw-
Hill, 1995.

Page 287 of 399
2. Simon Haykin, Michael Moher, "Introduction to Analog and Digital Communications," 2nd Edition, Wiley,
2006.
3. Arogyaswami J. Paulraj, Rohit Nabar, Dhananjay Gore, "Introduction to Space-Time Wireless
Communications," Cambridge University Press, 2003.
4. Martin Sauter, "From GSM to LTE: An Introduction to Mobile Networks and Mobile Broadband," Wiley, 2011.
Paper Code: ITE315P Wireless Communication Systems Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 288 of 399
Paper Code: ITE330T Paper: Cellular and Mobile Communication L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and compare various cellular network architectures and standards.
CO 2 Design and simulate cellular communication systems for different environments.
CO 3 Evaluate the performance of cellular networks and apply optimization techniques.
CO 4 Examine the latest developments and challenges in the field of mobile communication.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - - 1 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - 1 2
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Cellular Communication: Introduction to cellular networks, Frequency reuse and cell planning,
Handoff and roaming, Cellular architecture and components, Propagation models for cellular networks.
UNIT II
Cellular Network Protocols and Technologies: GSM, CDMA, FDMA, TDMA, 3G, 4G LTE, 5G NR, Multiple access
techniques, Mobile network protocols, Location management.
UNIT IV
Cellular Network Planning and Optimization: Coverage and capacity planning, Link budget analysis, Antenna
systems and diversity, Interference management, Quality of Service (QoS) in cellular networks, Mobility
management.
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in Cellular Communication: HetNets and small cells, Massive MIMO technology, Carrier
aggregation, Cloud RAN and virtualization, Internet of Things (IoT) connectivity in cellular networks, Security and
privacy in mobile communication.
Textbooks:
1. A. Molisch, "Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2011.
2. T. S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," Pearson, 2019.
References:
2. W. C. Y. Lee, "Mobile Communications Design Fundamentals," Wiley, 2013.
3. E. Dahlman et al., "5G NR: The Next Generation Wireless Access Technology," Academic Press, 2020.
4. M. Saquib et al., "Cellular Internet of Things: Technologies, Standards and Performance," Springer, 2017.

Page 289 of 399
Paper Code: ITE330P Cellular and Mobile Communication Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 290 of 399
Paper Code: ITE332T Paper: Ad Hoc Sensor Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the architectural components and characteristics of ad hoc sensor networks, and
comprehend their role in various engineering applications.
CO 2 Evaluate and compare different routing algorithms and protocols used in ad hoc sensor networks,
considering their performance metrics and trade-offs.
CO 3 Design and simulate ad hoc sensor network scenarios using appropriate tools, considering factors
like energy efficiency, data aggregation, and network scalability.
CO 4 Investigate and propose solutions to the security and privacy challenges inherent in ad hoc sensor
networks, demonstrating an understanding of cryptographic techniques and secure communication
protocols.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 - - - - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 - 2 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 1 - - - - 1 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 1 - - 1 - 1 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Ad Hoc Sensor Networks: Definition, characteristics, and applications of ad hoc sensor networks;
Types of sensor nodes: static, mobile, and sink nodes; Communication models: direct communication, multihop
communication; Network topologies: flat, hierarchical, and cluster-based architectures.
UNIT II
Routing Protocols for Ad Hoc Sensor Networks: Overview of routing challenges and solutions in sensor networks;
Proactive, reactive, and hybrid routing protocols: DSDV, AODV, DSR, and OLSR; Energy-efficient routing: LEACH
protocol and variations; Geographic routing algorithms: GPSR, Greedy Perimeter Stateless Routing
UNIT III
Network Simulation and Performance Evaluation: Introduction to network simulation tools (NS-2/NS-3,
OMNeT++); Simulation of ad hoc sensor network scenarios: traffic patterns, node mobility; Performance metrics:
throughput, latency, packet delivery ratio Data aggregation techniques for energy efficiency
UNIT IV
Security and Privacy in Ad Hoc Sensor Networks: Security challenges in sensor networks: node compromise,
eavesdropping, data tampering; Cryptographic techniques: symmetric and asymmetric encryption, digital
signatures; Key management and distribution: pairwise keys, group keys; Secure communication protocols:
SPINS, TinySec
Textbooks:

Page 291 of 399
1. S.S. Iyengar and R. Raghavendra, "Wireless Sensor Networks," Springer, 2010.

References:
1. C. Siva Ram Murthy and B.S. Manoj, "Ad Hoc Wireless Networks: Architectures and Protocols," Prentice Hall,
2004.
2. F. Akyildiz, M.C. Vuran, and S. Akan, "A Cross-Layer Protocol for Wireless Sensor Networks," IEEE Transactions
on Networking, vol. 16, no. 2, pp. 425-438, 2008.
3. W. Heinzelman, A. Chandrakasan, and H. Balakrishnan, "Energy-Efficient Communication Protocol for Wireless
Microsensor Networks," Proceedings of the 33rd Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, 2000.
4. I.F. Akyildiz, W. Su, Y. Sankarasubramaniam, and E. Cayirci, "Wireless Sensor Networks: A Survey," Computer
Networks, vol. 38, no. 4, pp. 393-422, 2002.
Paper Code: ITE332P Ad Hoc Sensor Networks Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 292 of 399
Paper Code: ITE437 Paper: Cognitive Radio & Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of cognitive radio technology and its role in modern wireless
communication systems.
CO 2 Analyze the challenges and benefits of dynamic spectrum access and management in cognitive radio
networks.
CO 3 Design and evaluate cognitive radio networks, considering various parameters and constraints.
CO 4 Apply cognitive radio concepts to real-world engineering problems, demonstrating creativity and
adaptability in wireless communication scenarios.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Cognitive Radio: Introduction to cognitive radio technology, spectrum scarcity and opportunities,
historical evolution of cognitive radio, spectrum sensing techniques, overview of cognitive radio architecture,
cognitive cycle.
UNIT II
Spectrum Management and Dynamic Spectrum Access: Spectrum regulation and policy, spectrum sensing
methods, spectrum sensing databases, spectrum mobility and handoff, cooperative spectrum sensing, spectrum
sharing techniques, medium access control (MAC) protocols for cognitive radio networks.
UNIT III
Cognitive Radio Network Architecture: Cognitive radio network models, primary user detection and interference
management, channel allocation strategies, routing in cognitive networks, energy efficiency in cognitive
networks, quality of service (QoS) considerations.
UNIT IV
Applications and Future Trends: Cognitive radio for 5G and beyond, cognitive radio in IoT, security and privacy
issues in cognitive networks, machine learning and AI techniques for cognitive radio, case studies of cognitive
radio applications.
Textbooks:
1. T. Yucek and H. Arslan, "Cognitive Radio and Networking for Heterogeneous Wireless Networks," IEEE Press,
2015.
2. S. Haykin, "Cognitive Radio: Brain-Empowered Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2005.
References:
1. J. Mitola III and G. Q. Maguire Jr., "Cognitive Radio: Making Software Radios More Personal," IEEE Personal
Communications, 1999.

Page 293 of 399
2. A. G. Kouki, "Cognitive Radio and Its Applications for Next Generation Cellular and Wireless Networks," IEEE
Communications Magazine, 2014.
3. S. C. Ergen, "Cognitive Radio: An Emerging Paradigm for Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2009.
4. I. F. Akyildiz, W. Y. Lee, M. C. Vuran, and S. Mohanty, "Next Generation/Dynamic Spectrum Access/Cognitive
Radio Wireless Networks: A Survey," Computer Networks, 2006.

Page 294 of 399
Paper Code: ITE439T Paper: Privacy and Security in Wireless Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the security risks and privacy concerns in wireless networks.
CO 2 Design and implement effective security mechanisms for wireless communication.
CO 3 Evaluate different encryption and authentication protocols used in wireless networks.
CO 4 Apply privacy-preserving techniques to safeguard user data in various wireless applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Wireless Network Security: Introduction to wireless networks and their vulnerabilities, Threat
models in wireless communication, Overview of cryptographic concepts, Security challenges in wireless
networks.
UNIT II
Encryption and Authentication in Wireless Networks: Symmetric and asymmetric encryption techniques, Public
key infrastructure (PKI), Wireless authentication protocols (WEP, WPA, WPA2), Identity and access
management.
UNIT III
Privacy-Preserving Techniques in Wireless Applications: Location privacy in wireless networks, Anonymity and
pseudonymity, Data aggregation techniques, Differential privacy, Privacy-enhancing technologies.
UNIT IV
Emerging Trends in Wireless Network Security: Security considerations in IoT devices and networks, 5G and
beyond security challenges, Threats and countermeasures in mobile ad hoc networks, Wireless network
intrusion detection and prevention.
Textbooks:
1. C. Clancy, D. Yuan, and B. A. LaMacchia, "Security and Privacy for Next-Generation Wireless Networks," IEEE
Press, 2013.
2. A. Mishra and V. D. Gligor, "Wireless Communications and Mobile Devices Security," Springer, 2018.
References:
1. J. Wilander and J. Kamkar, "802.11 Security," IEEE Security & Privacy, vol. 2, no. 3, pp. 52-58, 2004.
2. I. F. Akyildiz, W. Su, Y. Sankarasubramaniam, and E. Cayirci, "A Survey on Sensor Networks," IEEE
Communications Magazine, vol. 40, no. 8, pp. 102-114, 2002.
3. P. McDaniel and I. F. Akyildiz, "Security in Wireless Sensor Networks," IEEE Computer, vol. 38, no. 10, pp. 53-
56, 2005.
4. D. Liu, P. Ning, and W. Du, "Group-Based Secure and Efficient Data Aggregation in Wireless Sensor Networks,"
IEEE Transactions on Information Forensics and Security, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 828-836, 2007.

Page 295 of 399
Paper Code: ITE317T Paper: Fundamentals of Image Processing L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the basic principles of digital image processing and explain the core components of an
image processing system.
CO 2 Apply various image enhancement techniques to improve image quality and interpret the effects of
different enhancement methods.
CO 3 Implement image transformation and restoration techniques, and analyze their applications in noise
reduction and image reconstruction.
CO 4 Describe the principles of image compression, apply different compression algorithms, and evaluate
their trade-offs between compression ratio and image quality.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Image Processing: Introduction to digital image processing, image representation and models,
human visual perception, image acquisition and sampling, color models and applications.
UNIT II
Image Enhancement: Histogram equalization, contrast stretching, spatial domain enhancement techniques
(smoothing, sharpening), frequency domain enhancement (Fourier transform, filtering), adaptive and histogram
specification.
UNIT III
Image Transformation and Restoration: Geometric transformations (scaling, rotation, translation), image
interpolation methods, restoration models (degradation, noise), noise models (additive, multiplicative), image
denoising techniques (spatial filters, median filters), image deblurring techniques.
UNIT IV
Image Compression: Lossless and lossy compression, entropy coding, Huffman coding, Run-Length Encoding
(RLE), transform coding (Discrete Cosine Transform - DCT), JPEG image compression, evaluation metrics for
compression.
Textbooks:
1. Rafael C. Gonzalez and Richard E. Woods, "Digital Image Processing," Pearson, 2017.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, and Roger Boyle, "Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision," Cengage
Learning, 2013.

Page 296 of 399
References:
1. William K. Pratt, "Digital Image Processing: PIKS Inside," Wiley, 2007.
2. Bernd Jahne, "Digital Image Processing," Springer, 2005.
3. Gonzalez, Rafael C., and Woods, Richard E., "Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB," Gatesmark Publishing,
2009.
Paper Code: ITE317P Fundamentals of Image Processing Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 297 of 399
Paper Code: ITE334T Paper: Image Filtering and Restoration L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the basic concepts of image filtering and restoration techniques.
CO 2 Analyze different types of noise and artifacts present in images.
CO 3 Apply various image filtering techniques to enhance image quality.
CO 4 Implement image restoration algorithms to recover degraded images.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Image Filtering and Restoration: Introduction to image processing, image enhancement vs.
image restoration, image degradation processes, noise models, point processing techniques, spatial domain vs.
frequency domain methods.
UNIT II
Image Filtering Techniques: Convolution and correlation, linear and nonlinear filters, mean and order statistics
filters, Gaussian and adaptive filters, edge enhancement filters, morphological filters, filter design and analysis.
UNIT III
Noise Reduction and Restoration: Noise reduction methods, types of noise (additive, multiplicative, impulse),
spatial domain noise reduction filters (median, adaptive median, Wiener), frequency domain noise reduction
(FFT-based filtering), restoration process overview, inverse filtering, least squares filtering, constrained least
squares filtering.
UNIT IV
Advanced Restoration Techniques: Blind deconvolution, Wiener deconvolution, regularization methods
(Tikhonov, total variation), image denoising algorithms (BM3D, wavelet denoising), image inpainting, super-
resolution techniques, case studies in image restoration.
Textbooks:
1. Gonzalez, R.C., Woods, R.E., & Eddins, S.L. (2009). Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB. Pearson.
2. Pratt, W.K. (2007). Digital Image Processing: PIKS Inside. John Wiley & Sons.
References:
1. Burger, W., & Burge, M.J. (2008). Digital Image Processing: An Algorithmic Introduction Using Java. Springer.
2. Sonka, M., Hlavac, V., & Boyle, R. (2014). Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision. Cengage Learning.
3. Milanfar, P. (2013). Super-Resolution Imaging. CRC Press.

Page 298 of 399
4. Shapiro, L.G., & Stockman, G.C. (2001). Computer Vision. Prentice Hall.
Paper Code: ITE334P Image Filtering and Restoration Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 299 of 399
Paper Code: ITE336T Paper: Computer Vision and Object Recognition L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational principles of computer vision and its applications in diverse fields.
CO 2 Analyze and implement image processing techniques for enhancing visual data.
CO 3 Apply different algorithms for object detection and recognition in images and videos.
CO 4 Design and develop computer vision applications to solve real-world problems.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Computer Vision: Introduction to computer vision, history and applications of computer vision,
human visual perception, image representation and acquisition, color spaces, image filtering and enhancement.
UNIT II
Image Processing and Feature Extraction: Image preprocessing, histogram equalization, noise reduction, image
segmentation, edge detection, feature extraction techniques (HOG, SIFT, etc.), morphological operations.
UNIT III
Object Detection and Localization: Object detection methods (Haar cascades, YOLO, SSD), region-based
methods, sliding window approach, object localization, non-maximum suppression, evaluation metrics for
object detection.
UNIT IV
Object Recognition and Applications: Image classification, deep learning for computer vision, convolutional
neural networks (CNNs), transfer learning, feature visualization, case studies in image recognition (face
recognition, scene recognition), applications in autonomous vehicles and medical imaging.
Textbooks:
1. R. Szeliski, "Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications," Springer, 2010.
2. S. Prince, "Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference," Cambridge University Press, 2012.
References:
1. R. Hartley and A. Zisserman, "Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision," Cambridge University Press, 2004.
2. D. Forsyth and J. Ponce, "Computer Vision: A Modern Approach," Prentice Hall, 2002.
3. J. Redmon and A. Farhadi, "YOLOv3: An Incremental Improvement," arXiv:1804.02767, 2018.

Page 300 of 399
4. A. Krizhevsky, I. Sutskever, and G. Hinton, "ImageNet Classification with Deep Convolutional Neural
Networks," Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems, 2012.
Paper Code: ITE336P Computer Vision and Object Recognition Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 301 of 399
Paper Code: ITE441T Paper: Deep Learning for Image Analysis L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational principles of deep learning and its applications in image analysis.
CO 2 Design and implement convolutional neural networks for image classification tasks.
CO 3 Apply deep learning techniques to solve real-world problems in object detection and image
segmentation.
CO 4 Evaluate and critically analyze the performance of deep learning models for various image analysis
tasks.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Deep Learning and Convolutional Neural Networks (CNNs): Introduction to deep learning, neural
networks architecture, perceptrons, activation functions, training neural networks, convolutional layers, pooling
layers, CNN architecture, backpropagation for CNNs.
UNIT II
Image Classification with CNNs: Image preprocessing, building CNN architectures for image classification,
transfer learning, fine-tuning CNNs, regularization techniques, evaluation metrics for classification.
UNIT III
Object Detection and Localization: Object detection vs. classification, bounding boxes, anchor-based and anchor-
free methods, region-based CNNs, one-stage vs. two-stage detectors, non-maximum suppression, evaluation
metrics for object detection.
UNIT IV
Image Segmentation and Semantic Segmentation: Image segmentation overview, semantic segmentation vs.
instance segmentation, fully convolutional networks (FCNs), U-Net architecture, dilated convolutions,
evaluation metrics for segmentation.
Textbooks:
1. F. Chollet, "Deep Learning with Python," Manning Publications, 2017.
References:
1. R. Szeliski, "Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications," Springer, 2010.
2. J. Redmon and A. Farhadi, "YOLO9000: Better, Faster, Stronger," IEEE Conference on Computer Vision and
Pattern Recognition (CVPR), 2017.
3. O. Ronneberger, P. Fischer, and T. Brox, "U-Net: Convolutional Networks for Biomedical Image Segmentation,"
International Conference on Medical Image Computing and Computer-Assisted Intervention (MICCAI), 2015.

Page 302 of 399
Paper Code: ITE441P Deep Learning for Image Analysis Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 303 of 399
Paper Code: ITE447T Paper: Medical Image Processing L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Apply advanced image processing techniques to enhance and analyze medical images.
CO 2 Utilize segmentation algorithms to isolate and extract specific structures or regions of interest from
medical images.
CO 3 Implement feature extraction methods to characterize and quantify relevant information from
medical images.
CO 4 Evaluate and discuss the challenges and future trends in the field of medical image processing.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - -
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
UNIT I
Image Enhancement Techniques for Medical ImagesContrast enhancement, Histogram equalization, Adaptive
histogram equalization, Spatial domain filtering for noise reduction, Frequency domain filtering for noise
reduction, Unsharp masking for edge enhancement.
UNIT II
Medical Image Segmentation: Thresholding methods, Region-based segmentation, Edge-based segmentation,
Clustering-based segmentation, Watershed transformation, Level set methods.
UNIT III
Feature Extraction from Medical Images: Texture analysis, Morphological feature extraction, Shape-based
features, Intensity-based features, Principal Component Analysis (PCA) for dimensionality reduction, Feature
selection techniques.
UNIT IV
Challenges and Future Trends in Medical Image Processing: Artifacts in medical images and correction
techniques, 3D medical image processing, Deep learning for medical image analysis, Computer-aided diagnosis,
Image registration in medical images, Emerging trends in medical imaging technologies.
1. Gonzalez, R. C., & Woods, R. E. (2018). Digital Image Processing. Pearson.
2. Milan Sonka, Vaclav Hlavac, & Roger Boyle. (2014). Image Processing, Analysis, and Machine Vision. Cengage
Learning.
3. Bankman, I. N. (Ed.). (2020). Handbook of Medical Imaging, Volume 2. Medical Image Processing and Analysis.
Academic Press.
4. Suri, J. S., & Reden, L. (Eds.). (2019). Handbook of Biomedical Image Analysis (Vol. 1-3). Springer.
5. Shen, D., & Yan, P. (Eds.). (2020). Deep Learning in Medical Image Analysis. Academic Press.

Page 304 of 399
Paper Code: ITE447P Medical Image Processing Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 305 of 399
Paper Code: ITE321T / ITE Paper: Introduction to Object Oriented L T/P C

350T Programming Using C++
Paper ID: 3 - 3
Marking Scheme :
Guidelines for Paper Setter(s)
CO 1 Ability to have an in-depth knowledge of object oriented programming paradigm
CO 2 To be able to develop basic C++ programming skills
CO 3 To be able to apply various object oriented features using C++
CO 4 Ability to have an understanding of generic programming & standard templates
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Object Oriented Programming Paradigm, Basic Concepts of Object Oriented Programming, Benefits of Object
Oriented Programming, Object Oriented Languages, Applications of Object Oriented Programming, C++
Programming Language, Tokens, Keywords, Identifiers and Constants, Data Types, Type Compatibility,
Variables, Operators in C++, Implicit Type Conversions, Operator Precedence, The Main Function, Function
Prototyping, Call by Reference, Return by Reference, Inline Functions, Function Overloading, Friend
Functions, default parameter value.
UNIT - II
Specifying a class, Member Functions, Encapsulation, information hiding, abstract data types, objects &
classes, Static Member Functions, Arrays of Objects, Constructors & Destructors, Parameterized Constructors,
Copy Constructors, Dynamic Constructors, Destructors, identity and behaviour of an object, C++ garbage
collection, dynamic memory allocation, Explicit Type Conversions, Operator Overloading.
UNIT - III
Inheritance, inheritance methods, Class hierarchy, derivation – public, private & protected, aggregation,
Inheritance Constructors, composition vs. classification hierarchies, Containership, Initialization List,
Polymorphism, categorization of polymorphic techniques, polymorphism by parameter, parametric
polymorphism, generic function – template function, function overriding, run time polymorphism, virtual
functions.
UNIT - IV
Standard C++ classes, using multiple inheritance, streams and files, namespaces, exception handling, generic
classes, overview of standard template library, iterators and allocators, strings, streams, manipulators, user
defined manipulators, vectors.
Textbook(s):
1. Stanley B. Lippman, Josée Lajoie, Barbara E. Moo, “C++ Primer”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
2. Ivor Horton, “Using the C++ Standard Template Libraries”, Apress, 2015.

Page 306 of 399
3. R. Lafore, “Object Oriented Programming using C++”, Galgotia.

References:
1. A.R.Venugopal, Rajkumar, T. Ravishanker “Mastering C++”, TMH
2. Bjarne Stroustrup, “Programming: principles and practice using C++”, Addison-Wesley, 2015.
3. Bjarne Stroustrup, “A Tour of C++”, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2018.
4. Bjarne Stroustrup, “The C++ Programming Language”, 4th Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2013.
5. Peter Van Weert and Marc Gregoire, “C++17 Standard Library Quick Reference: A Pocket Guide to Data
Structures, Algorithms, and Functions”, Apress (2019)
6. Rumbaugh et. al. “ Object Oriented Modelling & Design”, Prentice Hall
7. G . Booch “Object Oriented Design & Applications”, Benjamin,Cummings.
8. E.Balaguruswamy, “Objected Oriented Programming with C++”, TMH
9. Steven C. Lawlor, “The Art of Programming Computer Science with C++”, Vikas Publication.
10. Slobodan Dmitrović, Modern C++ for Absolute Beginners”:A Friendly Introduction to C++ Programming
Language and C++11 to C++20 Standards”, Apress, 2020.
Paper Code: ITE321P / Introduction to Object Oriented Programming using C++ L T/P C
ITE 350P Lab.
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ITE 321T / ITE 350T as this is the

Page 307 of 399
Paper Code: ITE338T Paper: Data Structures and Algorithms L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 - 3
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Ability to design programs using stacks and queues (array based). And, use them for expression
representation and evaluation and sparse matrix representation. Also ability to write recursive
programs.
CO 2 Ability to utilise linked list (single, doubly linked and circular) to write programs. And, to represent
polynomials using lists with addition implementation.
CO 3 Ability to design operations on the tree structure for insertion, deletion and traversal. Ability to use
the trees for searching applications.
CO 4 Ability to design operations on the graph structure for insertion, deletion and traversal. Ability to use
the trees for searching applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - 2 - 2 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - - - -
UNIT – I
Basic Terminology, Elementary Data Organization, Structure operations, Algorithm Complexity and
TimeSpace trade-off, Array Definition, Representation and Analysis, Single and Multidimensional Arrays,
application of arrays, Character string operation, Array as Parameters, Ordered List, Sparse Matrices and
Vectors, Array Representation and Implementation of stack, Operations on Stacks: Push & Pop,Array
Representation of Stack, Linked Representation of Stack, Operations Associated with Stacks, Application of
stack: Conversion of Infix to Prefix and Postfix Expressions, Evaluation of postfix expression using stack.
Recursive definition and processes, example of recursion, Tower of Hanoi Problem, Backtracking, recursive
algorithms, principles of recursion
UNIT - II
Array and linked representation and implementation of queues, Operations on Queue: Create, Add, Delete,
Full and Empty, Circular queues, D-queues and Priority Queues. Representation and Implementation of Singly
Linked Lists, Two-way Header List,Traversing and Searching of Linked List, Overflow and Underflow,
Insertion and deletion to/from Linked Lists, Insertion and deletion Algorithms, Doubly linked list, Linked List
in Array, Polynomial representation and addition, Generalized linked list, Garbage Collection and Compaction
UNIT - III
Binary Trees, Binary tree representation, algebraic Expressions, Complete Binary Tree, Extended Binary Trees,
Array and Linked Representation of Binary trees, Traversing Binary trees, Threaded Binary trees, Traversing,
Threaded Binary trees, Huffman Algorithm, Sequential search, binary search, comparison and analysis, Hash
Table, Hash Functions, Collision Resolution Strategies, Hash Table Implementation
UNIT - IV
Insertion Sort, Bubble Sorting, Quick Sort, Two Way Merge Sort, Heap Sort, Binary Search Tree (BST),

Page 308 of 399
Insertion and Deletion in BST, Complexity of Search Algorithm, Path Length, AVL Trees, B-trees. Graphs &
Multi-graphs, Directed Graphs, Sequential Representations of Graphs, Physical Storage Media File
Organization, Organization of records into Blocks, Sequential Files, Indexing and Hashing, Primary indices,
Secondary indices, B+ Tree index Files,B Tree index Files, Indexing and Hashing Comparisons.
Textbook(s):
1. S. Sahni and E. Horowitz, “Data Structures, Algorithms and applications in C++”, 2nd edition ,Universities
Press.
References:
1. R.F.Gilberg,andB.A.Forouzan,“Data structures :A Pseudocode approach with C”, Thomson Learning.
2. A.V.Aho, J.E.Hopcroft, J.D.Ulman, “Data Structures and Algorithm”, Pearson Education.
3. A. Tanenbaum, “Data Structures using C”, Pearson/PHI.
4. T .H . Cormen, C . E . Leiserson, R .L . Rivest “Introduction to Algorithms”, PHI/Pearson.
Paper Code: ITE338P Data Structures and Algorithms Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 309 of 399
Paper Code: ITE 340T / Paper : Introduction to Database L T/P C

ITE325T Management System
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Ability to understand advantages of database systems
CO 2 Ability to use SQL as DDL, DCL and DML
CO 3 Ability to design database and manage transaction processing
CO 4 Understand object oriented & distributed databases systems and use them
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT – I
Basic concepts: database & database users, characteristics of the database systems, concepts and
architecture, date models, schemas & instances, DBMS architecture & data independence, database
languages & interfaces, data modelling using the entity-relationship approach. Enhanced ER concepts -
Specialization/Generalization, Aggregation, Mapping of ER model to Relational Model. Relational data base
design: functional dependencies & normalization for relational databases, normal forms based on functional
dependencies, (1NF, 2NF, 3NF & BCNF), lossless join and dependency preserving decomposition, normal
forms based on multivalued & join dependencies (4NF & 5NF) & domain key normal form
UNIT - II:
Relational model concepts, relational model constraints, relational algebra, relational calculus, SQL – DDL,
DCL & DML views and indexes in SQL. Basics of SQL, DDL, DML,DCL, structure – creation, alteration, defining
constraints – Primary key, foreign key, unique, not null, check, IN operator, Functions - aggregate functions,
Built-in functions – numeric, date, string functions, set operations, sub-queries, correlated sub-queries, Use
of group by, having, order by, join and its types, Exist, Any, All , view and its types.
UNIT - III
Transaction control commands – Commit, Rollback, Save point, stored procedures,Triggers (with emphasis
on mySQL and postgreSQL).
UNIT - IV
Properties of Transaction, Transaction states, Transaction Schedule, Serializability, Concurrency control
techniques, locking techniques, time stamp ordering, Recoverable schedules, granularity of data items,
Deadlock detection and Recovery, recovery techniques: recovery concepts, database backup and recovery
from catastrophic failures.
Textbooks:
1. R. Elmsari and S. B. Navathe, “Fundamentals of database systems”, Pearson Education, 7th Edition, 2018

Page 310 of 399
2. V. M. Grippa and S. Kumichev, “Learning MySQL”, O’Reilly, 2021.

3. Luca Ferrari and Enrico Pirozzi, Learn PostgreSQL: Build and manage high-performance database solutions
using PostgreSQL 12 and 13””, Packt Publishing, 2020.
References:
1. A. Silberschatz, H. F. Korth and S. Sudershan, “Database System Concept”, McGraw Hill, 6th Edition,2013.
2. Date, C. J., “An introduction to database systems”, 8th Edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
3. P. Rob & C. Coronel, “Database Systems: Design Implementation & Management”, Thomson Learning, 6th
Edition, 2004
4. Desai, B., “An introduction to database concepts”, Galgotia publications, 2010
5. H. Garcia-Molina, J. D. Ullman, J. Widom, “Database System: The Complete Book”, PH.
6. Joel Murach, Murach's Mysql””, 3rd Edition-Mike Murach and Associates, Incorporated, 2019.
7. MySQL and PostgreSQL manuals.
Paper Code: ITE340P Introduction to Database Management System Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ITE 340T / ITE325T as this is the

Page 311 of 399
Paper Code: ITE453T Paper: Introduction to Computer Networks L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Ability to understand the concepts of computer networks, OSI model and TCP/IP model.
CO 2 Ability to understand the physical layer concepts and error control at Data link Layer
CO 3 Ability to understand the data link layer functions and protocols.
CO 4 Ability to understand network layer functions, Routing protocols and Transport layer functions
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - -
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 2 1 -
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 2 1 -
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 2 1 -
UNIT I
Overview; protocol suites: TCP/IP and OSI, History, Standard.
Application Layer: Application layer paradigm, Client-server paradigm, Standard Client Server Applications,
P2P, Socket Interface programming.
Transport Layer: Protocols: simple, stop-and-wait, GBN, Selective repeat, Bidirectional protocols, Internet
Transport Layer protocols, UDP, TCP
UNIT II
Network Layer: Introduction, IPv4, ICMPv4, Unicast Routing, Multicast routing, IPV6, ICMPv6.
Data-Link Layer (Wired Networks): Introduction, DLC, Multiple Access Protocols, Wired LANS (Ethernet,
others)
UNIT III
Data-Link Layer (Wireless Networks): Introduction, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth, WiMAX, Cellular telephony,
Satellite Networks, Mobile IP.
Physical Layer and Transmission Media: Data and Signals, Digital Transmission, Analog Transmission,
Bandwidth utilization, Transmission Media.
UNIT IV
Network Management: Introduction, SNMP, ASN.1
Security: Introduction, Ciphers, Application layer security, transport layer security, network layer security,
packet filter firewall, proxy firewall.
Textbook(s):
1. B. A. Forouzan and F. Mosharraf, “Computer Networks: A Top-Down Approach”, TMH, 2012
2. James F. Kurose and Keith W.,"Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach", 7th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2017.
References:

Page 312 of 399
1. Behrouz A. Forouzan, “Data Communications and Networking”, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2013
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, “Computer Networks”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education India
2013.
3. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, "Computer Networks: A Systems Approach", 5th Edition, Elsevier,
2012
4. Natalia Olifer and Victor Olifer, “Computer Networks: Principles, Technologies and Protocols for Network
Design”, Wiley, 2006
5. Jerry FitzGerald, Alan Dennis and Alexandra Durcikova, “Business Data Communications and Networking”,
John Wiley & Sons, 2019
6. William Stallings, "Data and Computer Communications", 10th Edition, Pearson Education, India, 2017
7. Wayne Tomasi, “Introduction to Data Communication and Networking”, Pearson Education, 2005
Paper Code: ITE353P Introduction to Computer Networks Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 313 of 399
Paper Code: ITE323 Paper: Circuits and Systems L T/P C

Paper ID: 4 0 4
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Understand the classification and properties of signals and systems.
CO 2 Ability to use Fourier series, Fourier Transforms and Laplace transforms to analyse continuous
systems while for discrete systems have ability to use Discrete Fourier Series, Discrete Time Fourier
Transform and Z- Transform.
CO 3 Ability to analyse electrical networks with DC sources and the theorems and transformations (source
and circuits) associated.
CO 4 Ability to analyse electrical networks with AC sources and the theorems and transformations (source
and circuits) associated.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Review of complex variables: Complex Numbers, Algebra of Complex Numbers, Functions of Complex
Variable, Taylor and Laurant Series, Differentiation, Integration, Cauchy Theorem, Residue Theorem. Signals,
Classification of Signals, Systems, Classification of Systems. Linear Time Invariant (LTI) Systems.
UNIT II
Laplace Transform, z-Transform, Fourier Series and Transform (Continuous and Discrete) and their properties.
Laplace Transform and Continuous Time LTI systems, z-Transform and Discrete Time LTI systems, Fourier
analysis of signals and systems, State Space Analysis
UNIT III
Circuits: Voltage, Ideal Voltage Source, Current Ideal Current Sources, Classification of Circuits, Ohm’s Law,
Resistively, Temperature Effect, Resistors, Resistor Power Absorption, Nominal Values and Tolerances, Colour
Codes, Open and Short Circuits, Internal Resistance.
UNIT IV
AC Circuits: Circuits containing Capacitors and Inductors, Transient Response, Alternating Current and
Voltages, Phasors, Impedences and Admittance, Mesh Analysis, Loop Analysis, Nodal Analysis, Thevenin’s and
Norton’s Theorem, Y -  and - Y Transformation, Bridge Circuits. Resonant Circuits, Complex Frequency and
Network Function, Two port Networks. Passive Filters
Textbook(s):
1. B. P. Lathi, “Signal Processing and Linear System”, Berkeley Cambridge Press, 1998
2. A. H. Robbins and W. C. Miller, “Circuit Analysis: Theory and Practice”, Thomson Learning/Delmar Pub.,
2007.
3. A. B. Carlson, “Circuits”, Thomson/Brooks-Cole, 2000.
References:

Page 314 of 399
1. S. Haykin and B. V. Veen, “Signal and Systems”, John Wiley and Sons, 1999.
2. H. P. Hsu, “Schaum’s Outlines of The Theory and Problems of Signals and Systems”, McGraw-Hill, 1995.
3. S. Poornachandra, “Signal and Systems”, Thomson Learning, 2004.
4. M. Nahvi and J. A. Edminister, “Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Electric Circuits”, McGraw-Hill,
2003.

Page 315 of 399
Paper Code: ITE342T Paper: Electronic Devices and Circuits L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Ability to analyse PN junctions in semiconductor devices under various conditions.
CO 2 Ability to design and analyse simple rectifiers and voltage regulators using diodes.
CO 3 Ability to describe the behavior of special purpose diodes.
CO 4 Ability to design and analyse simple BJT and MOSFET circuits.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Construction, characteristics and working principles of semi conductor diodes: PN junction diode, zener
diode, varactor diode, schottky diode, photo diodes, Light emitting diode, Laser diode.
UNIT II
Construction, operation of NPN & PNP transistor, characteristics, Types of configurations, methods of
transistor biasing and stabilization.
UNIT III
Classification of FET’s, construction & working principles of JFET, MOSFET, biasing methods, small
signal model parameters.
UNIT IV
Linear Integrated Circuits: Differential amplifier circuits, operational amplifiers and its applications,
Oscillators: Concept of Feedback, barkhausen criteria for sinusoidal oscillators, phase shift oscillators, wein
bridge & crystal oscillator.
Textbook(s):
1. Millman & Halkias Electronic Devices & Circuits, TMH(ISE)
2. Boylestad, “Electronic Devices and Circuit Theory”, 9th Ed.
3. B. G. Streetman, Theory & Technology & Semiconductor Devices.
References:
1. B. P. Singh and R. Singh, Electronic Devices & Integrated Circuits, Pearson, 2006.
2. B. Kumar and S. J. Jain, Electronic Devices and Circuits, “Prntice Hall of India, 2007.
3. S.G. Burns, P.R. Bond, “Principles of Electronic Circuits, 2nd Ed., Galgotia
4. M.S. Roden, G.L. Carpenter & W.R.Wieseraman, “Electronic Design”, Shroff Publisher & Distributors.
5. S. Salivahanan & other, Electronic Devices & Circuits, TMH.
6. Malvino, Electronic Principles, TMH.7. Jacob Millman, Micro Electronics, TMH.
7. Jacob Millman, Micro Electronics, TMH.

Page 316 of 399
Paper Code: ITE342P Electronic Devices and Circuits Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 317 of 399
Paper Code: ITE463T Paper: Introduction to Control Systems L T/P C

Paper ID: 3 0 3
Marking Scheme :
CO 1 Ability to analyse PN junctions in semiconductor devices under various conditions.
CO 2 Ability to design and analyse simple rectifiers and voltage regulators using diodes.
CO 3 Ability to describe the behavior of special purpose diodes.
CO 4 Ability to design and analyse simple BJT and MOSFET circuits.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Basics of Control Systems: Introduction to control systems and their significance in engineering; Open-loop
and closed-loop systems: distinctions and applications; Block diagrams, signal flow, and system components;
Time-domain analysis: transient and steady-state response; Basics of mathematical modeling for control
systems
UNIT II
Modeling and Analysis: Differential equations and transfer function representation; Laplace transform and its
application to control systems; Modeling engineering systems: mechanical, electrical, and more; Stability
analysis using poles, zeros, and frequency response; Introduction to discrete-time systems and z-transform
UNIT III
Control System Design Techniques: Control system specifications and objectives; Proportional-Integral-
Derivative (PID) control and tuning Root-locus analysis and design techniques Frequency domain analysis and
Bode plots Brief overview of state-space representation
UNIT IV
Digital control systems: discretization and implementation; Nonlinear systems and control challenges; Robust
control concepts and applications; Introduction to optimal control: LQR and LQG; Multivariable control
considerations
Textbook(s):
1. "Modern Control Engineering" by Katsuhiko Ogata. Published by Pearson. Year: 2010.
2. "Control Systems Engineering" by Norman S. Nise. Published by Wiley. Year: 2019..
References:
1. Dorf, R. C., & Bishop, R. H. (2016). "Modern Control Systems." Pearson.
2. Franklin, G. F., Powell, J. D., & Emami-Naeini, A. (2014). "Feedback Control of Dynamic Systems." Pearson.
3. Åström, K. J., & Murray, R. M. (2010). "Feedback Systems: An Introduction for Scientists and Engineers."
Princeton University Press.

Page 318 of 399
Paper Code: ITE463P Introduction to Control Systems Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 319 of 399
Paper Code: ITE329 Paper: System Analysis and Design L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Apply System Analysis Techniques: Utilize various techniques to analyze engineering systems,
identify requirements, and formulate solutions.
CO 2 Design Effective Systems: Design and model engineering systems considering both software and
hardware components to meet specified requirements.
CO 3 Integrate Software and Hardware: Integrate software and hardware components seamlessly within
engineering systems while ensuring compatibility and optimal performance.
CO 4 Collaborate in System Development: Work effectively as part of a team to develop and refine
engineering systems, incorporating feedback and iterative design processes.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 3 - - - 2 3 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to System Analysis and Design: Introduction to system analysis and design, Role of system analyst,
System development life cycle, Feasibility analysis, Requirement gathering techniques, Modeling tools and
techniques.
UNIT II
Requirements Analysis and Specification: Requirements determination, Types of requirements, Elicitation
methods (interviews, surveys, observations), Data and process modeling, Use case diagrams, Requirements
documentation, Validation and verification of requirements.
UNIT III
System Design: System architecture, Software design principles, Interface design, Data design, User interface
design, Design patterns, Security and privacy considerations in design.
UNIT IV
System Implementation and Integration: Software development methodologies (Waterfall, Agile, etc.), Coding
and testing, System integration, Deployment strategies, System maintenance, Change management.
Textbooks:
1. Dennis, A., Wixom, B. H., & Roth, R. M. (2012). Systems Analysis and Design. John Wiley & Sons. (ISBN: 978-
1118057629)
2. Satzinger, J. W., Jackson, R. B., & Burd, S. D. (2015). Systems Analysis and Design in a Changing World.
Cengage Learning. (ISBN: 978-1305117204)

Page 320 of 399
References:
1. Pressman, R. S. (2014). Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach. McGraw-Hill Education. (ISBN: 978-
0078022128)
2. Hawryszkiewycz, I. T. (2013). Systems Analysis and Design. Pearson. (ISBN: 978-0273774308)
3. Whitten, J. L., Bentley, L. D., & Dittman, K. C. (2017). Systems Analysis and Design Methods. McGraw-Hill
Education. (ISBN: 978-1259662887)
4. Sommerville, I. (2016). Software Engineering. Pearson. (ISBN: 978-0133943030)

Page 321 of 399
Paper Code: ITE348T Paper: Web Development - I L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Fundamental Understanding: Demonstrate a solid understanding of web development concepts,
including the structure of web pages, the role of client-side scripting, and the basics of server-client
interactions.
CO 2 HTML and CSS Proficiency: Develop proficiency in creating well-structured HTML documents and
applying CSS styles for effective presentation and layout of web content.
CO 3 Interactive Web Elements: Utilize JavaScript to create interactive web elements, validate user input,
and dynamically modify web page content.
CO 4 Version Control and Collaboration: Gain familiarity with version control systems and collaborative
workflows for managing web development projects in a team environment.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Web Development: Introduction to the internet and the World Wide Web, client-server
architecture, HTTP basics, introduction to web browsers and web servers.
UNIT II
Front-end Development: HTML fundamentals, semantic HTML5 elements, CSS basics, styling techniques,
responsive design principles, introduction to Flexbox and CSS Grid.
UNIT III
Introduction to JavaScript: JavaScript fundamentals, variables, data types, control structures, functions, DOM
manipulation, event handling, form validation.
UNIT IV
Version Control and Collaboration: Introduction to version control using Git, creating and managing
repositories, branching and merging, collaborative workflows using GitHub, project hosting.
Textbook:
1. Deitel, P. J., & Deitel, H. M. (2021). "Web Development and Design Foundations with HTML5." Pearson.
References:
1. Duckett, J. (2014). "HTML and CSS: Design and Build Websites." Wiley.
2. Flanagan, D. (2016). "JavaScript: The Definitive Guide." O'Reilly Media.
3. W3Schools. (https://www.w3schools.com/)
4. MDN Web Docs. (https://developer.mozilla.org/)

Page 322 of 399
Paper Code: ITE348P Web Development - I Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 323 of 399
Paper Code: ITE352T Paper: Programming in the Windows Environment L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Develop an understanding of the Windows programming environment and its key components.
CO 2 Design and implement Windows applications with graphical user interfaces using event-driven
programming.
CO 3 Integrate various Windows features, such as file I/O, networking, and multimedia, into their
applications.
CO 4 Apply debugging and testing techniques specific to Windows-based applications.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Windows Programming: Introduction to Windows operating system architecture, Windows
API, Integrated Development Environments (IDEs) for Windows programming, setting up a development
environment, overview of GUI design principles.
UNIT II
GUI Design and Event-Driven Programming: Fundamentals of GUI design, creating windows and dialogs,
working with controls (buttons, text boxes, etc.), event-driven programming paradigm, handling user input
events, managing UI responsiveness.
UNIT III
Windows Application Development: Using graphics and multimedia in Windows applications, incorporating file
I/O operations, introduction to networking concepts in Windows applications, error handling and debugging
techniques specific to Windows programming.
UNIT IV
Advanced Windows Programming Concepts: Multithreading and parallelism in Windows applications,
integrating advanced UI components (menus, toolbars), accessing system resources and services, overview of
security considerations in Windows programming.
Textbooks:
1. J. Richter, "Programming Applications for Microsoft Windows," Microsoft Press, 2016.
2. C. Petzold, "Programming Windows," Microsoft Press, 2019.
References:
1. A. Troelsen and P. Japikse, "Pro C# 7: With .NET and .NET Core," Apress, 2017.
2. J. Prosise, "Programming Windows with MFC," Microsoft Press, 2018.
3. M. Young, "The Windows 10 Book: The Independent Guide to Mastering Your PC," Imagine Publishing, 2020.

Page 324 of 399
Paper Code: ITE352P Programming in the Windows Environment Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 325 of 399
Paper Code: ITE365T Paper: Web Development - II L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Server-Side Programming: Acquire proficiency in server-side programming languages and
frameworks to build dynamic web applications.
CO 2 Database Integration: Integrate databases into web applications, design efficient database schemas,
and perform CRUD operations.
CO 3 Authentication and Security: Implement user authentication, authorization mechanisms, and apply
best practices for web security to mitigate common vulnerabilities.
CO 4 Full-Stack Development: Develop the ability to design and build complete, end-to-end web
applications, incorporating both front-end and back-end components.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 1 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Back-end Development: Server-side scripting languages (e.g., Node.js, Python), introduction to
Express.js framework, handling HTTP requests, routing, middleware.
UNIT II
Database Integration: Relational databases (e.g., MySQL, PostgreSQL), database design, SQL queries, ORM
(Object-Relational Mapping), database interactions in web applications.
UNIT III
Web Security: Common web vulnerabilities, authentication and authorization, secure communication (HTTPS),
input validation, sanitization, and output encoding.
UNIT IV
Full-Stack Web Application Development: Integrating front-end and back-end, RESTful APIs, AJAX and
asynchronous programming, deploying web applications, performance optimization.
Textbook:
1. Evert, A., & Lange, V. (2019). "Full-Stack Web Development with Vue.js and Node: Build scalable and
powerful web apps with modern web stack: MongoDB, Vue, Node.js, and Express." Packt Publishing.
References:
1. Freeman, A., & Robson, E. (2018). "Head First JavaScript Programming: A Brain-Friendly Guide." O'Reilly
Media.

Page 326 of 399
2. Holzner, S. (2016). "Python Complete Reference." McGraw-Hill Education.

3. Flanagan, D. (2011). JavaScript: The Definitive Guide. O'Reilly Media.
4. Scholten, J., & Harbison, P. (2018). Node.js Web Development: Server-side Development with Node 10 made
easy (3rd ed.). Packt Publishing.
5. W3Schools. (https://www.w3schools.com/)
6. MDN Web Docs. (https://developer.mozilla.org/)
7. Spine, B., & Fain, Y. (2018). ng-book: The Complete Book on Angular. Fullstack.io.
8. Cheary, J., & Kapor, A. (2019). Learning Vue.js 2: Learn how to build amazing and complex reactive web
applications easily with Vue.js. Packt Publishing.
9. Flanagan, D., & Matsumoto, Y. (2019). The Ruby Programming Language. O'Reilly Media.
10. Newman, M. (2015). Building Microservices: Designing Fine-Grained Systems. O'Reilly Media.
110 Chou, T. (2017). Cloud Native DevOps with Kubernetes: Building, Deploying, and Scaling Modern
Applications in the Cloud. O'Reilly Media.
Paper Code: ITE465P Web Development - II Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 327 of 399
Paper Code: ITE367T Paper: Programming in the Linux Environment L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Linux Fundamentals: Develop a strong foundational knowledge of the Linux operating
system, its architecture, file system structure, and basic command-line operations.
CO 2 Apply Programming Concepts: Demonstrate the ability to write, compile, and execute programs using
programming languages such as C and Python in a Linux environment.
CO 3 Utilize Linux Tools: Effectively employ essential Linux programming tools, version control systems,
and debugging utilities to create efficient and reliable programs.
CO 4 Implement System-Level Programming: Gain practical experience in system-level programming tasks,
including process management, file I/O, memory management, and networking within the Linux
environment.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Linux Programming: Linux operating system overview, Linux architecture, file system hierarchy,
shell basics and scripting, introduction to programming languages in Linux.
UNIT II
Programming Fundamentals in Linux: Basics of C programming, data types and operators, control structures,
functions and modular programming, arrays and pointers in C, introduction to Python programming in Linux.
UNIT III
Linux Programming Tools and Utilities: Text editors (e.g., Vim, Emacs), compilation process, Makefiles, version
control with Git, debugging techniques using GDB, scripting with Bash.
UNIT IV
Advanced Linux Programming Concepts: Process management and multitasking, file I/O operations, memory
management, dynamic memory allocation, network programming basics, inter-process communication (IPC)
mechanisms.
Textbook:
1. R. Love, "Linux System Programming: Talking Directly to the Kernel and C Library," O'Reilly Media, 2013.
References:
1. E. Garfinkel, D. B. House, and S. D. Adams, "Linux: The Complete Reference," McGraw-Hill Education, 2017.
2. M. Kerrisk, "The Linux Programming Interface: A Linux and UNIX System Programming Handbook," No Starch
Press, 2010.
3. W. Richard Stevens, S. A. Rago, "Advanced Programming in the UNIX Environment," Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2013.

Page 328 of 399
Paper Code: ITE467P Programming in the Linux Environment Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 329 of 399
Paper Code: ITE469T Paper: Android Development L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Design and develop Android applications using Java and Android Studio.
CO 2 Understand the components and architecture of the Android operating system.
CO 3 Implement user interfaces and interactive features for mobile applications.
CO 4 Utilize various tools and techniques for debugging, testing, and deploying Android applications.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Android Development: Introduction to mobile app development, Android history and
evolution, Android architecture overview, Android Studio installation and setup, Creating the first Android
project, Understanding the project structure, Emulator and device configuration, Introduction to Java for
Android.
UNIT II
User Interface Design: Layouts and Views, XML layout design, UI components (Buttons, TextFields,
ImageViews, etc.), Event handling, Fragments and their lifecycle, Supporting multiple screen sizes, Styles and
themes, Material Design principles.
UNIT III
Data Management and Application Components: Activities and Intents, Building and navigating between
activities, SharedPreferences for data persistence, SQLite database implementation, Content Providers and
sharing data, Handling background tasks with AsyncTask, Services and Broadcast Receivers.
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in Android Development: Networking and web services integration, RESTful APIs and JSON
parsing, Location-based services and Google Maps integration, Sensors and device hardware interaction,
Debugging and error handling techniques, Introduction to Kotlin for Android development.
Textbooks:
1. Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, "Android How to Program," Pearson, 2017.
2. Reto Meier, "Professional Android 4 Application Development," Wiley, 2012.
References:
1. Mark L. Murphy, "The Busy Coder's Guide to Android Development," CommonsWare, 2020.
2. Big Nerd Ranch Guides, "Android Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch Guide," Big Nerd Ranch, 2021.
3. Bill Phillips, Chris Stewart, Brian Hardy, and Kristin Marsicano, "Android Programming: The Big Nerd Ranch
Guide," Big Nerd Ranch, 2020.

Page 330 of 399
Paper Code: ITE469P Android Development Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 331 of 399
Paper Code: ICT401T/ Paper: Advanced Java Programming L T/P C

ITE471T
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and implement advanced object-oriented programming concepts in Java.
CO 2 Design and develop Java applications using advanced data structures and algorithms.
CO 3 Apply multithreading and concurrency techniques to enhance program performance.
CO 4 Create networked and distributed Java applications using relevant technologies.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Advanced Object-Oriented Programming: Inheritance and polymorphism, abstract classes and interfaces,
nested classes, generics and type erasure, reflection and annotations.
UNIT II
Data Structures and Algorithms in Java: Advanced data structures (trees, graphs, hash maps), algorithm
analysis and optimization, searching and sorting algorithms (binary search, merge sort, quicksort), dynamic
programming.
UNIT III
Multithreading and Concurrency: Threads and synchronization, thread communication and coordination,
concurrent collections, parallelism and performance optimization, thread safety and deadlock prevention.
UNIT IV
Networked and Distributed Java Applications: Socket programming, networking fundamentals, client-server
architecture, remote method invocation (RMI), web services and APIs, introduction to distributed computing.
Textbooks:
1. Cay S. Horstmann, "Core Java Volume I--Fundamentals," 11th edition, Pearson, 2018.
2. Joshua Bloch, "Effective Java," 3rd edition, Addison-Wesley, 2018.
References:
1. Herbert Schildt, "Java: The Complete Reference," 11th edition, McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
2. Brian Goetz et al., "Java Concurrency in Practice," Addison-Wesley Professional, 2006.
3. Elliotte Rusty Harold, "Java Network Programming," 4th edition, O'Reilly Media, 2013.

Page 332 of 399
Paper Code: ICT401P / Advanced Java Programming Lab. L T/P C

ITE471P
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ITE 471T / ICT401T as this is the

Page 333 of 399
Paper Code: ICT403T Paper: Blockchain Technology L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational principles of blockchain technology, including its decentralized nature,
cryptographic components, and data structure.
CO 2 Analyze different consensus mechanisms used in blockchain systems and their implications for
security, scalability, and energy efficiency.
CO 3 Develop and assess smart contracts, demonstrating knowledge of their automated execution and
applications in various domains.
CO 4 Evaluate real-world use cases of blockchain technology across industries, considering the benefits,
challenges, and potential impact on existing systems.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Blockchain Technology: Definition and characteristics of blockchain. Cryptographic building
blocks: Hash functions, digital signatures, and public-key cryptography. Structure of a blockchain: Blocks,
transactions, and Merkle trees. Types of blockchains: Public, private, and consortium. Applications of
blockchain beyond cryptocurrency.
UNIT II
Consensus Mechanisms: Byzantine fault tolerance and consensus requirements. Proof of Work (PoW) and its
limitations. Proof of Stake (PoS) and variations. Practical Byzantine Fault Tolerance (PBFT). Delegated Proof of
Stake (DPoS) and other consensus algorithms.
UNIT III
Smart Contracts and Decentralized Applications (DApps)
Introduction to smart contracts: Definition, properties, and benefits .
Ethereum platform and Solidity programming language. Designing and deploying smart contracts.
Decentralized Autonomous Organizations (DAOs). Interactions between smart contracts and blockchain
transactions
UNIT IV
Blockchain Applications and Future Trends: Real-world use cases: Supply chain management, finance,
healthcare, and more. Challenges in blockchain adoption: Scalability, interoperability, and regulatory aspects.
Integration of Internet of Things (IoT) with blockchain. Privacy and security considerations in blockchain
systems
Textbooks:
1. Narayanan, A., Bonneau, J., Felten, E., Miller, A., & Goldfeder, S. (2016). "Bitcoin and Cryptocurrency
Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction." Princeton University Press.

Page 334 of 399
References:
1. Antonopoulos, A. M. (2018). "Mastering Bitcoin: Unlocking Digital Cryptocurrencies." O'Reilly Media.
2. Tapscott, D., & Tapscott, A. (2016). "Blockchain Revolution: How the Technology Behind Bitcoin and Other
Cryptocurrencies is Changing the World." Penguin.
Paper Code: ICT403P Blockchain Technology Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :
1. The course objectives and course outcomes are identical to that of ICT403T as this is the practical

Page 335 of 399
Paper Code: ICT405T Paper: Semantic Web L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the principles and fundamental concepts of the Semantic Web.
CO 2 Describe the technologies and standards used in the development of the Semantic Web.
CO 3 Apply Semantic Web techniques to organize, integrate, and retrieve information effectively.
CO 4 Analyze real-world scenarios and design solutions using Semantic Web technologies.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 1 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Semantic Web: Introduction to Semantic Web, Evolution of the Web, Semantic Web
Architecture, RDF (Resource Description Framework), RDF Triples, Ontologies, Knowledge Representation.
UNIT II
Semantic Web Technologies: OWL (Web Ontology Language), RDFS (RDF Schema), SPARQL (SPARQL Protocol
and RDF Query Language), Linked Data Principles, Ontology Languages, Reasoning in the Semantic Web.
UNIT III
Semantic Web Applications: Semantic Annotation, Semantic Search and Querying, Semantic Interoperability,
Ontology Matching and Alignment, Semantic Web Services, Use Cases of Semantic Web in Industry.
UNIT IV
Advanced Semantic Web Topics: Knowledge Graphs, Reasoning with Uncertainty in the Semantic Web,
Semantic Web and Machine Learning Integration, Current Trends and Future Directions in the Semantic Web.
Textbooks:
1. A. Gomez-Perez and O. Corcho, "Ontological Engineering: With Examples from the Areas of Knowledge
Management, e-Commerce and the Semantic Web," Springer, 2004.
J. Davies, D. Fensel, and F. van Harmelen, "Towards the Semantic Web: Ontology-Driven Knowledge
Management," Wiley, 2003.
References:
1. T. Berners-Lee, J. Hendler, and O. Lassila, "The Semantic Web," Scientific American, vol. 284, no. 5, pp. 34-
43, 2001.
2. I. Horrocks, P. F. Patel-Schneider, H. Boley, S. Tabet, B. Grosof, and M. Dean, "SWRL: A Semantic Web Rule
Language Combining OWL and RuleML," W3C Member submission, 2004.
3. E. Simperl and W. B. Li, "The Next Wave of Semantic Technologies: Linked Data and the Semantic Web," IEEE
Intelligent Systems, vol. 27, no. 4, pp. 81-85, 2012..

Page 336 of 399
Paper Code: ICT405P Semantic Web Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 337 of 399
Paper Code: ICT407T Paper: C#.Net Programming L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Demonstrate a solid understanding of C#.Net programming concepts, syntax, and language features.
CO 2 Design and implement software applications using C#.Net for solving real-world engineering
problems.
CO 3 Apply object-oriented programming principles to create efficient and maintainable code.
CO 4 Debug, test, and optimize C#.Net applications to ensure their functionality, reliability, and
performance.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to C#.Net Programming: Overview of C#.Net and the .Net Framework. Setting up the
development environment: Visual Studio, Basic syntax and data types in C#.Net. Variables, constants, and data
manipulation. Control structures: decision-making and loops.
UNIT II
Object-Oriented Programming with C#.Net: Introduction to object-oriented programming (OOP) concepts.
Classes, objects, and constructors. Inheritance, polymorphism, and encapsulation. Abstract classes and
interfaces. Exception handling and error management
UNIT III
Advanced C#.Net Programming: Delegates and events. Collections and generics. File I/O and serialization.
LINQ (Language Integrated Query). Multithreading and asynchronous programming
UNIT IV
Graphical User Interface (GUI) Development:Windows Forms applications. GUI controls and layout
management. Event-driven programming. User input validation and error handling. Deployment and
distribution of C#.Net applications
Textbooks:
1. Troelsen, A., & Japikse, P. (2020). C# 8.0 and .NET Core 3.1 - Modern Cross-Platform Development: Build
applications with C#, .NET Core, Entity Framework Core, ASP.NET Core, and ML.NET. Apress.
2. Albahari, J., Albahari, B., & Albahari, B. (2017). C# 7.0 in a Nutshell: The Definitive Reference. O'Reilly Media.
References:
1. Richter, J. (2018). CLR via C# (4th Edition). Microsoft Press.
2. Deitel, P. J., & Deitel, H. M. (2021). C# How to Program (10th Edition). Pearson.
3. Freeman, A., & Fraser, A. (2013). Pro C# 5.0 and the .NET 4.5 Framework. Apress.

Page 338 of 399
Paper Code: ICT407P C#.Net Programming Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 339 of 399
Paper Code: ICT409 Paper: Cyber Security and Forensic L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of cybersecurity and digital forensics, and identify their
significance in protecting digital assets.
CO 2 Analyze different types of cyber threats, vulnerabilities, and attacks, and design strategies to mitigate
risks.
CO 3 Apply various cybersecurity techniques, such as cryptography and network security mechanisms, to
safeguard information in digital systems.
CO 4 Utilize digital forensics principles, tools, and methodologies to investigate and analyze cyber
incidents, and present findings effectively.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Cybersecurity and Digital Forensics: Overview of cybersecurity and digital forensics, types of
cyber attacks, threat landscape, importance of cybersecurity in modern technology, digital forensics process,
legal and ethical considerations in digital investigations.
UNIT II
Cybersecurity Principles and Techniques: Network security and protocols, access control mechanisms, threat
detection and prevention, cryptography fundamentals, public and private key cryptography, cryptographic
algorithms, security best practices for software development.
UNIT III
Malware Analysis and Incident Response: Types of malware, malware analysis methodologies, dynamic and
static malware analysis, intrusion detection and prevention systems, incident response process, handling and
containing cyber incidents, disaster recovery planning.
UNIT IV
Digital Forensics Procedures and Tools: Digital evidence collection and preservation, data acquisition
techniques, file system analysis, recovering deleted files, email and social media forensics, memory and mobile
device forensics, introduction to digital forensic tools.
Textbooks:
1. N. K. Rountree and M. H. Rountree, "Cybersecurity and Cyberwar: What Everyone Needs to Know," Oxford
University Press, 2014.
2. J. Sammons, "The Basics of Digital Forensics," Syngress, 2012.
References:
1. W. Stallings and L. Brown, "Computer Security: Principles and Practice," Pearson, 2017.

Page 340 of 399
2. E. Casey, "Digital Evidence and Computer Crime: Forensic Science, Computers and the Internet," Academic
Press, 2018.
3. R. Rogers, "Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards," Pearson, 2019.
4. G. F. Master and G. M. Shieh, "Malware Forensics: Investigating and Analyzing Malicious Code," Syngress,
2012.

Page 341 of 399
Paper Code: ICT413 Paper: Cloud Computing L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and models of cloud computing.
CO 2 Evaluate different cloud service models and deployment strategies.
CO 3 Design and implement applications for cloud environments.
CO 4 Manage and monitor cloud resources effectively.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Cloud Computing: Evolution of computing paradigms, Characteristics of cloud computing,
Cloud service models (IaaS, PaaS, SaaS), Cloud deployment models (Public, Private, Hybrid, Multi-cloud),
Benefits and challenges of cloud computing.
UNIT II
Cloud Infrastructure and Services: Virtualization technology, Server and storage virtualization, Network
virtualization, Containerization, Cloud infrastructure components, Identity and Access Management (IAM),
Cloud service catalog.
UNIT III
Cloud Application Development: Principles of cloud application design, Microservices architecture, API
development and management, DevOps practices in the cloud, Scalability and load balancing, Serverless
computing, Case studies of cloud-based applications.
UNIT IV
Cloud Management and Security: Cloud resource provisioning and orchestration, Monitoring and performance
optimization, Data backup and disaster recovery in the cloud, Cloud security challenges and solutions,
Encryption and data protection, Compliance and legal considerations.
Textbooks:
1. Thomas Erl, "Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology & Architecture," Pearson Education, 2013.
2. Rajkumar Buyya, James Broberg, and Andrzej Goscinski, "Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms,"
Wiley, 2011.
References:
1. Michael Armbrust et al., "Above the Clouds: A Berkeley View of Cloud Computing," University of California,
Berkeley, 2009.
2. Armando Fox and Rean Griffith, "Engineering Long-Lasting Software: An Agile Approach Using SaaS and
Cloud Computing," Morgan Kaufmann, 2018.
3. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, and Jack J. Dongarra, "Distributed and Cloud Computing: From Parallel
Processing to the Internet of Things," Morgan Kaufmann, 2012.

Page 342 of 399

Page 343 of 399
Paper Code: ICT415T Paper: Introduction to IoT L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand IoT Fundamentals: Grasp the foundational concepts of the Internet of Things, including
its architecture, components, communication protocols, and data management principles.
CO 2 Design and Develop IoT Systems: Demonstrate the ability to design and develop basic IoT systems,
integrating sensors, actuators, and communication modules to gather and transmit data effectively.
CO 3 Analyze IoT Data: Apply data analytics techniques to IoT-generated data, extract meaningful insights,
and make informed decisions based on data-driven trends.
CO 4 Address IoT Challenges: Identify and address key challenges related to security, privacy,
interoperability, and scalability within IoT ecosystems.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to IoT Fundamentals: Overview of IoT and its significance, IoT architecture layers (perception,
network, and application), IoT communication protocols (MQTT, CoAP, HTTP), Introduction to sensor
technologies and actuators, IoT data management and storage principles.
UNIT II
Building IoT Systems: Selection and integration of sensors and actuators, Microcontroller platforms for IoT
(Arduino, Raspberry Pi), Communication interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi), Data transmission and aggregation,
Hands-on IoT system development.
UNIT III
Data Analytics for IoT: Introduction to IoT data analytics, Data preprocessing and cleaning, Exploratory data
analysis for IoT data, Basic statistical analysis, Introduction to machine learning for IoT data, Visualization of
IoT data insights.
UNIT IV
Addressing IoT Challenges: Security and privacy challenges in IoT, Authentication and authorization
mechanisms, Ensuring data integrity and confidentiality, Interoperability and standardization in IoT, Scalability
and managing large-scale IoT deployments.

Page 344 of 399
Textbooks:
1. S. Y. Suh, "IoT Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols, and Use Cases for the Internet of Things,"
Wiley, 2017.
2. R. Rajkumar, "Real-Time Systems: Design Principles for Distributed Embedded Applications," Springer, 2011.
References:
1. A. Dunkels et al., "Interconnecting Smart Objects with IP: The Next Internet," Morgan Kaufmann, 2010.
2. M. D. McDaniel and S. McLaughlin, "Security and Privacy in the Internet of Things," IEEE Computer Society,
2016.
3. V. C. Gungor and G. P. Hancke, "Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT): Challenges, Opportunities, and
Directions," IEEE Transactions on Industrial Informatics, 2016, 12(3), 1747-1756.
Paper Code: ICT415P Introduction to IoT Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 345 of 399
Paper Code: ICT417 Paper: Complexity Theory L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand and apply foundational concepts of complexity theory to classify problems into different
complexity classes.
CO 2 Analyze and design algorithms with considerations for their computational complexity.
CO 3 Evaluate the significance of computational reductions and their role in problem-solving.
CO 4 Critically examine the implications and challenges of the P vs. NP problem on computational science.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - 2 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Complexity Theory: Basics of computational complexity, time and space complexity, Big-O
notation, problem classification (P, NP, NP-hard, NP-complete), polynomial-time reductions.
UNIT II
Models of Computation: Turing machines and variants, non-deterministic computation, circuit complexity,
random access machines, complexity of specific algorithms (sorting, searching, graph algorithms).
UNIT III
Computational Reductibility: Cook-Levin theorem, polynomial-time reductions, NP-completeness, examples of
NP-complete problems (SAT, 3-SAT, CLIQUE), techniques for proving NP-completeness.
UNIT IV
P vs. NP Problem and Beyond: P vs. NP problem statement, consequences of P = NP, PSPACE and other
complexity classes, introduction to complexity theory beyond polynomial time, selected advanced topics
(approximation algorithms, interactive proofs).
Textbooks:
1. M. Sipser, "Introduction to the Theory of Computation," 3rd ed., Cengage Learning, 2013.
2. C. Papadimitriou, "Computational Complexity," Addison-Wesley, 1994.
References:
1. S. Arora and B. Barak, "Computational Complexity: A Modern Approach," Cambridge University Press, 2009.
2. S. Dasgupta, C. H. Papadimitriou, and U. V. Vazirani, "Algorithms," McGraw-Hill Education, 2006.
3. M. Garey and D. Johnson, "Computers and Intractability: A Guide to the Theory of NP-Completeness," W. H.
Freeman, 1979.

Page 346 of 399
Paper Code: ICT419T Paper: Human Computer Interface L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational theories and principles of Human-Computer Interaction.
CO 2 Design and develop user-centered interfaces following established design guidelines and usability
principles.
CO 3 Evaluate user interfaces using various evaluation methods and techniques.
CO 4 Apply advanced concepts and current trends in HCI to real-world software design challenges.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to HCI: Introduction to Human-Computer Interaction, Importance of HCI in Software Design,
Historical Evolution of HCI, Models of HCI (GOMS, Norman's Model), Human-Centered Design Principles.
UNIT II
User Interface Design: User-Centered Design Process, User Research Techniques, Task Analysis, Interaction
Design, Information Architecture, Wireframing and Prototyping, Design Patterns, Accessibility and Inclusive
Design.
UNIT III
Usability Evaluation: Usability Goals and Metrics, Heuristic Evaluation, Cognitive Walkthrough, Usability
Testing, A/B Testing, User Feedback and Surveys, Data Analysis for Usability Evaluation.
UNIT IV
Advanced HCI Concepts and Trends: User Experience (UX) Design, Mobile and Responsive Design, Gesture and
Touch Interfaces, Virtual and Augmented Reality Interfaces, Voice User Interfaces, Ethical and Social
Implications in HCI, Future Trends in HCI.
Textbooks:
1. Shneiderman, B., & Plaisant, C. (2010). Designing the User Interface: Strategies for Effective Human-
Computer Interaction. Pearson.
2. Preece, J., Rogers, Y., & Sharp, H. (2019). Interaction Design: Beyond Human-Computer Interaction. Wiley.
References:
1. Dix, A., Finlay, J., Abowd, G. D., & Beale, R. (2004). Human-Computer Interaction. Pearson Education.
2. Norman, D. A. (2013). The Design of Everyday Things: Revised and Expanded Edition. Basic Books.

Page 347 of 399
3. Nielsen, J., & Molich, R. (1990). Heuristic Evaluation of User Interfaces. In Proceedings of the SIGCHI
Conference on Human Factors in Computing Systems (pp. 249-256).
Paper Code: ICT419P Paper: Human Computer Interface Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 348 of 399
Paper Code: ICT423T Paper: Next Generation Web L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Modern Web Architectures: Analyze and explain the key components of modern web
architectures, including client-server interaction, API integration, and microservices.
CO 2 Develop Responsive Web Applications: Design and implement responsive web applications using
HTML5, CSS3, and advanced front-end frameworks to ensure compatibility across various devices
and screen sizes.
CO 3 Utilize Advanced Front-end Technologies: Apply advanced techniques in front-end development,
including Single Page Applications (SPA), asynchronous programming with JavaScript, and front-end
build tools.
CO 4 Implement Secure and Scalable Web Services: Develop secure and scalable web services by
integrating server-side technologies such as Node.js, Express.js, and incorporating best practices for
data security and authentication.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 1 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Next Generation Web Development: Evolution of web technologies. Client-server architecture.
RESTful API principles. Microservices and their benefits. Introduction to front-end and back-end technologies.
UNIT II
Front-end Development and Responsive Design: HTML5 and semantic markup. CSS3 and modern layout
techniques. Introduction to front-end frameworks (e.g., React, Angular, Vue). Building responsive web
interfaces. Cross-browser compatibility and testing
UNIT III
Advanced Front-end Techniques: Single Page Applications (SPA) and their advantages. Asynchronous
programming with JavaScript (Promises, async/await). Front-end build tools (Webpack, Babel). State
management in front-end frameworks. Introduction to Progressive Web Apps (PWA)
UNIT IV
Server-side Development and Security: Introduction to server-side programming (Node.js). Creating RESTful
APIs with Express.js. Data security and authentication best practices. Handling user authentication and
authorization. Basics of database integration and management.

Page 349 of 399
Textbooks:
1. D. Flanagan, "JavaScript: The Definitive Guide," O'Reilly Media, 2019.
2. E. Freeman et al., "Head First Design Patterns," O'Reilly Media, 2020.
References:
1. M. Crawford, "Learning Web Design: A Beginner's Guide to HTML, CSS, JavaScript, and Web Graphics,"
O'Reilly Media, 2021.
2. A. Mead, "The Complete Node.js Developer Course," Udemy, 2022.
3. E. Raj et al., "Web Development with Angular and Bootstrap," Springer, 2018.
Paper Code: ICT423P Next Generation Web Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 350 of 399
Paper Code: ICT425T Paper: Web Mining L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and principles of web mining.
CO 2 Apply various web mining techniques to extract information from web data.
CO 3 Analyze web content, structure, and usage patterns to derive meaningful insights.
CO 4 Design and implement web mining strategies for practical applications.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 1 - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Web Mining
Introduction to web mining, types and categories of web mining, web data sources, challenges in web mining,
ethical considerations in web data usage.
UNIT II
Web Content Mining
Text mining techniques for web content, information retrieval, natural language processing for web data,
sentiment analysis, content categorization and clustering.
UNIT III
Web Structure Mining
Analysis of web page structure, page ranking algorithms, link analysis, web graph mining, detecting
communities in web graphs.
UNIT IV
Web Usage Mining
Web log data analysis, clickstream mining, user behavior tracking, recommendation systems, personalization,
case studies in web usage mining.
Textbooks:
1. J. Han and M. Kamber, "Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques," 3rd ed., Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
2. B. Liu, "Web Data Mining: Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents, and Usage Data," 2nd ed., Springer, 2011.
References:
1. R. Kosala and H. Blockeel, "Web Mining Research: A Survey," ACM SIGKDD Explorations Newsletter, vol. 2,
no. 1, pp. 1-15, 2000.

Page 351 of 399
2. O. Etzioni, "Web Mining: Machine Learning for Web Applications," Machine Learning, vol. 50, no. 1-2, pp.
127-156, 2003.
3. B. Berendt, A. Hotho, and G. Stumme, "Towards Semantic Web Mining," Web Semantics: Science, Services
and Agents on the World Wide Web, vol. 1, no. 1, pp. 7-28, 2003.
4. X. Wu, V. Kumar, J. R. Quinlan, J. Ghosh, Q. Yang, H. Motoda, G. J. McLachlan, A. Ng, B. Liu, P. S. Yu, Z. Zhou,
5. M. Steinbach, D. J. Hand, and D. Steinberg, "Top 10 Algorithms in Data Mining," Knowledge and Information
Systems, vol. 14, no. 1, pp. 1-37, 2008.
Paper Code: ICT425P Web Mining Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 352 of 399
Paper Code: ICT427T Paper: Middleware Technology L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of middleware technology, including its role in distributed
systems and its significance in modern software architecture.
CO 2 Analyze and compare various communication models and middleware components to determine the
most suitable choices for specific application requirements.
CO 3 Design and develop middleware-based solutions that facilitate seamless communication and
cooperation among heterogeneous software components.
CO 4 Evaluate the performance, security, and reliability aspects of middleware technologies in real-world
scenarios and make informed decisions for system integration.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 1
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 1
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 1
UNIT I
Introduction to Middleware Technology: Introduction to middleware, characteristics and importance of
middleware in distributed systems, middleware services, middleware architecture models, middleware
standards and protocols.
UNIT II
Communication Models and Middleware Components: Remote Procedure Call (RPC), Message-Oriented
Middleware (MOM), Object-Oriented Middleware (OOM), Publish-Subscribe Middleware, Service-Oriented
Architecture (SOA), Web services, RESTful architecture.
UNIT III
Designing Middleware Solutions: Middleware design principles, interoperability challenges and solutions,
middleware for data integration, transaction management, security services in middleware, error handling and
fault tolerance.
UNIT IV
Performance, Testing, and Future Trends: Performance evaluation of middleware, benchmarking and testing of
middleware-based systems, scalability and load balancing, emerging trends in middleware technology, edge
computing and IoT middleware.
Textbooks:
1. Gregersen, H. B., Hansen, M. R., & Schougaard, K. R. (2012). Middleware Technologies: Object-Oriented
Middleware, CORBA, DCOM, and RMI. IEEE Computer Society Press.

Page 353 of 399
2. Puschner, P., & Reindl, L. (2007). Middleware for Communication. Springer.
References:
1. Magee, J., & Kramer, J. (2006). Concurrent and Real-Time Systems: The CSP Approach. Wiley-IEEE Press.
2. Papazoglou, M. P., & Georgakopoulos, D. (2003). Service-oriented computing. Communications of the ACM,
46(10), 24-28.
3. Emmerich, W. (2010). Software Engineering and Middleware: Third International Workshop, SEM 2002
Orlando, FL, USA, May 20-21, 2002 Revised Papers. Springer.
4. Coulouris, G. F., Dollimore, J., Kindberg, T., & Blair, G. (2011). Distributed Systems: Concepts and Design.
Pearson.
Paper Code: ICT427P Middleware Technology Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 354 of 399
Paper Code: ICT429T Paper: Mobile Computing L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and architectural components of mobile computing systems.
CO 2 Analyze and evaluate various wireless communication technologies and their applicability in mobile
systems.
CO 3 Develop mobile applications using appropriate platforms and programming languages.
CO 4 Recognize the security issues and solutions related to mobile computing systems.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 1 - 3
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 1 - 1 1 - 3
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 1 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 1 - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Mobile Computing
Mobile Computing Architectures, Mobile Communication Models, Mobile Operating Systems, and Mobile
Middleware.
UNIT II
Wireless Communication Technologies
Cellular Networks (3G, 4G, 5G), Wi-Fi Technology, Bluetooth and Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE), Near Field
Communication (NFC), and Satellite Communication.
UNIT III
Mobile Application Development
Mobile App Development Frameworks, User Interface (UI) Design for Mobile Apps, Cross-Platform
Development, Mobile App Testing, and App Deployment.
UNIT IV
Mobile Security and Privacy
Mobile Device Security (Authentication, Authorization, Encryption), Secure Mobile Application Development,
Mobile Data Protection, and Emerging Trends in Mobile Security.
Textbooks:
1. Jochen Schiller, "Mobile Communications," Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2003.
2. Raj Kamal, "Mobile Computing: Principles and Practice," Oxford University Press, 2007.
References:
1. William Stallings, "Wireless Communications and Networks," Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2004.
2. Chris Ward, "Beginning Android Programming with Android Studio," Wrox, 4th edition, 2017.

Page 355 of 399
3. N. Asokan, Lucas Davi, Alexandra Dmitrienko, Ahmad-Reza Sadeghi, "Mobile Security: Attacks and
Defenses," Synthesis Lectures on Information Security, Privacy, and Trust, 2016.
4. IEEE Xplore Digital Library (Various research papers and articles on mobile computing and related topics).
Paper Code: ICT429P Mobile Computing Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 356 of 399
Paper Code: ICT431 Paper: E-Commerce L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the foundational principles of e-commerce and differentiate between various e-
commerce models and platforms.
CO 2 Analyze the technical and security aspects of online transactions, demonstrating an awareness of
potential risks and safeguards.
CO 3 Evaluate the impact of e-commerce on businesses, customers, and society, and identify emerging
trends shaping the future of digital commerce.
CO 4 Apply e-commerce strategies and tools to solve real-world business challenges and create effective
online business solutions.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - -
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - -
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 2 2 -
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 2 2 1
UNIT I
Introduction to E-Commerce
Evolution of e-commerce, types of e-commerce models (B2B, B2C, C2C, C2B), e-commerce framework, online
marketplaces, e-commerce payment systems, online consumer behavior.
UNIT II
E-Commerce Infrastructure and Security
E-commerce infrastructure components, internet technologies for e-commerce, security challenges in e-
commerce, encryption and digital signatures, secure payment processing, authentication and authorization.
UNIT III
E-Commerce Business Strategies
Online business models, digital marketing and advertising, customer relationship management (CRM), supply
chain management in e-commerce, e-commerce legal and ethical issues, intellectual property rights.
UNIT IV
Emerging Trends and Practical Applications
Mobile commerce (m-commerce), social commerce, internet of things (IoT) and e-commerce, data analytics in
e-commerce, personalized shopping experiences, virtual and augmented reality in e-commerce.
Textbooks:
1. Kalakota, R., & Whinston, A. B. (1997). "Frontiers of Electronic Commerce". Addison-Wesley Professional.
2. Laudon, K. C., & Traver, C. G. (2016). "E-commerce 2016: Business, Technology, Society". Pearson.

Page 357 of 399
References:
1. Turban, E., King, D., Lee, J. K., Liang, T. P., & Turban, D. C. (2015). "Electronic Commerce 2016: A Managerial
and Social Networks Perspective". Springer.
2. Chaffey, D., & Ellis-Chadwick, F. (2019). "Digital Marketing: Strategy, Implementation and Practice". Pearson.
3. Rayport, J. F., & Jaworski, B. J. (2001). "Introduction to e-commerce". McGraw-Hill/Irwin.
4. Strauss, J., & Frost, R. (2016). "E-Marketing". Routledge.

Page 358 of 399
Paper Code: ICT435T Paper: Network Programming L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Network Communication Fundamentals: Comprehend the fundamental concepts of
network communication, including the OSI model, TCP/IP stack, network protocols, and data
transmission.
CO 2 Implement Socket Programming: Develop socket-based network applications using both the Berkeley
sockets API on Linux and the Winsock API on Windows.
CO 3 Design and Develop Networked Applications: Design, implement, and troubleshoot networked
applications that involve client-server interactions, data exchange, and network security
considerations.
CO 4 Cross-Platform Network Development: Adapt and modify network applications to function
seamlessly across both Linux and Windows operating systems, demonstrating proficiency in
platform-independent network programming.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 3 - - - - 2 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 2 1 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 - 1 - - 2 1 1
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 - - 2 1 1
UNIT I
Review of Network Communication
Overview of network communication concepts; OSI model and its layers; TCP/IP protocol suite; Data
encapsulation and decapsulation; Network addressing and port numbers
UNIT II
Socket Programming and Basic Network Operations
Introduction to sockets and their types; Socket programming workflow; Socket addressing: IP addresses and
ports; Error handling and debugging in socket programming; Implementing basic client-server communication
UNIT III
Advanced Socket Programming and Network Protocols
Socket options and configurations; Non-blocking and asynchronous socket operations; Introduction to
common network protocols (HTTP, FTP, SMTP); Introduction to network security protocols (SSL/TLS); Hands-
on: Developing a multi-client chat application
UNIT IV
Platform-Specific Network Programming
Linux network programming: socket APIs and tools; Windows network programming: Winsock API; Handling
platform-specific nuances in network development; Case study: Porting a network application between Linux
and Windows

Page 359 of 399
Textbook:
1. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, and Andrew M. Rudoff, "UNIX Network Programming, Volume 1: The
Sockets Networking API," 3rd Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2003.
References:
1. Douglas E. Comer, "Internetworking with TCP/IP, Volume 1: Principles, Protocols, and Architecture," 6th
Edition, Pearson, 2014.
2. Forouzan, B. A., & Fegan, S. C., "Data Communications and Networking," 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill Education,
2019.
3. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, "Computer Networks," 5th Edition, Pearson, 2010.
4. Microsoft Documentation for Winsock API and Networking on Windows.
5. Linux man pages and online resources for socket programming on Linux.
Paper Code: ICT435P Network Programming Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 360 of 399
Paper Code: ICT433T Paper: Wireless Communication and Networks L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Wireless Communication Principles: Gain a strong foundation in the fundamentals of
wireless communication, including modulation techniques, signal propagation, and channel
impairments.
CO 2 Design and Analyze Network Architectures: Comprehend various wireless network architectures,
such as ad hoc networks, cellular networks, and wireless sensor networks, and analyze their design
considerations and challenges
CO 3 Evaluate Wireless Protocols and Security: Evaluate different wireless communication protocols, their
advantages, and limitations. Understand wireless network security threats and the methods to
mitigate them
CO 4 Explore Emerging Wireless Technologies: Explore emerging trends in wireless communication,
including 5G and beyond, Internet of Things (IoT), and wireless multimedia systems, and their impact
on modern networking.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Wireless Communication
Introduction to wireless communication, electromagnetic spectrum, wireless channel characteristics,
modulation techniques (AM, FM, PM), multiple access techniques (FDMA, TDMA, CDMA), wireless propagation
models, path loss and shadowing, fading and diversity techniques.
UNIT II
Wireless Network Architectures
Wireless ad hoc networks, cellular networks architecture, wireless sensor networks, wireless LANs and PANs,
mobility management, handover techniques, network protocols (TCP/IP, UDP), Quality of Service (QoS) in
wireless networks.
UNIT III
Wireless Communication Protocols and Security
IEEE 802.11 family (Wi-Fi) protocols, Bluetooth technology, Zigbee protocol, network layer protocols (IPv4,
IPv6), transport layer protocols (TCP, UDP), wireless network security threats, encryption and authentication
techniques, security protocols (WPA, WPA2, WPA3).
UNIT IV

Page 361 of 399
Emerging Trends in Wireless Communication

Introduction to 5G and beyond, IoT communication protocols (MQTT, CoAP), wireless multimedia systems,
cognitive radio and spectrum sensing, overview of satellite communication, energy-efficient wireless
communication techniques.
Textbooks:
1. T. S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," 2nd ed., Prentice Hall, 2001.
References:
1. A. Molisch, "Wireless Communications," Wiley, 2011.
2. I. F. Akyildiz et al., "Wireless Sensor Networks: A Survey," Computer Networks, vol. 38, no. 4, pp. 393-422,
2002.
3. S. M. Alamouti, "A Simple Transmit Diversity Technique for Wireless Communications," IEEE Journal on
Selected Areas in Communications, vol. 16, no. 8, pp. 1451-1458, 1998.
Paper Code: ICT433P Wireless Communication and Networks Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 362 of 399
Paper Code: ICT441 Paper: Advanced Computer Architecture L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and evaluate complex computer architectures, identifying their strengths and weaknesses in
terms of performance, power efficiency, and scalability.
CO 2 Design advanced memory hierarchies and storage systems that optimize data access patterns and
enhance overall system performance.
CO 3 Develop strategies for exploiting parallelism at various levels, including instruction-level parallelism,
thread-level parallelism, and data-level parallelism.
CO 4 Apply performance measurement and analysis techniques to identify bottlenecks, propose
optimizations, and make informed design decisions for computer systems.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Advanced Microarchitecture and Pipelining
Superscalar and VLIW architectures, out-of-order execution, branch prediction techniques, advanced
pipelining techniques, speculative execution, dynamic scheduling.
UNIT II
Memory Hierarchy and Caching
Cache coherence protocols, multi-level caching, memory organizations (NUMA, UMA), virtual memory
management, TLBs, memory optimization techniques.
UNIT III
Parallelism and Thread-Level Architectures
Simultaneous multithreading, multi-core architectures, shared vs. distributed memory systems, thread-level
parallelism exploitation, synchronization mechanisms.
UNIT IV
Performance Optimization and Emerging Trends
Performance metrics, profiling and benchmarking, vector processing, GPU architectures, power-efficient
computing, cloud and edge computing trends.
Textbooks:
1. Hennessy, J. L., & Patterson, D. A. (2017). Computer Architecture: A Quantitative Approach. Morgan
Kaufmann. (ISBN: 978-0123838728)

Page 363 of 399
2. Patterson, D. A., & Hennessy, J. L. (2017). Computer Organization and Design: The Hardware/Software
Interface. Morgan Kaufmann. (ISBN: 978-0124077263)
References:
1. Tanenbaum, A. S., & Bos, H. (2018). Modern Operating Systems. Pearson. (ISBN: 978-0133591620)
2. Flynn, M. J. (1995). Computer Architecture: Pipelined and Parallel Processor Design. Jones & Bartlett
Learning. (ISBN: 978-0867202098)
3. Hill, M. D., & Marty, M. R. (2018). Computer Organization and Design RISC-V Edition: The
Hardware/Software Interface. Morgan Kaufmann. (ISBN: 978-0128122754)

Page 364 of 399
Paper Code: ICT443 Paper: Smart Antenna L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and principles of smart antenna systems, including
beamforming, spatial processing, and diversity techniques in wireless communications.
CO 2 Analyze and compare various smart antenna algorithms and techniques, evaluating their advantages,
limitations, and performance metrics.
CO 3 Design and simulate smart antenna systems using relevant software tools, considering real-world
constraints and optimizing their performance for different wireless communication scenarios.
CO 4 Critically assess the current trends and emerging technologies in the field of smart antennas, enabling
students to adapt to the dynamic landscape of wireless communication.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 - - 3 2 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 3 2 - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Smart Antennas
Introduction to smart antennas, basic antenna parameters, types of smart antennas, advantages and
applications of smart antennas, overview of wireless communication systems.
UNIT II
Beamforming and Spatial Processing
Principles of beamforming, adaptive beamforming algorithms (LMS, NLMS, RLS), conventional beamforming,
pattern synthesis, spatial filtering, direction of arrival (DOA) estimation.
UNIT III
Diversity Techniques and MIMO Systems
Diversity techniques in wireless communication, space diversity, polarization diversity, frequency diversity,
MIMO systems and spatial multiplexing, MIMO architectures, capacity and throughput enhancement.
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in Smart Antennas
Interference suppression techniques, adaptive nulling, eigenbeamforming, hybrid beamforming, mmWave
smart antennas, massive MIMO, 5G and beyond, practical considerations and challenges.
Textbooks:
1. T. A. Roach, "Smart Antennas," IEEE Press, 2004.

Page 365 of 399
2. A. A. Zohdy and D. H. Schaubert, "Adaptive Antennas and Phased Arrays for Radar and Communications,"
IEEE Press, 2008.
References:
1. R. W. Heath Jr., "Introduction to Wireless Digital Communication: A Signal Processing Perspective," IEEE
Press, 2017.
2. S. Haykin, "Adaptive Filter Theory," Prentice Hall, 2001.
3. T. S. Rappaport, "Wireless Communications: Principles and Practice," Pearson Education, 2002.
4. A. Sayeed, "Introduction to Smart Antennas," Morgan & Claypool Publishers, 2005.

Page 366 of 399
Paper Code: ICT445 Paper: Fabrication Technology L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the principles of various fabrication processes used in electrical engineering.
CO 2 Analyze the impact of fabrication technology on the performance of electronic components.
CO 3 Apply theoretical knowledge to practical fabrication techniques.
CO 4 Evaluate and select appropriate fabrication methods for specific electronic devices.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 2 3 2 2 1 - - 2 1 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 2 1 - 3
UNIT I
Semiconductor Basics and Photolithography
Introduction to semiconductor materials, Crystal growth techniques, Dopant diffusion, Ion implantation,
Photolithography process, Photoresists, Mask alignment and exposure, Etching techniques, Introduction to
cleanroom protocols.
UNIT II
Thin Film Deposition and Oxidation
Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD), Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD), Atomic Layer Deposition (ALD), Epitaxial
growth, Thermal oxidation of silicon, Dry and wet oxidation processes, Oxide growth mechanisms, Oxide
thickness measurement techniques.
UNIT III
Etching and Patterning
Plasma etching, Wet etching, Reactive ion etching (RIE), Etch mask design and optimization, Etch rate control,
Etch selectivity, Introduction to lift-off techniques, Patterning of microstructures.
UNIT IV
Packaging and Assembly
Packaging hierarchy, Wire bonding, Flip-chip bonding, Die attachment techniques, Encapsulation methods,
Introduction to MEMS packaging, Reliability testing of packages, Packaging challenges for high-frequency and
high-power devices.
Textbooks:
1. S. M. Sze and K. K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices," 3rd ed., Wiley-IEEE Press, 2006.
2. S. K. Ghandhi, "VLSI Fabrication Principles: Silicon and Gallium Arsenide," 2nd ed., Wiley, 1994.
References:

Page 367 of 399
1. J. D. Plummer, M. D. Deal, and P. B. Griffin, "Silicon VLSI Technology: Fundamentals, Practice, and
Modeling," Prentice Hall, 2000.
2. C. A. Harper, "Electronic Packaging and Interconnection Handbook," 4th ed., McGraw-Hill Education, 2005.
3. R. F. Pierret, "Semiconductor Device Fundamentals," 2nd ed., Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1996.

Page 368 of 399
Paper Code: ICT447 Paper: Power Electronics L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and Design: Analyze the operation of various power semiconductor devices and design basic
power electronic circuits employing different converter topologies.
CO 2 Control Techniques: Understand and apply control techniques for regulating the output of power
electronic converters and maintaining desired performance characteristics.
CO 3 Applications: Recognize and assess the applications of power electronics in diverse industries, such
as motor drives, renewable energy systems, and power supplies.
CO 4 Problem Solving: Apply acquired knowledge to troubleshoot and solve common issues in power
electronic circuits and systems.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1
UNIT I
Power Semiconductor Devices and Basic Concepts: Introduction to power electronics, Power semiconductor
devices (diodes, thyristors, MOSFETs, IGBTs), Device characteristics and ratings, Switching loss mechanisms,
Diode and thyristor rectifiers, Power diode and thyristor models, Turn-on and turn-off processes.
UNIT II
AC-DC Converters and DC-DC Converters: Single-phase and three-phase diode rectifiers, Controlled rectifiers,
Phase-controlled converters, DC-DC converter fundamentals, Buck, Boost, Buck-Boost converters, PWM
techniques for DC-DC converters, Voltage and current sources, Non-isolated and isolated converters.
UNIT III
Inverters and AC Voltage Controllers: Introduction to inverters, Half-bridge and full-bridge inverters, Pulse-
width modulation (PWM) techniques for inverters, Sinusoidal pulse-width modulation (SPWM), Voltage source
inverters (VSI), Current source inverters (CSI), AC voltage controllers, Single-phase and three-phase control
strategies.
UNIT IV
Applications, Control, and Advanced Topics: Applications of power electronics in motor drives, Renewable
energy systems (solar and wind), Uninterruptible power supplies (UPS), Power quality improvement, Basics of
electric vehicle charging, Introduction to resonant converters, High-frequency transformers, Thermal
management in power electronics.
Textbook:
1.Ned Mohan, Tore M. Undeland, and William P. Robbins, "Power Electronics: Converters, Applications, and
Design," 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

Page 369 of 399
References:
1. Muhammad H. Rashid, "Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices, and Applications," 4th Edition, Pearson, 2013.
2. Daniel W. Hart, "Introduction to Power Electronics," Prentice Hall, 2017.
3. B.W. Williams and S. N. Vukosavic, "Introduction to Power Electronics," Pearson, 2020.
4. M. H. Rashid, "Power Electronics Handbook," Academic Press, 2010.

Page 370 of 399
Paper Code: ICT449 Paper: Electronic Measurements L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of electronic measurements and the characteristics of
measurement instruments.
CO 2 Apply various measurement techniques to quantify electronic parameters accurately.
CO 3 Analyze measurement uncertainties and make informed decisions based on measurement results.
CO 4 Design and conduct experiments to measure and analyze electronic circuits and systems.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 2 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Electronic Measurements
Overview of electronic measurements, importance of measurements in engineering, units and standards for
measurements, types of errors in measurements, statistical analysis of measurement data.
UNIT II
Measurement Instruments
Classification of measurement instruments, analog and digital instruments, measurement sensitivity and
accuracy, voltage and current measurements, impedance measurement techniques, oscilloscopes and signal
generators.
UNIT III
Measurement Techniques
Bridge measurements, measurement of resistance, inductance, and capacitance, time and frequency
measurements, digital measurements, data acquisition systems, sensors and transducers, measurement of
temperature and pressure.
UNIT IV
Measurement Uncertainty and Data Analysis
Sources of measurement uncertainty, propagation of errors, calibration methods, uncertainty estimation, data
presentation and analysis, regression analysis, significance of measurement results.
Textbooks:
1. A. D. Helfrick and W. D. Cooper, "Modern Electronic Instrumentation and Measurement Techniques,"
Pearson, 2013.
2. E. C. Titchmarsh and A. J. Amos, "Introduction to the Theory of Fourier Integrals," Clarendon Press, 2016.

Page 371 of 399
References:
1. J. C. Mallinson, "Instrumentation for Scientists and Engineers," CRC Press, 2018.
2. D. A. Bell, "Electronic Instrumentation and Measurements," Oxford University Press, 2019.
3. R. S. Figliola and D. E. Beasley, "Theory and Design for Mechanical Measurements," Wiley, 2014.
4. J. G. Webster, "Electrical Measurement, Signal Processing, and Displays," CRC Press, 2018.

Page 372 of 399
Paper Code: ICT451 Paper: MEMS and Sensors L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the Principles: Comprehend the underlying principles of MEMS technology and various
types of sensors, and explain their working mechanisms.
CO 2 Design and Analysis: Design simple MEMS devices and sensors, and analyze their performance
characteristics using relevant modeling and simulation tools.
CO 3 Fabrication Techniques: Describe the different fabrication techniques involved in creating MEMS
devices and sensors, and understand the impact of fabrication processes on device performance.
CO 4 Applications: Recognize the wide-ranging applications of MEMS devices and sensors in areas such as
consumer electronics, healthcare, automotive systems, and industrial automation.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 1 - 1 - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 1 1 - - 1 1 - 1
UNIT I
Introduction to MEMS and Sensors
Overview of MEMS and sensor technologies; Historical development and key milestones; Classification of
sensors based on physical principles; Importance of sensors in modern technology
UNIT II
MEMS Fundamentals and Design
Microfabrication processes: lithography, etching, deposition; Mechanical properties at the microscale;
Transduction principles: piezoelectric, capacitive, resistive, and optical; Design considerations and constraints
for MEMS devices
UNIT III
Sensor Technologies and Applications:
Pressure sensors: piezoresistive, capacitive, resonant; Accelerometers and gyroscopes: MEMS-based inertial
sensors; Temperature sensors: thermoelectric, resistive, capacitive; Optical sensors: photodetectors, image
sensors; Biosensors: principles and applications in healthcare; MEMS sensors in automotive and aerospace
industries
UNIT IV
Fabrication Processes and Case Studies
Bulk and surface micromachining techniques; Packaging and encapsulation of MEMS devices; Case studies of
MEMS devices: micro-mirror arrays, microfluidic devices; Reliability and testing of MEMS devices; Introduction
to sensor interface circuits and signal processing
Textbook:
1. N. Maluf and A. P. Maluf, "An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering," Artech House,
2000.

Page 373 of 399
References:
1. S. M. Sze and K. K. Ng, "Physics of Semiconductor Devices," John Wiley & Sons, 2006.
2. R. T. Howe and R. S. Muller, "Piezoresistive Sensors," Springer Science & Business Media, 2008.
3. J. H. Smith, "Principles of Inertial Navigation," American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics, 2000.
4. G. K. Fedder and R. W. Dutton, "Modeling of Microelectromechanical Systems," IEEE Press, 2003.

Page 374 of 399
Paper Code: ICT453T Paper: Radar and Satellite Communication L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts and functioning of radar systems, including waveform
generation, signal processing, and target detection.
CO 2 Analyze the architecture and components of satellite communication systems, including link budget
calculations and modulation techniques.
CO 3 Design and evaluate radar and satellite communication links based on given requirements,
considering factors like propagation, noise, and system parameters.
CO 4 Demonstrate the ability to integrate radar and satellite communication systems into broader
technological applications, considering practical constraints and real-world scenarios.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 - 1 1 - 1 - - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - - - - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 1
UNIT I
Radar Systems
Introduction to Radar Systems, Radar Waveforms and Signal Processing, Radar Antennas and Propagation,
Radar Targets and Detection, Clutter and Noise in Radar.
UNIT II
Satellite Communication
Basics of Satellite Communication, Satellite Orbits and Coverage, Link Budget Analysis, Modulation and
Multiplexing Techniques, Satellite Communication Subsystems.
UNIT III
Radar and Satellite System Design
Radar System Design Considerations, Radar Transmitters and Receivers, Pulse Doppler Radar and Moving
Target Detection, Satellite Communication System Design, Error Control Coding in Satellite Communication.
UNIT IV
Integration and Applications
Radar and Satellite Integration Challenges, Remote Sensing Applications of Radar, Satellite Communication
Networks, Emerging Trends in Radar and Satellite Communication.
Textbooks:
1. Skolnik, M. I., "Introduction to Radar Systems," 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001.

Page 375 of 399
2. Maral, G., & Bousquet, M., "Satellite Communications Systems: Systems, Techniques and Technology," 5th
Edition, Wiley, 2009.
References:
1. Richards, M. A., Scheer, J. A., & Holm, W. A., "Principles of Modern Radar: Basic Principles," SciTech
Publishing, 2010.
2. Elbert, B. R., "Introduction to Satellite Communication," 3rd Edition, Artech House, 2008.
3. Stimson, G. W., "Introduction to Airborne Radar," 2nd Edition, SciTech Publishing, 2013.
4. Pratt, T., & Bostian, C. W., "Satellite Communications," 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2002..
Paper Code: ICT453P Radar and Satellite Communication Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 376 of 399
Paper Code: ICT459T Paper: Radio and Television Engineering L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and explain the fundamental concepts of radio and television engineering, including signal
modulation, transmission, and propagation.
CO 2 Design and evaluate various types of antennas used in radio and television broadcasting systems.
CO 3 Apply modulation techniques to efficiently transmit audio and video signals, taking into consideration
bandwidth and signal quality.
CO 4 Critically assess the latest trends and advancements in radio and television technologies,
demonstrating an understanding of their impact on the field.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 - 2
UNIT I
Fundamentals of Radio and Television Engineering
Introduction to radio and television systems, electromagnetic spectrum, frequency bands for broadcasting,
signal types and their characteristics, amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), digital
modulation techniques.
UNIT II
Transmission and Propagation
Transmission lines and waveguides, transmission loss and attenuation, propagation of radio waves, ground
wave, sky wave, space wave propagation, ionospheric effects, fading and multipath propagation, link budget
analysis.
UNIT III
Antenna Design and Broadcasting Systems
Antenna fundamentals, types of antennas, radiation pattern characteristics, antenna gain and directivity,
antenna arrays, television broadcasting systems, radio broadcasting systems, satellite television broadcasting.
UNIT IV
Modulation Techniques and Advanced Technologies
Amplitude modulation (AM) and its parameters, frequency modulation (FM) and its parameters, digital
modulation (ASK, FSK, PSK), stereo FM broadcasting, digital audio and video broadcasting, High Definition (HD)
television, Internet streaming and its challenges.
Textbooks:

Page 377 of 399
1. C. A. Balanis, "Antenna Theory: Analysis and Design," John Wiley & Sons, 2016.
2. B. E. Saha and S. Bandyopadhyay, "Introduction to Radio and Television Engineering," McGraw-Hill
Education, 2007.
3. F. E. Terman and J. R. Whinnery, "Radio Engineers' Handbook," McGraw-Hill Professional, 2018.
References:
1. G. L. Krauss, "Electromagnetics," McGraw-Hill Education, 2015.
2. E. A. Marino, "Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems," Oxford University Press, 2019.
3. W. L. Stutzman and G. A. Thiele, "Antenna Theory and Design," John Wiley & Sons, 2012.
4. R. E. Collin, "Antennas and Radiowave Propagation," McGraw-Hill Education, 2019.
Paper Code: ICT459P Radio and Television Engineering Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 378 of 399
Paper Code: ICT461T Paper: RF and Microwave Engineering L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and design RF and microwave circuits, including passive and active components.
CO 2 Understand the behavior of electromagnetic waves in the RF and microwave frequency range.
CO 3 Design and analyze RF amplifiers and oscillators for different applications.
CO 4 Apply theoretical knowledge to practical RF and microwave systems, demonstrating problem-solving
skills in real-world scenarios.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 - 3
UNIT I
Fundamentals of RF and Microwave Engineering: Introduction to RF and Microwave frequencies, Transmission
line theory and Smith chart, S-parameters and their applications, Microwave network analysis,
Microwave resonators and cavities.
UNIT II
RF Passive Components and Antennas: Design and analysis of RF filters, RF couplers and dividers, Antenna
fundamentals and types, Antenna parameters and radiation patterns, Matching networks and impedance
transformation.
UNIT III
RF Active Components and Amplifiers: Review of semiconductor physics for RF applications, RF diodes and
their applications, Design of RF power amplifiers, Low noise amplifiers (LNAs) for RF receivers,
Stability and gain considerations in RF amplifiers.
UNIT IV
RF Oscillators and Microwave Systems: Principles of RF oscillators, Design and analysis of RF voltage-controlled
oscillators (VCOs), Introduction to microwave systems (radar, satellite communication, wireless networks),
Microwave system components and design considerations, Introduction to RF measurement techniques and
instruments.
Textbooks:
1. Thomas H. Lee, "Planar Microwave Engineering: A Practical Guide to Theory, Measurement, and Circuits,"
2. David M. Pozar, "Microwave Engineering," John Wiley & Sons, 2011.
References:
1. Robert E. Collin, "Foundations for Microwave Engineering," IEEE Press, 2001.
2. Leo L. Tsai, "Microwave Circuit Design Using Linear and Nonlinear Techniques," John Wiley & Sons, 2020.
3. Samuel Y. Liao, "RF and Microwave Circuit Design for Wireless Communications," Artech House, 2016.
4. David M. Pozar, "Microwave and RF Design: A Systems Approach," John Wiley & Sons, 2020.

Page 379 of 399
5. G. R. McGrath and T. H. Lee, "The Design of Radio-Frequency CMOS Power Amplifiers," IEEE Journal of Solid-
State Circuits, vol. 38, no. 9, pp. 1440-1451, Sep. 2003.
Paper Code: ICT461P RF and Microwave Engineering Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 380 of 399
Paper Code: ITE401T Paper: Unsupervised and Reinforcement Learning L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of unsupervised learning and apply clustering and
dimensionality reduction techniques to analyze and interpret complex datasets.
CO 2 Grasp the principles of reinforcement learning and implement basic algorithms to solve sequential
decision-making problems.
CO 3 Compare and contrast different unsupervised and reinforcement learning approaches, evaluating
their strengths and limitations for various engineering applications.
CO 4 Design and develop solutions for engineering challenges using unsupervised and reinforcement
learning techniques, demonstrating proficiency in model selection, training, and evaluation.
CO 1 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 2 3 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Unsupervised Learning
Overview of Unsupervised Learning, Clustering Techniques: K-Means, Hierarchical Clustering, DBSCAN,
Dimensionality Reduction: Principal Component Analysis (PCA), t-Distributed Stochastic Neighbor Embedding
(t-SNE), Applications of Unsupervised Learning in Engineering.
UNIT II
Advanced Unsupervised Learning Methods
Gaussian Mixture Models (GMM), Cluster Evaluation and Validation, Anomaly Detection, Recommender
Systems, Case Studies and Practical Implementation.
UNIT III
Introduction to Reinforcement Learning
Basics of Reinforcement Learning, Markov Decision Processes (MDPs), Exploration and Exploitation Trade-off,
Dynamic Programming: Policy Iteration, Value Iteration.
UNIT IV
Advanced Reinforcement Learning Techniques
Q-Learning and Deep Q-Networks (DQN), Policy Gradient Methods, Actor-Critic Architectures, Applications of
Reinforcement Learning in Engineering.
Textbooks:
1. Sutton, R. S., & Barto, A. G. (2018). "Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction." MIT Press.

Page 381 of 399
2. Bishop, C. M. (2006). "Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning." Springer.

References:
1. Hastie, T., Tibshirani, R., & Friedman, J. (2009). "The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference,
and Prediction." Springer.
2. Murphy, K. P. (2012). "Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective." MIT Press.
3. Goodfellow, I., Bengio, Y., & Courville, A. (2016). "Deep Learning." MIT Press.
4. Shalev-Shwartz, S., & Shammah, S. (2014). "Online Learning: Theory, Algorithms, and Applications."
Cambridge University Press.
Paper Code: ITE401P Unsupervised and Reinforcement Learning Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 382 of 399
Paper Code: ITE403T Paper: Big Data Analytics L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental concepts of Big Data Analytics, including the challenges and
opportunities posed by large-scale datasets.
CO 2 Apply various techniques and tools for data preprocessing, cleaning, and transformation on big
datasets.
CO 3 Utilize different methods for analyzing and visualizing large-scale data to extract meaningful patterns
and insights.
CO 4 Gain hands-on experience in using relevant software tools and technologies for Big Data Analytics.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Big Data Analytics
Introduction to big data, Characteristics of big data, Importance of big data analytics in engineering
applications, Overview of the data analytics process, Ethical considerations in big data analytics.
UNIT II
Data Preprocessing for Big Data
Data cleaning and preprocessing techniques, Handling missing data, Data transformation and normalization,
Dimensionality reduction methods.
UNIT III
Big Data Analysis Techniques
Exploratory data analysis (EDA) on big data, Clustering methods for large datasets, Classification techniques for
big data, Regression analysis on big data, Association rule mining in big data.
UNIT IV
Big Data Visualization and Tools
Principles of data visualization for big data, Visualization tools and libraries for big data, Introduction to
Hadoop and MapReduce, Introduction to Apache Spark for big data processing.
Textbooks:
1. J. Manyika et al., "Big Data: A Revolution That Will Transform How We Live, Work, and Think," Houghton
Mifflin Harcourt, 2012.
2. A. G. Daskalakis, "Big Data Analytics: Methods and Applications," Springer, 2016.

Page 383 of 399
References:
1. T. H. Davenport, "Big Data at Work: Dispelling the Myths, Uncovering the Opportunities," Harvard Business
Review Press, 2014.
2. I. Witten et al., "Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques," Morgan Kaufmann, 2016.
3. T. White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide," O'Reilly Media, 2015.
4. M. Zaharia et al., "Learning Spark: Lightning-Fast Big Data Analysis," O'Reilly Media, 2015.
Paper Code: ITE403P Big Data Analytics Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 384 of 399
Paper Code: ITE407T Paper: Global Optimization Methods L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand optimization and corelate to real world applications
CO 2 Analyze the characteristics different types of functions in optimization.
CO 3 Understand Deterministic Global Optimization Algorithms.
CO 4 Understand various Metaheuristic Global Optimization Algorithms.
CO 1 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
CO 2 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
CO 3 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
CO 4 3 2 2 2 3 - - - - - - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Global Optimization
Overview of optimization, classification of optimization problems, challenges in global optimization, real-world
applications of global optimization methods.
UNIT II
Mathematical Foundations
Convex and non-convex functions, properties of objective functions, constraints in optimization, duality in
optimization.
UNIT III
Deterministic Global Optimization Algorithms
Brute-force methods, branch and bound, branch and cut, interval arithmetic, Lipschitz optimization, DIRECT
algorithm.
UNIT IV
Metaheuristic Global Optimization Algorithms
Genetic algorithms, simulated annealing, particle swarm optimization, ant colony optimization, differential
evolution.
Textbooks:
1. A. R. Conn, K. Scheinberg, and L. N. Vicente, "Introduction to Derivative-Free Optimization," Society for
Industrial and Applied Mathematics, 2009.
3. C. A. Floudas and P. M. Pardalos, "Encyclopedia of Optimization," Springer, 2001.
References:
1. J. C. Spall, "Introduction to Stochastic Search and Optimization: Estimation, Simulation, and Control," John
Wiley & Sons, 2003.

Page 385 of 399
2. M. D. McKay, R. J. Beckman, and W. J. Conover, "A Comparison of Three Methods for Selecting Values of
Input Variables in the Analysis of Output from a Computer Code," Technometrics, vol. 21, no. 2, pp. 239-245,
1979.
3. K. Deb, "Multi-Objective Optimization Using Evolutionary Algorithms," John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
4. S. Kirkpatrick, C. D. Gelatt, and M. P. Vecchi, "Optimization by Simulated Annealing," Science, vol. 220, no.
4598, pp. 671-680, 1983.
5. J. Kennedy and R. C. Eberhart, "Particle Swarm Optimization," Proceedings of IEEE International Conference
on Neural Networks, pp. 1942-1948, 1995.

Page 386 of 399
Paper Code: ITE407P Global Optimization Methods Lab. L T/P C

Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 387 of 399
Paper Code: ITE409T Paper: Expert Systems and Knowledge L T/P C

Representation
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the core concepts of expert systems, knowledge representation, and their real-world
applications.
CO 2 Develop and implement rule-based systems using appropriate knowledge representation
techniques.
CO 3 Create and assess fundamental expert systems tailored to solve specific domain problems.
CO 4 Analyze the challenges and limitations related to knowledge representation and expert system
development.
CO 1 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 2 3 3 2 2 2 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 3 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
CO 4 3 3 2 3 3 - - - 3 2 2 3
UNIT II
Introduction to Expert Systems
Introduction to expert systems, components of expert systems, knowledge engineering processes, expert
system life cycle, comparison with conventional programming.
UNIT II
Knowledge Representation Techniques
Propositional logic, first-order logic, semantic networks, frames, ontologies for effective domain knowledge
representation.
UNIT III
Rule-Based Systems and Inference Engines
Modeling domain knowledge using production rules, rule representation, forward and backward chaining,
conflict resolution strategies, explanation mechanisms within inference engines.
UNIT IV
Expert System Development and Applications
Knowledge acquisition, knowledge verification, validation techniques, practical aspects of expert system
development, user interface design, integration with external data sources.
Textbooks:
1. Jackson, P. (1999). "Introduction to Expert Systems" (3rd ed.). Addison-Wesley.
2. Hayes-Roth, B., Waterman, D. A., & Lenat, D. B. (1983). "Building Expert Systems." Addison-Wesley.

Page 388 of 399
References:
1. Brachman, R. J., & Levesque, H. J. (2004). "Knowledge Representation and Reasoning." Elsevier.
2. Giarratano, J. C., & Riley, G. (2004). "Expert Systems: Principles and Programming" (4th ed.). Course
Technology.
3. Davis, R., Shrobe, H. E., & Szolovits, P. (1993). "What is a Knowledge Representation?" AI Magazine, 14(1),
17-33.
Paper Code: ITE409P Expert Systems and Knowledge Representation Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 389 of 399
Paper Code: ITE411T Paper: Design of Smart Systems L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze and explain the fundamental concepts and components of smart systems.
CO 2 Design and implement smart systems using appropriate sensors, actuators, and communication
interfaces.
CO 3 Develop algorithms for data processing, decision-making, and control in smart systems.
CO 4 Evaluate the ethical, security, and societal implications of deploying smart systems in various
applications.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 1 1 - 3
CO 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 - - 1 2 - 3
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - 1 2 - 3
UNIT I
Introduction to Smart Systems and Components
Introduction to smart systems and their significance; Overview of sensors and transducers in smart systems;
Actuators and their role in smart systems; Microcontrollers and embedded platforms for smart systems;
Communication protocols: UART, SPI, I2C, and wireless options
UNIT II
Sensor Integration and Data Processing
Types of sensors: temperature, humidity, light, motion, etc.; Sensor interfacing techniques with
microcontrollers; Analog and digital signal conditioning; Noise reduction and data filtering methods;
Introduction to data processing algorithms.
UNIT III
Actuator Control and Decision-Making
Actuator control methods and circuits; Feedback control systems in smart systems; Introduction to decision-
making algorithms; Real-time control vs. batch processing; Case study: Smart system control for energy
efficiency
UNIT IV
Communication and Ethical Considerations
Wireless communication protocols: Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, LoRa; Security challenges in smart systems: data
privacy, authentication; Ethical considerations in designing and deploying smart systems; Case study: Smart
healthcare devices and privacy concerns; Future trends in smart systems design
Textbooks:
1. N. P. Mahalik, "Embedded Systems: Architecture, Programming, and Design," CRC Press, 2018.
2. M. Lee, "IoT and Edge Computing for Architects," Packt Publishing, 2019.
References:
1. R. Rajkumar, "Real-Time Systems," MIT Press, 2019.

Page 390 of 399
2. K. Townsend, "Designing Connected Products: UX for the Consumer Internet of Things," O'Reilly Media,
2015.
3. S. McBurney, "Ethics and the Internet of Things," Cambridge University Press, 2020.

Page 391 of 399
Paper Code: ICT413T Paper: Privacy and Security Issues in IoT L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Analyze the privacy implications of different IoT architectures and applications.
CO 2 Evaluate security vulnerabilities in IoT devices, networks, and protocols.
CO 3 Design and propose solutions to enhance privacy in IoT data collection and usage.
CO 4 Apply cryptographic techniques and protocols to secure IoT communication and data storage.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 3 2 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 3 2 2 1 2
UNIT I
Privacy Challenges in IoT
Introduction to IoT and its significance, Types of IoT data and their sensitivity, Privacy risks in IoT data
collection and sharing, Legal and ethical considerations in IoT privacy.
UNIT II
Security Vulnerabilities in IoT Systems
Common security threats in IoT, Unauthorized access and authentication issues, IoT device and firmware
vulnerabilities, Network-level attacks on IoT, Case studies of security breaches in IoT.
UNIT III
Enhancing Privacy in IoT
Privacy-preserving data aggregation and anonymization, User consent and control mechanisms, Role of
encryption in IoT data privacy, Privacy-enhancing technologies for IoT, Privacy impact assessments.
UNIT IV
Securing IoT: Cryptographic Protocols and Best Practices
Fundamentals of cryptography for IoT, Secure key management in IoT, Cryptographic protocols for secure IoT
communication, Securing IoT storage and data integrity, Industry standards and best practices for IoT security.
Textbooks:
1. B. Roman, P. Najera, and J. Lopez, "The Internet of Things: Contiki-Based Privacy Mechanisms and Data
Security," Springer, 2015.
2. R. Roman, J. Zhou, and J. Lopez, "Introduction to Privacy and Security in the Internet of Things," Springer,
2017.

Page 392 of 399
References:
1. D. Gubbi et al., "Internet of Things (IoT): A vision, architectural elements, and future directions," Future
Generation Computer Systems, vol. 29, no. 7, 2013, pp. 1645-1660.
2. K. Renaud and R. K. Baillie, "A survey of risk assessment in the Internet of Things," Journal of Reliable
Intelligent Environments, vol. 1, no. 1, 2015, pp. 1-14.
3. T. Zohar and S. Levy, "Privacy-preserving data collection in IoT networks," IEEE Internet of Things Journal,
vol. 4, no. 5, 2017, pp. 1411-1420.
4. C. Karlof and D. Wagner, "Secure routing in wireless sensor networks: Attacks and countermeasures," Ad
Hoc Networks, vol. 1, no. 2-3, 2003, pp. 293-315.

Page 393 of 399
Paper Code: ITE415T Paper: Real Time Embedded System Programming L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand Real-Time Embedded Systems: Demonstrate a clear understanding of real-time
embedded systems, including their characteristics, challenges, and significance in modern
engineering applications.
CO 2 Program Real-Time Systems: Develop the skills necessary to program real-time embedded systems,
including proficiency in selecting appropriate programming languages, tools, and methodologies for
real-time applications.
CO 3 Design and Implement Real-Time Tasks: Design and implement real-time tasks, including task
scheduling, synchronization, and communication mechanisms, considering the timing constraints
and resource limitations.
CO 4 Analyze and Optimize Performance: Analyze the performance of real-time embedded systems,
identify bottlenecks, and apply optimization techniques to meet timing requirements and enhance
system efficiency.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 1
UNIT I
Introduction to Real-Time Embedded Systems
Concepts of real-time systems, hard vs. soft real-time, timing constraints, importance of predictability.
UNIT II
Real-Time Programming Basics
C/C++ programming for real-time, real-time operating systems (RTOS), debugging and testing real-time code.
UNIT III
Real-Time Task Scheduling and Synchronization
Topics covered: Task scheduling algorithms (Rate Monotonic, Earliest Deadline First), priority inversion, inter-
task communication (semaphores, message queues), avoiding deadlocks.
UNIT IV
Performance Analysis and Optimization
Profiling and benchmarking, latency analysis, optimization strategies (caching, memory management), real-
time debugging tools.
Textbooks:

Page 394 of 399
1. S. S. Saj and G. M. Hughes, Real-Time Embedded Systems Programming: 32-Bit Microcontrollers in C. Wiley-
IEEE Press, 2012.
2. M. Barr, Programming Embedded Systems: With C and GNU Development Tools. O'Reilly Media, 2006.
References:
1. E. A. Lee and S. A. Seshia, Introduction to Embedded Systems: A Cyber-Physical Systems Approach. MIT
Press, 2017.
2. F. Vahid and T. Givargis, Embedded System Design: A Unified Hardware/Software Introduction. Wiley, 2001.
Paper Code: ICT415P Real Time Embedded System Programming Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 395 of 399
Paper Code: ITE417T Paper: Logic Design and Analysis Using Verilog L T/P C
Paper ID: 3 0 3
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand fundamental concepts of digital logic design and apply them to real-world engineering
problems.
CO 2 Demonstrate proficiency in writing and interpreting Verilog code for designing digital circuits.
CO 3 Analyze and optimize digital circuits for performance, area, and power consumption.
CO 4 Design and simulate complex digital systems using Verilog, considering factors such as modularity,
scalability, and reusability.
CO 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Logic Design and Verilog Basics: Number systems and codes; Boolean algebra; Logic gates and
their applications; Introduction to Verilog HDL; Data types and operators in Verilog; Verilog modules and
hierarchical design
UNIT II
Combinational Logic Design and Verilog Implementation: Combinational logic circuits; Design procedure for
combinational circuits; Verilog implementation of combinational circuits; Case studies: Multiplexers, Decoders,
Encoders;
UNIT III
Sequential Logic Design and Verilog Modeling: Sequential logic circuits; Flip-flops and latches; Analysis and
synthesis of sequential circuits; Finite State Machines (FSMs); Verilog modeling of sequential circuits;
UNIT IV
Advanced Topics in Logic Design and System Integration: Timing and hazards in digital circuits; Synchronous
and asynchronous counters; Introduction to system-level design; Designing with memory elements;
Integration of modules into larger systems;
Textbooks:
1. M. Morris Mano and Michael D. Ciletti, "Digital Design", Pearson, 2019.
2. Donald Thomas and Philip R. Moorby, "The Verilog Hardware Description Language", Springer, 2012.
References:
1. Stephen Brown and Zvonko Vranesic, "Fundamentals of Digital Logic with Verilog Design", McGraw-Hill,
2007.
2. Samir Palnitkar, "Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis", Pearson, 2003.
3. John F. Wakerly, "Digital Design Principles and Practices", Pearson, 2019.
4. Thomas L. Floyd and David M. Buchla, "Fundamentals of Digital Logic and Microcomputer Design", Cengage
Learning, 2018.

Page 396 of 399
Paper Code: ITE417P Logic Design and Analysis Using Verilog Lab. L T/P C
Paper ID: - 2 1
Instructions :

Page 397 of 399
Paper Code: ITE421 Paper: Sensors and Actuators L T/P C
Paper ID: 4 0 4
Prerequisite Paper:
Marking Scheme:
CO 1 Understand the fundamental principles of sensors and actuators, and how they are used in
engineering systems.
CO 2 Analyze the characteristics and operational principles of different types of sensors and actuators.
CO 3 Design and select appropriate sensors and actuators for specific engineering applications.
CO 4 Integrate sensors and actuators into systems while considering practical constraints and optimization
strategies.
CO 1 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 2 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
CO 4 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 - 2 1 - 2
UNIT I
Introduction to Sensors and Actuators
Sensor and actuator classification; Sensing mechanisms; Transduction principles; Calibration techniques
Actuation methods
UNIT II
Sensor Technologies and Applications
Resistive sensors; Capacitive sensors; Inductive sensors; Piezoelectric sensors; Optical sensors; Magnetic
sensors; Applications in temperature sensing; Applications in pressure sensing; Applications in proximity
sensing
UNIT III
Actuator Technologies and Control
Electrostatic actuators; Electromagnetic actuators; Piezoelectric actuators; Pneumatic actuators; Open-loop
control; Closed-loop control; Practical considerations in actuator design and control
UNIT IV
Sensor-Actuator Interfaces and System Integration
Signal conditioning; Amplification techniques; Analog-to-digital conversion; Digital communication protocols;
System-level integration of sensors and actuators; Sensor fusion techniques; Case studies of integrated sensor-
actuator systems
Textbooks:
1. R. S. Khandpur, "Handbook of Sensors and Actuators," McGraw-Hill Education, 1989.
2. A. J. Rogers and S. R. P. Silva, "Fundamentals of Sensors for Engineering and Science," 2nd ed., Elsevier,
2018.
References:
1. C. A. Grimes, E. C. Dickey, and M. V. Pishko, "Encyclopedia of Sensors," American Scientific Publishers, 2006.
2. A. B. Lostetter and R. M. White, "Introduction to Sensors and Actuators," Pearson, 2003.

Page 398 of 399
3. N. S. Grewal and A. M. Shur, "Introduction to Sensors for Ranging and Imaging," CRC Press, 2017.
4. B. E. Jones, "Instrumentation and Sensors for the Food Industry," 2nd ed., Woodhead Publishing, 2018.

Page 399 of 399
AICTE Recommended Books for Undergraduate Degree Courses as per Model Curriculum 2018
AICTE RECOMMENDED
LIST OF SUGGESTED BOOKS OF
INDIAN AUTHORS & PUBLISHERS
FOR
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
COURSES
IN
ENGINEERING &
TECHNOLOGY
[FEBRUARY 2018]
ALL INDIA COUNCIL FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION

Nelson Mandela Marg, Vasant Kunj, New Delhi 110 070
www.aicte-india.org
AICTE Suggested Books in Engineering & Technology w.e.f. 2018-19

FIRST YEAR
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE COURSES
BASIC SCIENCE COURSES
List of Recommended Books:
BSC101 – Physics
1. Engineering Physics, Malik and Singh, Tata Mc Graw Hill
2. Engineering Physics, Naidu, Pearson
3. Mechanics, Mathur, S.Chand Publishing
4. Classical Mechanics, Upadhyaya, Himalaya Publishing House
5. Classical Mechanics, G. Aruldhas, PHI
6. Engineering Physics, Gupta & Gaur, Dhanpat Rai
7. Quantum Mechanics, Ajay Ghatak S. Lokanathan, Trinity
8. Quantum Mechanics: A Text Book for undergraduates, Mahesh C Jain, TMH
9. Text Book of Ruantum Mechanics, M. Mathews &Venkatesan, TMH
10. Electromagnetic Theory, Prabir K. Basu & Hrishikesh Dhasmana, AneBooks
11. Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Theory, Khunita, PHI
12. A Text Book of Optics, Avadhanulu, S. Chand
13. Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, TMH
14. Modern Physics for Engineers, S.P. Taneja, R. Chand
15. The Physics of waves and Oscillations, N.K. Bajaj, TMH
BSC102 – Chemistry-I
1. Engineering Chemistry, Satyaprakash & Manisha Agrawal, Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
2. A Text Book of Engg. Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
3. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl&Tuli, S.Chand Publishing
4. Applied Chemistry, Sunita Rattan, Kataria
5. Engineering Chemistry, Baskar, Wiley
6. Engineering Chemistry – I, D. GrourKrishana, Vikas Publishing
7. Laboratory Manual Engg. Chemistry, Anupma Rajput, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
BSC103 – Mathematics – I
1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Chandrika Prasad & Reena Garg, Khanna Book
Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi (ISBN: 9789386173522)
2. Engineering Mathematics for first year, Veerarajan T., Tata McGraw-Hill
3. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Ramana B.V., Tata McGraw
4. Differential Calculus Shanti Narayan & Dr. P.K. Mittal, S.Chand Publishing
5. A Course & Mathematical Analysis (ISBN: 9788121904728), Narayan &Mittal, S.Chand
6. Elements of Mathematical Analysis, R.Agor, (ISBN: 9789382609599)
7. Integral Calculus Shanti Narayan & Dr. P.K. Mittal, (ISBN: 9788121906814), S.Chand
8. A Textbook of Matrices, Narayan &Mittal, (ISBN: 9788121925969), S.Chand
9. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (ISBN: 9788120336094), Sashtry, PHI
10. Engineering Mathematics – I, Reena Garg, Khanna Book Publishing

BSC103 – Mathematics – II
Publishing
2. Higher Engineering Mathematics, Ramana B.V., Tata McGraw Hill
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (ISBN:9788120336094), Sashtry, PHI
ENGINEERING SCIENCE COURSES

ESC101 – Basic Electrical Engineering

1. Basic Electrical Engineering, Ritu Sahdev, (ISBN: 9789386173492), Khanna Book
Publishing
2. Basic Electric Engineering, DP Kothari & Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Basic Electrical Engineering, Mittle & Mittal, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Basic Electric Engineering, DC Kulshrehtra, Tata McGraw Hill
ESC102 – Engineering Graphics and Design

1. Engineering Graphics & Design, Jain, Maheshwary, Gautam, Khanna Publishing House
2. Engineering Drawing, ND Bhat, Charotar Publishing House
3. Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics, Shah, Pearson
4. Textbook on Engineering Drawing, Narayana, Scitech Publishers
5. Engineering Graphics, Agarwal & Agarwal, TMH
ESC103 – Programming for Problem Solving

1. Programming in ANSI in C, E Balaguruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Computer Concepts and Programming in C, R.S. Salaria, Khanna Publishing
3. Let us C, Yashavant P. Kanetkar, BBP Publications, Delhi
HUMANITIES & SOCIAL SCIENCES

ESC104- Workshop Manufacturing Practices

1. Basic Manufacturing Process, Mehta & Gaira, Viva Books
2. Elements of Workshop Technology, Hajra & Choudhary, Media Promotors
3. Workshop Practices, HS Bawa, Tata Mc Graw Hill
4. Manufacturing Technology, Vol.1,2 and 3, PN Rao, TMH
HSMC101 – English
1. Technical Communication, Meenakshi Raman & Sangeeta Sharma, Oxford University
Press
2. Effective Communication Skills, Kulbushan Kumar, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
3. Communication Skills, Pushplata, Sanjay Kumar, Oxford University Press

CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER – III (SECOND YEAR)
ESC202 – Basic Electronics

1. Basic Electronics, Santiram Kal, Prentice Hall
2. Basic Electronics, BL Thareja, S.Chand Publishing
3. All-in-One Electronics Simplified, A.K. Maini, Khanna Book Publishing
ESC109 – Biology for Engineers

1. Biology for Engineers (ISBN: 9781121439931), TMH
ESC203 – Computer Aided Civil Engineering Drawing

1. Civil Engineering Drawing, Sharma & Gurucharan Singh, Standard Publishers
2. A Course in Civil Engineering Drawing, Sikka, S.K. Kataria & Sons
3. Engineering Drawing, Dhanarajay A Jolhe, Tata McGraw Hill
ESC205 – Engineering Mechanics

1. Engineering Mechanics, D.S. Bedi, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi
2. Engineering Mechanics, R. S. Khurmi, S.Chand Publishing
3. A Textbook of Engineering Mechanics, R.K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications
4. Engineering Mechanics, Sharma, Pearson
ESC212 – Energy Science & Engineering

1. Energy Technology, OP Gupta, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi
2. Energy Engineering & Management, Chakrabarti A, PHI
BSC225 – Life Science

1. Life Sciences, Vol-I, II, Pranav Kumar, Pathfinder Publication
BSC201 – Mathematics – III

1. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Chandrika Prasasd & Reena Garg, Khanna
Publishing
4. Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, S. Chakraborty & B.K. Sarkar, Oxford
HSMC251 – Introduction to Civil Engineering

1. Basic Civil Engineering, Palanichamy, McGraw Hill
2. Basic Civil Engineering, Satheesh Gopi, Pearson Publishers

SEMESTER – IV (SECOND YEAR)
ESC209 – Mechanical Engineering

1. Basic Mechanical Engineering, M.P. Poonia, S.C. Sharma & T.R. Banga, Khanna
Publishing House
2. Basic Mechanical Engineering, G. Shanmugam &S Ravindran, Mc Graw Hill
3. Basic Mechanical Engineering, Pravin Kumar, Pearson
PCC-CE201 – Instrumentation & Sensor Technologies for Civil Engineering

Applications
1. Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation, J.G. Joshi, Khanna Publishing House
2. A Course in Electronics Measurements and Instrumentation, A.K. Sahwney, Dhanpat Rai
PCC-CE202 – Engineering Geology

1. Text Book of Engineering Geology, N. Chenna Kesavulu, Macmillan Publishers
2. Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers, Varghese P.C, PHI
3. Engineering and General Geology, Parbin Singh, SK Kataria & Sons
4. Engineering Geology, Subinoy Gangopadhyay, Oxford University
PCC-CE203 – Disaster Preparedness & Planning

1. Disaster Management, S.C. Sharma, Khanna Publishing House
2. Disaster Management, Ghosh G.K., APH Publishing Corporation
3. Handbook of Disaster Management, Singh B.K., Rajat Publication
4. Disaster Management in India, A.K. Singh, New Royal Book Company
PCC-CE204 – Introduction to Fluid Mechanics

1. Fluid Mechanics, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Books, Delhi
2. Fluid Mechanics, RK Bansal, Laxmi Publications
3. Fluid Mechanics, Modi & Seth, Standard Publishers
4. Fluid Mechanics, Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machines, KR Arora, Standard Publishers
Distributors
PCC-CE205 – Introduction to Solid Mechanics

1. Strength of Materials, D.S. Bedi, Khanna Publishing House
2. Strength of Materials, R Subramanian, Oxford University Press
3. Strength of Materials, RK Bansal, Laxmi Publications
PCC-CE206 – Surveying & Geomatics

1. Advanced Surveying, Madhu & Gobi, Pearson India
2. Geomatics Engineering, Arora & Badjatia, Nem Chand & Co.
3. Surveying Vol.-I, II, III, BC Punamia, Laxmi Publications
4. Surveying, Vol.-I, II, III, K.R. Arora, Standard Book House
PCC-CE206 – Materials, Testing & Evaluation

1. Highway Materials and Pavement, Khanna & Justo, Nemchand & Bros.

MC-CE207– Management – I (Organizational Behaviour)

1. A Textbook of Organizational Behaviour, CB Gupta, S.Chand Publications
2. Organizational Behaviour, LM Prasad, Sutan Chand and Sons
SEMESTER – V (THIRD YEAR)
PCC-CE301 – Mechanics of Materials

1. Structural Analysis, R. Agor, Khanna Publishing House
2. Mechanics of Materials, BC Punmia & A.K. Jain, Laxmi Publications
PCC-CE302 – Hydraulic Engineering

1. Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machines, SS Rattan, Khanna Publishing House
2. Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanics, PN Modi & SM Seth, Standard Book House
3. Fluid Mechanics, Dr K Subramanya, TMH
4. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, CSP Ojha, R Berndtsson & P.N. Chandramouli, Oxford
University
5. Fluid Machinery, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
PCC-CE303 – Structural Engineering

1. Advanced Structural Analysis, A.K. Jain, Nem Chand Bros.
2. Prestressed Concerte, Srikant B. Vanakudre, Khanna Publishing House
3. Design of Prestressed Concrete, Krishnan Raju, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Design of Steel Structures, N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press
5. Reinforced Concrete Vol. II, H.J. Shah, Charotar Publications
6. Structural Analysis, R. Agor, Khanna Publishing House
PCC-CE304 – Geotechnical Engineering

1. Principles of Geotechnical Engineering, Braja Das, Cengage
2. Basic and applied Soil Mechanics, Rajan & Rao, New Age International Publishers
3. Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Arora KR, Standard Publishers
PCC-CE305 – Hydrology & Water Resources Engineering

1. Engineering Hydrology, Subramanayan, McGraw Hill
2. Applied Hydrology, KN Muthreja, McGraw Hill
PCC-CE306 – Environmental Engineering

1. Environmental Engineering, S.C. Sharma, Khanna Publishing House
2. Basic Environmental Engineering, R.C. Gaur, Newage Publications
3. Water Resources Engineering, PN Modi, Standard Publishers
4. Environmental Engineering, Dr. AK Jain (ISBN: 978-93-86173560), Khanna Publishers
5. Irrigation Water Power & Water Resource Engineering, Arora, Standard Publishers
PCC-CE307 – Transportation Engineering

1. Transportation Engineering, L.R. Kadiyali, (ISBN: 978-93-82609-85-8), Khanna Publishing
2. Principles of Transportation Engineering, Chakrobarty, PHI Learning
3. Highway Engineering, Khanna & Justo, Nemchand & Bros.
4. Principles of Transportation Engineering, Partha Chakraborty, PHI Learning

HSMC255 – Professional Practice, Law & Ethics

1. A Foundation Course in Human Values and Professional Ethics, R.R. Gaur, R. Sangal,
G.P. Bagaria, Excel Books, Delhi
2. Professional Ethics and Human Values, Premvir Kapoor, Khanna Book Publishing
MC-1 – Constitution of India

1. Introduction to Constitution of India, D.D. Basu, Lexis Nexus
2. The Constitution of India, PM Bhakshi, Universal Law
SEMESTER – VI (THIRD YEAR)
PCC-CE308 – Construction Engineering & Management

1. Construction Engineering & Management, S.C. Sharma & S.V. Deodhar, Khanna Book
Publishing
2. Construction Project Management, Jha, Pearson
3. Building Construction, Varghese PC, Prentice Hall India
PCC-CE309 – Engineering Economics, Estimation & Costing

1. Estimating and Costing in Civil Engineering, BN Dutta, UBS Publishers
2. Estimating, Costing Specifications & Valuation, M Chakraborty
3. Handbook of Construction Management, Joy PK, , Macmillan
List of Some Other Useful Books:
1. Concrete: Microstructure, Properties & Materials, PK Mehta, Tata McGraw

2. Air Pollution Control Engineering, Keshav Kant, Khanna Publishing House
3. Design of Bridge Structures, T.R. Jagadeesh & M.A. Jayaram, Phi
4. Project Management with CPM /PERT, Punmia, Laxmi Publications
5. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, Sashtry, PHI
6. Basics of Remote Sensing & GIS, S. Kumar, University Sc. Press
7. Theory of Structures, Punmia, Laxmi Publications
8. Civil Engineering Construction Materials, S.K. Sharma, KBP House
9. Ground Improvement Techniques, Purushottam Raj, Tata McGraw Hill
10. Elements of Land/Soil Pollution, O.P. Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
11. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Rangwala, Charotar Publications
12. Harbour, Dock and Tunnel Engineering, Srinivasan, Charotar Publications
13. Airport Engineering, Rangwala, Charotar Publications

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
PCC-EE01 – Electrical Circuit Analysis

1. Networks and Systems, Asfaq Hussain, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
2. Networks and systems, D. Roy Choudhary, New Age International Publishers
3. Problems and Solutions of Electrical Circuit Analysis, R.K. Mehta & A.K. Mal, CBS
Publishers
PCC-EE02 – Analog Electronics

1. Analog Electronics, L.K.Maheshwari, Laxmi Publications
2. Analog Electronics, A.K. Maini, Khanna Publishing House
3. Analog Electronics, I.G.Nagrath, PHI
PCC-EE04 – Electrical Machines - I

1. Electrical Machines-I, GC Garg, (ISBN: 978-93-86173-447), Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
2. Electrical Machines, Kothari & Nagrath, TMH
3. Electrical Machines, Mehta & Mehta, S.Chand Publications

1. Engineering Mechanics, D.S. Bedi, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.
2. Engineering Mechanics, R.S. Khurmi, S.Chand Publishing
PCC-EE07 – Digital Electronics

1. Digital Electronics, A. Anand Kumar, PHI
2. Modern Digital Electronics, R.P. Jain, TMH
3. Digital Electronics, R.Anand Khanna Publishing House
PCC-EE09 – Electrical Machines - II

1. Electrical Machines - II, GC Garg, (ISBN: 978-93-86173-60-7), Khanna Book Publishing,
Delhi
2. The Performance & Design of Alternating Current Machines, Say, CBS Publishers
3. Principle of Electrical Machine Design with Computer Programs, S.K. Sen, Oxford & IBH
PCC-EE11 – Power Electronics

1. Modern Power Electronics, P.C. Sen., Chand & Co.
2. Power Electronics, V.R.Moorthi, Oxford University Press
3. Power Electronics, Muhammad H. Rashid, Pearson

PCC-EE13 – Signals and Systems

1. Signals and Systems, A. Anand Kumar, Phi
2. Signals and Systems, Rishabh Anand, Khanna Book Publishing Co., Delhi
3. Signals and Systems, Tarun Rawat, Oxford University Press
4. Signal Processing and Linear Systems, B.P. Lathi, Oxford University Press
5. Signals and Systems, J. Nagrath, S. N. Sharan, R. Ranjan, S. Kumar, TMH
`
BSC201 – Mathematics - III
Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi

PCC-EE14 – Power Systems – I

1. Modern Power System Analysis, Kothari Nagrath, McGraw Hill Education
2. Power System Operation and Control, S. Sivanagaraju & G. Sreenivasan, Pearson
3. Electrical Power Systems, C.L. Wadhwa, Newage Publishers
PCC-EE16 – Control Systems

1. Control System Engineering, Nagrath & Gopal, Newage Publishers
2. Control Systems, Ambikapathy, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi
PCC-EE17 – Microprocessors
1. Microprocessors, Ramesh Gaonkar, Penram Publications
2. Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, Burchandi, TMH
3. Advanced Microprocessors, AK Gautam, Khanna Publishing House

PCC-EE20 – Power Systems – II

1. Modern Power System Analysis, Kothari & Nagrath, McGraw Hill Education
2. Power System Operation and Control, Sivanagaraju & Sreenivasan, Pearson
3. Electrical Power Systems, C.L. Wadhwa, Newage Publishers
List of Recommended Books for Elective Courses:

1. Electromagnetic Waves, Shevgaonkar, R, McGraw Hill
2. Electrical Power Generation, Transmission and distribution, Singh, PHI
3. Electrical Power Generation, Tanmoy Deb, Khanna Publishers
4. HVDC Power Transmission System, K. R. Padiyar, Wiley
5. Introduction to Fuzzy Logic using MATLAB, S. N. Sivanandam, S. Sumati & S. N. Deepa,
Springer
6. High Voltage Engineering, C.L. Wadhwa, Newage Publishers
7. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB, Sivanandam, TMH
8. Electric Drives, N.K. De & P.K. Sen, PHI
9. Fundamentals of Electrical Drives, Dubey, Narosa Publishing House
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
BSC201 – Physics -II

1. Engineering Physics, Garg & Singh
2. Mechanics, Mathur, S.Chand Publishing
3. Classical Mechanics, Upadhyaya, Himalaya Publishing House
4. Classical Mechanics, G. Aruldhas, PHI
5. Engineering Physics, Gupta & Gaur, Dhanpat Rai
6. Quantum Mechanics, Ajay Ghatak S. Lokanathan, Trinity
7. Quantum Mechanics: A Text Book for undergraduates, Mahesh C Jain, TMH
8. A text Book of Ruantum Mechanics, M. Mathews & K. Venkatesan, TMH
9. Electromagnetic Theory, Prabir K. Basu & Hrishikesh Dhasmana, Ane Books
10. Fundamentals of Electromagnetic Theory, Khunita, PHI
11. A Text Book of Optics, Avadhanulu, S. Chand
12. Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, TMH
13. Modern Physics for Engineers, S.P. Taneja, R. Chand
14. The Physics of waves and Oscillations, N.K. Bajaj, TMH
BSC202 – Mathematics - III

Publishing
ESC201 – Basic Electronics Engineering

1. Basic Electronics, Santiram Kal, Printice Hall
2. Basic Electronics, B.L. Thareja, S.Chand Publishing
3. Basic Electronics, S. Biswas, Khanna Publications

4. Engineering Mechanics, DP Sharma, Pearson
PCC-ME201– Thermodynamics
1. Engineering Thermodynamics, P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill

PCC-ME202– Applied Thermodynamics

1. Engineering Thermodynamics, Nag P.K, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics, PK Nag, Tata McGraw Hill
PCC-ME203– Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines

1. Fluid Mechanics, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
2. Fluid Mechanics, Modi & Seth, Standard Publishers
PCC-ME204– Strength of Materials

1. Strength of Materials, D.S. Bedi, Khanna Publishing, Delhi
2. Strength of Materials, R.K. Rajput, Laxmi Publications
3. Strength of Materials, R. Subramanian, Oxford Publications
PCC-ME205– Materials Engineering

1. Engineering Materials Properties and Selection, Budinski and Budinski, PHI
2. Material Science & Engineering, R. Balasubhramanium, Wiley India
MC - II– Environmental Science

1. Textbook of Environmental Studies, Erach Bharucha, University Press
2. Environmental Studies, MP Poonia & SC Sharma, Khanna Publishing House
3. Environmental Studies, Rajagopalan, Oxford University Press
PCC-ME301– Heat Transfer

1. Fundamental of Heat and Mass Transfer, M.Thirumaleshwar, Pearson
2. Computational Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Murlidhar & Sunder Rajan, Narosa
3. Thermal Engineering, M.L. Mathur & F.S. Mehta, Jain Publications
4. A Course in Heat & Mass Transfer, V.M. Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai & Co.
PCC-ME302– Solid Mechanics

2. Strength of Materials, R Subramanian, Oxford University Press
3. Strength of Materials, RK Bansal, Laxmi Publications
4. Mechanics of Materials, Punmia, Jain and Jain, Laxmi Publications
PCC-ME304– Kinematics & Theory of Machines

1. Theory of Machines, SS Rattan, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Kinematics & Theory of Machines, Sadhu Singh, Pearson

PCC-ME307– Manufacturing Technology

1. Manufacturing Technology, Vol. 1, 2, 3, PN Rao, TMH
2. Manufacturing Technology, RK Rajput, Laxmi Publications
3. Production and Operations Management, S.N.Chary, TMH
PCC-ME308– Design of Machine Elements

1. Machine Design (ISBN: 9789382609575), Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
2. Machine Design Data Book, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishing House
3. Design Data Book, Mahadevan, CBS Publishers & Distributors
4. Introduction to Machine Design, V.B. Bhandhari, McGraw Hill
5. A Textbook of Machine Design, RS Khurmi, S.Chand Publications
SEMESTER – VII (FOURTH YEAR)

PCC-ME401– Automation in Manufacturing

1. Modern Machining Process, Pandey and Shan, TMH
2. Manufacturing Automation Metal Cutting Mechanics, Machine Tool Vibrations, CNC Design,
Yusuf, Cambridge University Press
List of Recommended Books for Other Courses:
Mechatronics
1. A Textbook of Mechatronics, RK Raput, S.Chand Publishing
2. Mechatronics: Principles, Concepts and applications, Mahalik N.P, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Introduction to Mechnotronics, Kuttan, Oxford University
Finite Element Analysis

1. A Text Book of Finite Element Analysis, Seshu, Phi
2. The Finite Element Methods in Engineering, SS Rao, Butterworth
3. An Introduction to Finite Element Methods, J Reddy, Tata McGraw Hill
Power Plant Engineering

1. Power Plant Engineering, P.K. Nag, TMH
2. Power Plant Engineering, S.C. Sharma, Khanna Publications
Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, C.P. Arora, TMH
2. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Publishing House
3. A Course in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Domkundwar, Dhanpat Rai
Machine Drawing
1. Machine Drawing, PS Gill, Katsons
2. Machine Drawing, O.P Jahkar, Amit Mathur, Khanna Publishing House

Gas Turbines
1. Gas Turbines, Ganeshan, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Internal Combustion Engines, Mathur & Sharma, Dhanpat Rai
3. Steam, Gas Turbine and Power Plant Engineering, Yadav, CPH, Allahabad
Total Quality Management

1. Total Quality Management, Poonia & Sharma, Khanna Publishing House
2. Total Quality Management, Gopal, PHI
Engineering Management
1. Engineering Management: Industrial Engineering & Management, SC Sharma, Khanna
Publishing House, Delhi
2. Industrial Engineering & Operations Management, SK Sharma
Automobile Engineering
1. Automotive Engineering, Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers
2. Automobile Mechanics, A.K. Babu & S.C. Sharma, T.R. Banga, Khanna Book
Publishing
3. Automotive Electricals and Electronics, A.K. Babu, Khanna Publishing House
4. A Textbook of Automobile Engineering, R.K. Rajput, Laxmi Publications
Reliability Engineering
1. Reliability Engineering, E. Balaguruswamy, Tata McGaw Hill
2. Reliability Engineering, L.S. Srinath, Affliated East-West Press
3. Industrial Maintenance Management, S.K. Srivastava, S.Chand & Co.
1. Robotics and Control, Mittal & Nagrath, Tata McGraw Hill

2. Robotics Technology, Satyarajan Deb, TMH
3. Practical Non-Destructive Testing, Baldev Raj, T. Jay Kumar, M. Thavasimuthu, Narosa
4. Mechanical Vibrations, S.S. Rao, Addison Wesley Longman
5. Principles and Practice of Management, Prasad, L.M, Sultan Chand
6. Mechanical Vibrations, SS Rao, Pearson
7. Mechanical Vibrations, GK Grover, Nem Chand Bros.
8. Transducers and Instrumentation, V.S. Murthy, PHI
9. Transducers and Instrumentation, Nakra & C.Houdhary, TMH
10. Fundamentals of Industrial Drives, Sarkar, PHI
11. Automotive Engines, A.K. Babu, Khanna Publications
12. Modern Machining Process, Pandey & Shan, Tata McGraw Hill

COMPUTER SCIENCE ENGINEERING

ESC201 – Analog Electronic Circuits

1. Analog Electronics, L.K. Maheshwari, Laxmi Publications
3. Analog Electronics, I.G. Nagrath, PHI
PCC-CS301 – Data Structures & Algorithms

1. Fundamentals of Data Structures, Sartaj Sahni, University Press
2. Data Structures, RS Salaria, Khanna Publishing House
3. Data Structures through C, Yashwant Kanetkar, BPB Publications
4. Expert Data Structures with C++, RB Patel, Khanna Publications
ESC302– Digital Electronics

1. Digital Electronics, A. Anand Kumar, PHI
2. Modern Digital Electronics, R.P. Jain, TMH
3. Digital Electronics, Rishabh Anand, Khanna Publishing House
BSC301 – Mathematics – III

Publishing
PCC-CS401 – Discrete Mathematics

1. Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, Chakraborty & Sarkar, Oxford
2. Discrete Structures, S.B. Singh, Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
3. Discrete Mathematics, T. Veerarajan, Tata McGraw-Hill
PCC-CS402– Computer Organization & Architecture

1. Computer Fundamentals Architecture and Organization, B. Ram, New Age International
2. Computer Organization & Architecture, Rajaraman, PHI Learning
PCC-CS403 – Operating Systems

1. Operating Systems, Ekta Walia, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
2. Operating Systems A Concept-Based Approach, Dhananjay M. Dhamdhere, McGraw Hill

PCC-CS404– Design & Analysis of Algorithms

1. Design & Analysis of Algorithms, S. Sridhar, Oxford
2. Design & Analysis of Algorithms, Sharma, Khanna Publishing House, N.Delhi
HSMC401 – Management – I
1. A Textbook of Organizational Behaviour, CB Gupta, S.Chand Publications
2. Organizational Behaviour, LM Prasad, Sultan Chand and Sons
MC – Environmental Sciences
ESC501 – Signals and Systems

PCC-CS501- Database Management Systems

1. Fundamental of Database Systems, E. Ramez and Navathe, Pearson
2. Database Management Systems, R.P. Mahapatra & Govind Verma, Khanna Publishing
House
3. Database Management Systems, Raghurama Krishan, McGraw Hill
PCC-CS502 - Formal Language & Automata Theory

1. Theory of Computer Science: Automata, Languages and Computation, Mishra, Phi
2. Theory of Computation, RB Patel & Prem Nath, Khanna Publications
PCC-CS503 - Object Oriented Programming

1. Object Oriented Programming with C++, Balaguruswamy, TMH
2. Mastering Object-Oriented Programming with C++, R.S. Salaria, Khanna Book Publishing,
N.Delhi
3. Programming with Java, Balaguruswamy, TMH
4. Object Oriented Programming in C++ and Java, D.Samantha, PHI
5. Internet and Java Programming, Tanweer Alam, Khanna Publishing House
MC- Constitution of India

1. Introduction to Constitution of India, D.D. Basu, Lexis Nexus
2. The Constitution of India, PM Bhakshi, Universal Law


PCC-CS602 - Computer Networks

1. Computer Networks, M. Dave, Cengage
2. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Keshav, Pearson
3. An Integrated Approach to Computer Networks, Bhavneet Sidhu, Khanna Publications
4. Telecommunication Switching System and Networks, Viswanathan, PHI
List of Recommended books for Additional Courses:
Graph Theory
1. Graph Theory, Deo and Narsingh, PHI Publications
2. Combinatorics & Graph Theory, Singh, Khanna Publishing House
Software Engineering
1. A concise introduction to software Engineering, Pankaj Jalote, Springer
2. Software Engineering, Nasib Singh Gill, Khanna Publishing House
3. Software Engineering, K.K. Aggarwal & Yogesh Singh, New Age International
Python Programming
1. Taming Python by Programming, Jeeva Jose, Khanna Publishing House
2. Introduction to Computing and Problem Solving with Python, J. Jose, Khanna Publications
3. Python Programming, Seema Thareja, Pearson
Artificial Intelligence
1. A classical approach to Artificial Intelligence, Munesh Chandra Trivedi, Khanna Publications
2. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning, Chandra S.S. & H.S. Anand, PHI Publications
3. Machine Learning, Rajiv Chopra, Khanna Publishing House
Cryptography & Network Security

1. Cryptography & Network Security, Atul Kahate, McGraw Hill
2. Cryptography & Network Security, V.K. Jain, Khanna Publishing House
Internet of Things
1. Internet of Things, Jeeva Jose, (ISBN: 978-93-86173-591), Khanna Publishing House
2. Internet of Things, Arsheep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti
Software Testing
1. Software Testing, Yogesh Singh, University Press
2. Fundamentals of Software Testing, AB Mathur, Pearson
3. Software Testing Principles and Practices, Chauhan, Oxford University Press
Data Analytics
1. Big Data & Hadoop, V.K. Jain, Khanna Publishing House
2. Big Data Black Book, DT Editorial Services, Wiley India
3. Data Science & Analytics, V.K. Jain, Khanna Publishing House
4. Beginner’s Guide for Data Analysis using R Programming, Jeeva Jose, ISBN: 978-93-
86173454
Numerical Methods
1. Numerical Methods, E.Balaguruswamy, TMH
2. Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, S.S.Sastry, PHI
3. Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, R.S. Salaria, Khanna Publishing House
1. Information Systems Security, Nina Godbole, Wiley

2. Introduction to Embedded Systems, K.V. Shibu, McGraw Hill
3. Introduction to Embedded Systems, Raj Kamal, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Fundamentals of Computers, Ravichandran, Tata McGraw Hill
5. Fundamentals of Computers, Rajaraman, PHI
6. Computer Fundamentals and Programming in C, Nasib Singh Gill, KBP
7. Hacking, Harsh Bothra, Khanna Publishing House
8. Cryptography and Information Security, V. K. Pachghare, PHI Learning
9. Information Security & Cyber Laws, Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
10. Ad hoc Wireless Networks Architectures, C.Siva Ram Murthy, Pearson
11. Multimedia Systems Concepts Standards and Practices, Ramesh, PHI
12. Multimedia and Animation, V.K. Jain
13. Information Theory, R Ash, Dover Science Publications
14. Essentials of Cloud Computing, K. Chandrasekaran
15. Cloud Computing, Pandey & Choudhary

ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

EC01 – Electronic Devices

1. Solid State Electronic Devices, G. Streetman, and S. K. Banerjee, Pearson
2. Semiconductor Physics and Devices, D. Neamen, D. Biswas, McGraw Hill
3. All-in-One Electronic Simplified, A.K. Maini, Khanna Publishing House
EC03 – Digital System Design

1. Modern Digital Electronics, RP Jain, TMH
2. Digital System Design using VHDL, R. Anand, Khanna Publishing House
3. A VHDL Primer, Bhaskar, Pearson
4. A VHDL Synthesis, Bhaskar, Pearson
EC05 – Signals and Systems

EC05 – Network Theory

1. Networks and Systems, Asfaq Hussain, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
2. Circuits and Network, Sudhakar & Shyammohan, Tata McGraw-Hill
3. Networks and systems, D. Roy Choudhary, New Age International Publishers
EC07 – Analog & Digital Communication

1. Analog & Digital Communication, B.P. Lathi, Gupta, Oxford University Press
2. Analog & Digital Communications, Debajani Mitra, TMH
3. Digital Design, Natrajan Ananda, PHI Publications
EC09 – Analog Circuits

1. Analog Electronics, L.K. Maheshwari, Laxmi Publications
3. Analog Electronics, I.G. Nagrath, PHI
EC11 – Microcontrollers
1. R. S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture: Programming and Applications with the
8085/8080A, Penram International Publishing
2. Microprossers and Microcontrollers, Krishna Kant, PHI
3. 8051 Microcontrollers, Rajakamal, TMH

EC13 – Electromagnetic Waves

1. Electromagnetic Fields & Waves, R.L. Yadava, Khanna Publishing House
2. Electromagnetic Waves, R.K. Shevgaonkar, Tata McGraw Hill India
3. Engineering Electromagnetics, Narayana Rao, PHI
EC15 – Computer Architecture

1. Computer Fundamentals Architecture and Organization, B. Ram, New Age
2. Computer Organization & Architecture, Rajaraman, PHI Learning
EC17 – Digital Signal Processing

1. Digital Signal Processing, S. Salivahanan, McGraw Hill
2. Digital Signal Processing, S.K. Mitra, TMH
3. Digital Signal Processing, Ashok Ambardar, Cengage
4. Digital Signal Processing, A. Anand Kumar, PHI

EC19 – Control Systems

1. Control Systems, Gopal, Tata McGraw-Hill
2. Modern Control Engineering, Nagrath & Gopal, New Age International
3. Control Systems, A. Ambikapathy, Khanna Publishing House
EC20 - Computer Networks

1. Computer Networks, M. Dave, Cengage
2. An Integrated Approach to Computer Networks, Bhavneet Sidhu, Khanna Publications
3. Telecommunication Switching System and Networks, Viswanathan, PHI
4. An Engineering Approach to Computer Networking, Keshav, Pearson
ECEL02 – Fiber Optic Communication

1. Integrated Optics, T. Tamir, Springer-Verlag,
2. Nonlinear Fiber Optics, G. Agrawal, Academic Press
3. Fiber optic Communication Systems, G. Agrawal, Wiley India
ECEL05 – Introduction to MEMS

1. Micro and Smart Systems, Ananthasuresh & Gopalkrishnan, Wiley India
2. Microsystem Design, S. D. Senturia, Kluwer Academic Publishers
ECEL07 – Antennas and Propagation

1. Micro Strip Antennas, J. Bahl and P. Bhartia, Artech House
2. Electromagnetic Waves, R.K. Shevgaonkar, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Electromagnetic Waves, R.L. Yadav, Khanna Publishing House

ECEL14 – Power Electronics

1. Modern Power Electronics, P.C. Sen, Chand & Co.
2. Power Electronics, V.R.Moorthi, Oxford University Press.
3. Power Electronics, Muhammad H. Rashid, Pearson
4. Power Electronics, Joseph Vithyalthil, TMH
1. Microwave Circuits, K.C. Gupta, Newage Publishers

2. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Anil Kumar Jain, PHI
3. Fundamentals of Digital Processing, Tamal Bose, Wiley
4. Electronic Product Design, G. Kaduskar and V.B. Baru, Wiley India
5. Information Theory, R.B. Ash, PHI
6. Telecommunication Switching Systems and Networks, T. Viswanathan, PHI
7. Elements of Electronic Navigation Systems, N.S. Nagaraja, Tata McGraw Hill
8. Control in Robotics and Automation, Ghosh, Allied Publishers
9. Robotics Technology, Deb, Wiley India
10. Switchgear & Protection, Haroon Asfaq, Khanna Book Publishing

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER – II (FIRST YEAR)
BS105 – Mathematics – II
Publishing
3. Advanced Engineering Mathematics (978-81-203-3609-4), Sashtry, PHI
4. Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jain & Iyer, Narosa Publications
ESC-GES102 – Thermodynamics - I
1. An Introduction to Thermodynamics, Rao, John Wiley
2. Chemical Technology Volume – I, Pandey, Lion Press
PCC-GES103 – Electrical & Electronics Engineering

1. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Sukhija and Nagsarkar, Oxford
2. Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Kothari & Nagrath, TMH
3. All-in-One Electronics Simplified, A.K. Maini, Khanna Book Publishing Co., Delhi
PCC-CS101 – Material & Energy Balance Computation

1. Basic Principles and Calculations in Chemical Engineering, Himmelblau, Phi
2. Stoichiometry, Bhatt & Vora, TMH
3. Stoichiometry and Process Calculations, Narayanan & Lakshmikutty, PHI
ESC-GES105 – Engineering and Solid Mechanics

1. Mechanics of Materials, Punmia & Jain, Laxmi Publications
3. Strength of Materials (Mechanics of Solid), R.S. Khurmi, S.Chand Publications
BS107 - Chemistry – II
1. Engineering Chemistry, Satyaprakash & Manisha Agrawal, Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
2. A Text Book of Engg. Chemistry, Shashi Chawla, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd.
3. Essentials of Physical Chemistry, Bahl & Tuli, S.Chand Publishing
4. Applied Chemistry, Sunita Rattan, Kataria
5. Engineering Chemistry, Baskar, Wiley
6. Engineering Chemistry – I, D. Grour Krishana, Vikas Publishing
7. Laboratory Manual Engg. Chemistry, Anupma Rajput, Dhanpat Rai & Co.

PC-CS103 - Thermodynamics - II
1. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics, YVC Rao, University Press
PCC-CS104 – Heat Transfer

1. Process Heat Transfer and Chemical Equipment Design, D.C.Sikdar, Khanna Publishing
House
2. Heat Transfer: Principles and Applications, B.K. Dutta, PHI
PCC-CS105 - Mass Transfer – I

1. Principles of Mass Transfer and Separation Processes, B.K. Dutta, PHI
PCC-CS106 - Fluid Mechanics

2. Fluid Mechanics, Sadhu Singh, Khanna Book Publishing
3. Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Som & Biswas, TMH
ESC-GES107 - Material Science

1. Materials Science and Engineering, Raghavan, V, PHI
2. Material Science & Engineering, Upadhyaya, Anshan Publications
3. Testing of Metallic Materials, Suryanarayanan, A.V.K., Tata McGraw
PCC-CS107 - Numerical Methods in Chemical Engineering

1. Numerical Methods for Engineers, Gupta, Newage Publishers
2. Numerical Methods for Engineers with Personal Computer Applications, S.C. Chapra,
McGraw
MC - Environmental Sciences

PCC-CS108 - Chemical Reaction Engineering – I

1. Principles of Chemical Reaction Engineering, Dawande S.D, Central Techno Publications,
Nagpur
2. Chemical Reaction Engineering - I, K A Gavhane, Nirali Prakahan
PCC-CS109 - Mass Transfer – II

1. Principles of Mass Transfer and Separation Processes, B.K. Dutta, PHI
PC-CS1111- Particle & Fluid Particle Processing

1. Unit Operations-I, Fluid Flow & Mechanical Operation, Gavhane, Nirali Prakashan
2. Unit Operations Vol.-I, K. A. Gavhane, Nirali Prakashan
3. Chemical Process Simulation, Husain, Wiley Eastern India

PCC-CS112 - Chemical Reaction Engineering – II

1. Principles of Chemical Reaction Engineering, Dawande S.D, Central Techno Publications,
Nagpur
2. Chemical Reaction Engineering Vol. - II, K. A. Gavhane, Nirali Prakashan
PCC-CS113 – Process Technology & Economics

1. Dryden’s Outlines of Chemical Technology, Rao, Affliated Press
2. Chemical Process Technology, O.P. Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
3. Chemical Project Economics, Mahajani, McMillan
PCC-CS114–Process Control
1. Instrumentation and Process Control, D.C. Sikdar, Khanna Publishing House
2. Instrumentation, Measurement and Analysis, Nakra, TMH
Water Conservation & Management

1. Elements of Water Pollution Control Engineering, OP Gupta, Khanna Publishing House,
Delhi
2. Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering, Rangwala, Charotar Publications
Advanced Separation Process

1. Process Design of Equipments, Dawande, S.D., Central Techno, Nagpur
Environmental Pollution and Control

1. Elements of Environmental Pollution Control, OP Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
2. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, C.S. Rao, Newage Publications
Energy Resources (Conventional & Non-Conventional)

1. Elements of Fuels & Combustion Technology, Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
2. Energy Audit and Management, Teri Press
3. Energy Conservation, Diwan & Dwivedi, Pentagon Press
4. Non-Conventional Energy Resources, Chandra, Khanna Publishing House
Optimization Methods
1. Optimization Techniques, SS Rao, Wiley Eastern India
Petroleum Engineering
1. Elements of Petroleum Refinery Engineering, Gupta, (ISBN: 9789382609728)
2. Outlines of Chemical and Petroleum Engineering, Suryanaryana & Mahto, Khanna
Publishing

METALLURICAL ENGINEERING & MATERIAL SCIENCE

BS201 – Biology
1. Biology for Engineers (ISBN: 9781121439931), TMH
BS203 – Mathematics - III

Publishing
PCC-MM201 – Introduction to Materials Engineering

1. Materials Science and Engineering, Raghavan, V, PHI
2. Material Science & Engineering, Upadhyaya, Anshan Publications
3. Testing of Metallic Materials, Suryanarayanan, A.V.K., Tata McGraw
PCC-MM203 – Phase Transformation

1. Solid State Phase Transformations, V. Raghavan, PHI
ESC201 – Materials Thermodynamics

1. Metallurgical Thermodynamics, S.K. Dutta, S.Chand Publications
2. Essentials of Metallurgical Thermodynamics, R.H. Tupkary, Khanna Publishing House

5. Applied Mechanics and Strength of Materials, Jindal, Galgotias
MC – Environmental Sciences
PCC-MM202 - Mechanical Properties for Materials

1. Engineering Materials, Budinski & Narasimhulu, Pearson
PCC-MM206 - Physical Metallurgy

1. Physical Metallurgy: Principles and Practice, V. Raghavan, PHI Learning

PC-MM208 - Physics of Materials

1. Physics of Materials, Essential concepts of Solid State Physics, Prathap Haridoss, Wiley
India
HSMC202 - Economics for Engineers

1. Sociology & Economics for Engineers, Premvir Kapoor, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
PCC-MM301 - Materials Characterization

1. Materials Characterization, P.K. Maitra, PHI
PCC-MM303 - Environmental Degradation of Materials

1. Elements of Environmental Pollution Control, OP Gupta, Khanna Publishing House
2. Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, C.S. Rao, Newage Publications
ESC401 - Introduction to Instrumentation

1. Instrumentation and Process Control, DC Sikdar, Khanna Publishing House
Energy Materials
Energy Technology, O.P. Gupta, Khanna Book Publishing House, Delhi
Biomaterials
Introduction to Biomaterials, Agrawal & Gopinath, Cambridge University Press
Electronic Materials
Semiconductor Materials, Devices and Fabrication, Swaminathan, Wiley India
Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics

Fatigue of Materials, Suresh, Cambridge India
Failure Analysis
Failure Analysis of Engineering Materials, Ashok Choudhury, McGraw-Hill
Powder Metallurgy
Powder Metallurgy, Upadhyaya & Upadhyaya, Universities Press
Power Metallurgy, Subramanian, PHI

AICTE Recommended Books for Postgraduate Degree Courses as per Model Curriculum 2018
LIST OF SUGGESTED BOOKS OF

INDIAN AUTHORS
FOR
POSTGRADUATE DEGREE COURSES

IN
ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

[May 2018]
ALL INDIA COUNCIL FOR TECHNICAL EDUCATION

Nelson Mandela Marg, Vasant Kunj, New Delhi 110 070
www.aicte-india.org
AICTE Suggested Booksin Engineering & Technology w.e.f. 2018

COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING

SEMESTER -I
S.No. COURSES S.No. LIST OF SUGGESTED BOOKS/ PUBLICATIONS
1 Mathematical 1. K.Trivedi, Probability and Statistics with Reliability, Queuing, and
Foundations for Computer Science Applications, Wiley
Computer 2. V. Balakrishnan, Schaum's Outlines of Combinatorics, TMH
Science
3. Mansih Sharma & Amit Gupta, The Practice of Business Statistics, KPH,
New Delhi
2 Advanced Data 1. E. Balaguruswamy, Data Structures Using C, TMH
Structures 2. R.B. Patel, Expert Data Structures with C++, Khanna Book Publishing
3. Yashwant Kanetkar, Data Structures Through C, BPB
3 Data Science 1. V.K. Jain, Data Science & Analytics, Khanna Book Publishing, New Delhi
2. Dinesh Kumar, Business Analytics, Wiley India
4 Machine 1. V.K. Jain, Machine Learning, Khanna Publishing House

Learning 2. Vinod Chandra S.S., Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning, PHI
3. Rajiv Chopra, Deep Learning
5 Research 1. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for
Methodology and beginners, Sage Publishing
IPR 2. T. Ramappa, Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO, S. Chand
3. Gupta, Business Research Methods, McGraw Hill Education
6 Ethical Hacking 1. Harsh Bothra, Hacking, Khanna Book Publishing, New Delhi
2. Prateek Shukla & Navneet Mehra, The Unrevealed Secrets of Hacking and
Cracking, Unicorn
3. Ankit Fadia, The Unofficial Guide to Ethical Hacking, Laxmi Publications
8 Introduction to 1. M.C.Trivedi, Artificial Intelligence, Khanna Publishing House
Intelligent 2. Rich, Knight, Shivshankar, Artificial Intelligence, TMH
Systems
3. Deepak Khemani, A First Course in Artificial Intelligence, McGraw Hill
9 Distributed 1. Pradeep K. Sinha, Distributed Operating Systems, PHI
Systems 2. Ikvinderpal Singh, Distributed Systems, Khanna Book Publishing
10 Advanced 1. Pandya Raj, Mobile, Personal Communications Systems and Services, PHI
Wireless and 2. Talukdar, Mobile Computing, TMH
Mobile Networks 3. Brijesh K. Gupta, Mobile Computing, Khanna Publications
11 Operating 1. M. Singhal, N.G. Shivratri, Advanced Concept in Operating System,
System Design McGraw Hill Education
2. Ekta Walia, Operating Systems, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.,
Delhi
3. Godbole, Operating Systems, TMH
12 Cluster and Grid 1. Janakiram, Grid Computing Models, TMH
Computing 2. Buyya, High Performance Cluster Computing, Pearson
13 Wireless Access 1. Singal, Wiresless Communications, TMH

Technologies 2. Jaganatham, Principles of Modern Wireless Communications Systems, TMH
14 Smart Sensors 1. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Khanna Publishing House

and Internet of 2. Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, TMH
Things 3. Bahga, Internet of Things, University Press
15 Logic and 1. Saroj Kaushik, Logic and Prolog Programming, New Age International Ltd
Functional
programming
16 Recommender 1. Charu C. Aggarwal, Recommender Systems: The Textbook, Springer

System
SEMESTER-II
17 Soft Computing 1. Sivanandam & Deepa, Principles of Soft Computing, Wiley India
2. S. Rajasekaram & G.A. Vijyalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic
and Genetic Algorithms, PHI
18 Big Data 1. V.K. Jain, Big Data and Hadoop, Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
Analytics 2. Maheshwari, Data Analytics, McGraw
3. V.K. Jain, Data Science and Analytics, Khanna Publications, Delhi
19 Web Analytics 1. Avinash Kaushik, Web Analytics: The Art of Online Accountability, Wiley
and 2. Godbole, Web Technologies, TMH
Development
3. Rajkamal, Internet and Web Technologies, TMH
20 Advance 1. Gajendra Sharma, Design & Analysis of Algorithms, Khanna Book
Algorithms Publishing, New Delhi
2. Udit Agarwal, Algorithms Design and Analysis, Dhanpat Rai
21 Information 1. Monica Borda, Fundamentals in Information Theory and Coding, Springer

Theory & Coding 2. Singh & Sapre, Communication Systems, TMH
3. Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, THM
22 Security 1. Dwivedi, Mobile Application Security, TMH
Assessment and
Risk Analysis
23 Biometrics 1. Anil Jain, Karthik Nanda Kumar, Introduction to Biometric, Springer

2. A. K. Jain, and S. Prabhakar, Handbook of Fingerprint Recognition,
Springer
24 Secure Software 1. Feroz Khan, SMAC: Digital Discipline Building Digital Enterprise, TMH
Design &
2. Rajesh Ray, Enterprise Resource Planning: Text & Cases, TMH
Enterprise
Computing
25 Concurrence, 1. Elmarsi, Navathe, Somayajulu, Gupta, Fundamentals of Database
Parallelism and Systems, Pearson Education

Distributed
System
26 Parallel 1. Pai, Data Structures and Algorithms, TMH
Algorithms 2. Salaria, Data Structures using C, Khanna Publishing House
3. Yashwant Kanitkar, Data Structures Through C, BPB
27 IoT Application 1. Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, TMH
and 2. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Khanna Book Publishing
Communication
3. Bahga, Internet of Things, University Press
Protocol
28 Network Security 1. V.K. Jain, Cryptography and Network Security, Khanna Publishing House
2. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, TMH
29 Advanced 1. Rajiv Chopra, Deep Learning, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
Machine 2. V.K. Jain, Machine Learning, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
Learning
SEMESTER-III
30 Cloud Computing 1. Buyya, Cloud Computing, TMH
2. Janakiram, Grid and Cloud Computing, TMH
31 Distributed 1. Channda Ray, Distributed Database Systems, Pearson

Databases 2. Saheed K. Rahimi, Distributed Database Systems, Wiley India
32 Business 1. Business Analytics, U. Dinesh Kuamr, Wiley India

Analytics 2. Krishnan, Bhambri & Chopra, Business Analytics, Khanna Publications
3. V.K. Jain, Data Science and Analytics, Khanna Publishing House
33 Industrial Safety 1. S.C. Sharma, Industrial Safety, Khanna Book Publishing
2. H. P. Garg, Maintenance Engineering, S. Chand and Company
3. A.K. Gupta , Industrial Safety and Environment, Laxmi Publications
34 Operations 1. J.C. Pant, Introduction to Optimisation: Operations Research, Jain
Research Brothers, Delhi,
2. Pannerselvam, Operations Research, Prentice Hall of India
34 Cost 1. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A. H.

Management of Wheeler publisher
Engineering 2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill
Projects Book Co. Ltd.
3. Rangwala, Estimation, Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing House
35 Composite 1. K.K. Chawla, Composite Materials, Springer

Materials 2. Balasubramaniam, Composite Materials, John Wiley & Sons, Indian Ed.
3. Narula & Narula, Material Science, TMH
36 Waste to Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing
2. Khandelwal, K. C., Mahdi, Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book,
TMH
3. Waste to Resources, TERI Press, New Delhi
37 Data 1. Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining, Pearson
Warehousing & 2. Ikvinderpal Singh, Data Mining & Warehousing, Khanna Publishing House
Mining
38 Web Search & 1. Chakrabarti, Mining the Web, Elsevier India Pvt. Ltd
Information 2. Avinash Kaushik, Web Analytics, Sybex
Retrieval
39 Compiler for HPC 1. Raghavan, Principles of Compiler Design, TMH
2. A.V. Aho, Principles of Compiler Design, Narosa
40 Optimization 1. C.B. Gupta, Optimization Techniques, IK International Publications

Techniques 2. Mohan & Deep, Optimization Techniques, Newage Publications
41 Quantum 1. Singh & Singh, Elements of Quantum Mechanics, S.Chand Publications

Computing 2. C.T. Bhunia, Introduction to Quantum Computing, Newage Publishers
42 DNA Computing 1. Rajagopal, Recombinant DNA & Genetic Engineering, TMH
43 IOT and Smart 1. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Khanna Book Publishing
Cities 2. Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, TMH
3. Bahga, Internet of Things, University Press
44 Emulation and 1. Averill M Law, Simulation Modeling and Analysis, TMH
Simulation
Methodologies

CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER-I
1 Advanced 1. R. Agor, Structural Analysis, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Structural 2. Pandit, G. S. and Gupta S. P., Structural Analysis A Matrix Approach, TMH
Analysis 3. Reddy, Basic Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill India
2 Advanced Solid 1. D.S. Bedi, Strength of Materials, Khanna Book Publishing
Mechanics 2. Ghosh D, Advanced Strength of Materials, New Age International
3. Kazimi, Advanced Mechanics of Solid, McGraw Hill
3 Theory of Thin 1. Chandrashekhara K, Theory of Plates, Universities Press
Plates and Shells 2. Ramaswamy G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shells, CBS
Publishers
4 Theory and 1. Swamy R.N., Blackie, New Concrete Materials, Academic & Professional
Applications of Publishers
Cement 2. S.K. Sharma, Civil Engineering Construction Materials, Khanna Books
Composites
5 Theory of 1. Iyengar, N. G. R., Structural Stability of columns and plates, Eastern West
Structural 2. Ashwini Kumar, Stability Theory of Structures, Allied Publishers
Stability
6 Analytical and 1. Sastry S. S, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI
Numerical 2. RS Salaria, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Khanna Publishing
Methods for
Structural
Engineering
9 Advanced 1. Ojha & Bhunya, Engineering Hydrology, Oxford University Press
Hydrology 2. K. Subramanya, Engineering Hydrology, TMH
10 Advanced Fluid 1. SS Rattan, Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishing House

Mechanics 2. Ojha & Chandaramouli, Fluid Mechanics, Oxford University Press
3. Subramanya, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines: Problems and
Solutions, TMH
11 Fluvial Hydraulics 1. R.J. Garde, History of Fluvial Hydraulics, Newage Publications
12 Hydraulic 1. Singh, B., and Varshney, R.S., Embankment Dam and Engineering,
Structures Nemchand & Bross
13 Systems 1. Rao, S.S., Engineering Optimization, New Age International (P) Ltd.,
Engineering Delhi

14 Water Resources 1. Vedula S. and Mujumdar, P.P., Water Resources Systems, Tata McGraw
Systems 2. O. P. Gupta, Elements of Water Pollution Control Engineering, Khanna
Planning Publishing House
15 Irrigation and 1. Asawa, G.L., Irrigation Engineering, New Age International Publishers
Drainage 2. Majumdar, D.K., Irrigation Water Management, PHI Learning
SEMESTER-II
16 FEM in Structural 1. Singiresu S. Rao, The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Elsevier
Engineering India, Fifth Edition
2. Chandrupatla T. R. and Belegundu A.D., Introduction to Finite Elements
in Engineering, PHI
17 Structural 1. Chopra A. K., Structural Dynamics and Introduction to Earthquake

Dynamics Engineering, Pearson
2. Manish S, Finite Element Methods and Computational Structural
Dynamics, PHI
18 Advanced Steel 1. Subramaniam N., Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press
Design 2. Ramchandra, Design of Steel Structures - Vol. II, Standard Book House,
Delhi
3. Arya A. S., Ajmani J. L., Design of Steel Structures, Nemchand and Bros.
19 Design of 1. Kumar Neeraj Jha, Formwork for Concrete Structures, Tata McGraw Hill
Formwork
20 Design of High 1. Taranath B. S., Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, TMH
Rise Structures 2. Manohar S. N., Tall Chimneys, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company,
21 Design of 1. Narendra Taly, Design of Reinforced Masonry Structures, ICC, 2nd Edition
Masonry
Structures
22 Design of 1. Varghese P. C., Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, PHI Learning
Advanced 2. Krishna Raju N., Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design, CBS Publishers
Concrete
Structures
23 Advanced Design 1. Varghese P. C., Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations, PHI
of Foundations
24 Soil Structure 1. Kurian N. P., Design of Foundation System- Principles & Practices, Narosa
Interaction Publishing
2. Desai C.S., Numerical Methods in Geotechnical Engineering, McGraw Hill
25 Design of 1. Punmia, Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi Publications

Industrial 2. Subramaniam N., Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press
Structures
26 Ground Water 1. O. P. Gupta, Elements of Water Pollution Control Engineering, Khanna

Engineering Publishing House
2. H.M. Raghunath, Ground Water, Newage Publishers
27 Free Surface 1. Choudhary, M.H., Open-Channel Flows, Prentice-Hall

Flows 2. Ranga Raju, K.G., Flow Through Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Saiful Islam, Open Channel Flow, Khanna Book Publishing
28 Computational 1. Chaudhary, H. M., Applied Hydraulic Transient, McGraw Hill India
Methods in Fluid 2. SS Rattan, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Khanna Publications
Mechanics
29 Theory and 1. Ghosh, S.K. and Chandra, A.M., Remote Sensing and GIS, Narosa
Applications of Publishing House
GIS
30 Advanced 1. R.S. Salaria, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Khanna Publishing

Numerical House
Analysis 2. S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, PHI
SEMESTER-III
31 Design of 1. S.B. Vanakudre, Prestressed Concrete, Khanna Books, Delhi
Prestressed 2. Krishnaraju N., Prestressed Concrete, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Concrete
Structures
32 Analytical and 1. Reddy J. N., Mechanics of Laminated Composites Plates and Shells, CRC
Finite Element Press
Analysis of
Laminated
Composite Plates
33 Fracture 1. Suryja Kuamar Maiti, Fracture Mechanics, Cambridge University Press
Mechanics of 2. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill
Concrete
Structures
34 Design of Plates 1. Ramaswamy G. S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs, PHI
and Shells 2. Varghese P. C., Design of Reinforced Concrete Shells & Folded Plate, PHI
35 Business 1. U. Dinesh Kumar, Business Analytics, Wiley India

Analytics 2. Krishnan, Bhambri & Chopra, Business Analytics, Khanna Publishing
House
3. A.K.Gupta, Industrial Safety and Environment, Laxmi Publications
Research Brothers, Delhi

3. Iyer, Operation Research, TMH
38 Cost 1. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A. H.
Management of Wheeler Publisher, Delhi
Engineering 2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill
Projects Book Co. Ltd.
3. Rangwala, Estimation,Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing House
39 Composite 1. K.K. Chawla, Composite Materials, Springer India
Materials 2. Balasubramaniam, Composite Materials, John Wiley & Sons, Indian Ed.
40 Waste to Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing House

2. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book,
TMH
3. Waste to Resources, TERI Press New Delhi
41 Computer 1. Chaudhry M.H., Open-Channel Flow-2nd Edition, Springer Verlag
Methods in 2. Saiful Islam, Open Channel Flow, Khanna Book Publishing
Hydraulics and
Hydrology
42 Stochastic 1. P.J.R. Reddy, Stochastic Hydrology, Laxmi Publications, Delhi
Hydrology

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER-I
1 Advanced Stress 1. Arbind Kumar Singh, Mechanics of Solids, Prentice-Hall of India
Analysis 2. Srinath S L, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, Tata McGraw Hill Education,
New Delhi
3. M. L. Munjal, Noise and Vibration Control, IISc Press, World Scientific
2 Advanced 1. S.S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Pearson
Vibrations and 2. Grover G K, Mechanical Vibrations, Nemchand Publishers, Roorki
Acoustics 3. Sujatha, Vibrations and Acoustics, TMH
3 Advanced 1. Sadhu Singh, Machine Design, Khanna Publishing House, New Delhi
Machine Design 2. Khurmi & Gupta, A Textbook of Machine Design, S.Chand Publications,
New Delhi
3. Bhandari, Introduction to Machine Design, TMH
4 Design for 1. S.S. Rao, Engineering Optimization, Newage Publications
Manufacturing
and Assembly
5 Mathematical 1. J. B. Doshi, Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers, Narosa,
Methods in New Delhi
Engineering 2. Chandrika Prasad, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Book
Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.
3. S. P. Gupta, Statistical Methods, S. Chand & Sons
6 Advanced 1. Rangwala, Engineering Materials, Charotar Publishing House
Engineering 2. Agarwal, Introduction to Engineering Materials, TMH
Materials
7 Mechanics of 1. Bhagwan D. Agarwal, Analysis and Performance of Fiber, Wiley India
Composite 2. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay, Mechanics of Composite Materials and
Materials Structures, University Press
8 Analysis and 1. R.V. Dukkipati, Spatical Mechanism, Narosa Publications

Synthesis of
Mechanisms
9 Thermodynamics 1. Nag, Engineering Thermodynamics, TMH
and Combustion 2. Rao Y.V.C., Postulational and Statistical Thermodynamics, Allied
Publishers India
3. Anil Date, Analytical Combustion, Cambridge India
10 Advanced Fluid 1. S.S. Rattan, Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.
Dynamics 2. Pijush K. Kundu, Ira M Kohen and David R. Dawaling, Fluid Mechanics,
Fifth Edition
11 Nuclear 1. Vaidyananthan, Nuclear Reactor Engineering, S.Chand

Engineering 2. R.K. Singhal, Nuclear eactors, Newage Publications, New Delhi

12 Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Book Publishing House

Conservation 2. A. Chakrabarti, Energy Engineering and Management, PHI
and 3. O.P Jahkar, Energy Conservation in Buildings, Khanna Publications
Management
13 Air Conditioning 1. Sadhu Singh, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Khanna Publishing
System Design House
2. Arora, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH
3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, New Age Publishers
14 Gas Turbines 1. V. Ganesan, Gas Turbines, Tata McGraw Hill
2. R. Yadav, Steam and Gas Turbines and Power Plant Engineering, Central
Publishing House
15 Research 1. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: A Step by Step Guide for

Methodology and Beginners, Sage India
IPR 2. Panneerselvam R., Research Methodology, PHI
3. Srivasatava, Business Research Methodology, TMH
SEMESTER-II
16 Finite Element 1. Chandrupatla & Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in
Method Engineering, PHI
2. S.S. Bhavikati, Finite Element Analysis, Newage Publications
3. Krishnamurthy, Finite Element Analysis, TMH
17 Computer Aided 1. Anil Kumar, Chemical Process Synthesis and Engineering Design, TMH
Design 2. Rao, Computer Aided Manufacturing, TMH
3. O.P. Gupta, Chemical Process Technology, KBP, Delhi
18 Robotics 1. S. Mukherjee, Robotics, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
2. S.K. Saha, Introduction to Robotics, TMH
3. T.C. Manjunath, Fundamentals of Robotics, Nandu Printers and
Publishers Private Limited, Mumbai
19 Fracture 1. Prashant Kumar, Elements of Fracture Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education
Mechanics 2. Surjya Kumar Maiti, Fracture Mechanics: and applications Fundamentals;
Cambridge University Press
3. K Ramesh, Engineering fracture Mechanics, NPTEL
20 Multi-body 1. Nikravesh, P.E., Computer Aided Analysis of Mechanical Systems, PHI
Dynamics
21 Optimization 1. J. S. Arora, Introduction to Optimum Design, McGraw Hill

Techniques in
Design
22 Advanced Heat 1. Gupta and Prakash, Engineering Heat Transfer, New Chand and Bros,
Transfer Roorkee
2. R.C. Sachdeva, Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer,
Wiley Eastern Ltd., India
3. PK Nag, Heat and Mass Transfer, TMH

23 Steam 1. P.K. Nag, Power Plant Engineering, TMH

Engineering 2. Domkundwar, A Course in Power Plant Engineering, Dhanapat Rai
24 Refrigeration 1. P. Chatopadhyay, Boiler Operation Engineering: Questions and Answers,

and Cryogenics Tata McGrawHill
2. Sadhu Singh, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Khanna Publishing
House
3. Arora, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, TMH
25 Design of Heat 1. Ramesh K. Shah, Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, Wiley India
Exchangers
26 Computational 1. Murlidhar and Sundarrajan, Computational Fluid Flow & Heat Transfer,
Fluid Dynamics Narosa Publication
2. Dr. Suhas Patankar, Numerical Methods in Fluid Flow & Heat Transfer,
CRC Press
27 Modelling of IC 1. V. Ganesan, Gas Turbines, Tata McGraw Hill

Engines 2. R. Yadav, Steam and Gas Turbines And Power Plant Engineering, Central
Publishing House
SEMESTER-III
28 Advanced Finite 1. Chandrupatla and Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in
Element Method Engineering, PHI
2. S.S. Bhavikati, Finite Element Analysis, Newage Publications
3. Krishnamurthy, Finite Element Analysis, TMH
29 Advanced 1. O.P. Khanna, Text book of Material Science and Metallurgy, Dhanpat Rai
Metallurgy 2. O.P. Gupta, Objective Type Questions & Answers in Metallurical
Engineering, Khanna Book Publishing

3. A.K.Gupta Industrial Safety and Environment, Laxmi Publications
32 Cost 1. T.S. Grewal, Cost Accounting, S.Chand Publications
Management of 2. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A. H.
Engineering Wheeler publisher
Projects 3. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill
Book Co. Ltd.
Materials 2. Balasubramaniam, Composite Materials, John Wiley & Sons, Indian
edition

34 Waste to Energy 1. A. Chandra, Non-Conventional Energy, Khanna Book Publishing Co. Delhi
2. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing House
3. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand
Book, TMH
35 Design of Solar 1. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Biogas Technology - A Practical
and Wind Hand Book-Vol. I & II, Tata
System 2. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing House
36 Advanced 1. J. B. Doshi, Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers, Narosa,

Mathematical New Delhi
Methods in 2. Chandrika Prasad, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Book
Engineering Publishing Co. (P) Ltd.
3. S. P. Gupta, Statistical Methods, S. Chand & Sons
37 Business 1. U. Dinesh Kumar, Business Analytics, Wiley India
Analytics 2. Krishnan, Bhambri & Chopra, Business Analytics, Khanna Publishing
House

TELECOMMUNICATION & ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER-I
1 Advanced Digital 1. Shaila D. Apte, Advanced Digital Signal Processing, Wiley India
Signal Processing 2. Vijay Madisetti, The Digital Signal Processing Handbook, CRC Press
3. Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, TMH
2 Digital Image and 1. S.Shridhar, Digital Image Processing, Oxford University Press
Video Processing 2. M.C. Trivedi, Digital Image Processing, Khanna Book Publishing House
3 DSP Architecture 1. Venkatraman B. & Bhaskar M., Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,
Programming & Applications, TMH
2. V. Udayashankara, Modern Digital Signal Processing, PHI
3. Jayaraman, Digital Signal Processing, TMH
4 Computer Vision 1. Dictionary of Computer Vision, Wiley
2. Rajiv Chopra, Deep Learning, Khanna Publishing House
3. A.Ravichandran, Computers Today
5 Remote Sensing 1. Chandra, A.M., Remote Sensing and GIS, Ghosh, Narosa Publishing
2. Manugula & Bommakanti, Photogrammetry, GIS & Remote Sensing,
Educreation Publishing
6 Voice and Data 1. Kumar, D. Manjunath and J. Kuri, Communication Networking, Elsevier
Networks India
2. Bhavneet Sidhu, An Integrated approach to Computer Networks,
Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
3. Sanjay Sharma, A course in Computer Networks, Katsons, New Delhi
7 Audio Video 1. Mohammed Ghanbari, Standard Codecs: Image Compression to
Coding & Advanced Video, Institution of Engineering and Technology
Compression 2. Ranjan Bose, Information Theory, Coding and Cryptography, TMH
8 Advanced 1. Nader F. Mir, Computer and Communication Networks, Pearson

Communication 2. ITI Saha Misra, Wireless Communications and Networks, McGraw Hill
Networks
9 Wireless and 1. V.K. Garg, Principles and Applications of GSM, Pearson
Mobile 2. V.K. Garg, IS-95 CDMA and CDMA 2000, Pearson
Communication
10 Wireless Sensor 1. C.S. Raghavendra, K. M. Sivalingam, T. Znati, Editors, Wireless Sensor
Networks Networks, Springer India
2. Misra, Wireless Communication and Netorks, McGraw Hill
11 Optical Networks 1. Rajiv Ramaswami, Sivarajan, Sasaki, Optical Networks, MK, Elsevier
India
2. Siva Ram Murthy, WDM Optical Networks, Pearson
3. Chakrabarti, Optical Fiber Communications, TMH

12 RF and Microwave 1. R.S. Rao, Microwave Engineering, PHI

Circuit Design 2. Das, Microwave Engineering, TMH
13 DSP Architecture 1. Venkatramani B., Bhaskar M., Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,
Programming and Applications, McGraw India
2. M. Sasikumar, D. Shikhare, Ravi Prakash, Introduction to Parallel
Processing, PHI,
3. Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, TMH
14 Microcontrollers 1. Venkatramani B. and Bhaskar M. Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,
and Programming and Applications, Mcgraw Higher Ed
Programmable 2. Nagoorkani, Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, TMH
Digital Signal
Processors
15 Digital Signal and 1. S. K. Mitra, Digital Signal Processing – A Computer based Approach,
Image Processing TMH
2. A. K. Jain, Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall
16 Programming 1. Shibu, Introduction to Embedded Systems, McGraw Hill

Languages for 2. R.B. Patel, Expert Data Structures with C, Khanna Publishing House
Embedded 3. R.S. Salaria, Data Strcutures using C++, Khanna Publishing House
Software
17 VLSI Signal 1. Rishabh Anand, Digital System Design Using VHDL, Khanna Book
Processing Publishing, Delhi
2. Virendra Kumar, Parallel Algorithms and Computation, BPB
18 Parallel Processing 1. V. Rajaraman, L. Sivaram Murthy, Parallel Computers, PHI

2. Virendra Kumar, Parallel Algorithms and Computation, Khanna
Publishing House
19 System Design 1. Karim Yaghmour, Buidling Embedded Linux Systems, Orielly Publishers
with Embedded 2. R. Bhardwaj, Mastering Linux Kernel Development, Packt India
Linux
20 CAD of Digital 1. N.A. Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation,
System Springer India
2. P.P. Sahu, VLSI Design, TMH
SEMESTER-II
21 Pattern 1. Khandelwal, K. C., Mahdi, S. S., Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand
Recognition and Book-Vol. I & II, Tata
Machine Learning 2. M. Narasimha Murty, V. Susheela Devi, Pattern Recognition, Springer
3. Rajiv Chopra, Machine Learning, Khanna Book Publishing, New Delhi
22 Advanced 1. Ikvinderpal Singh, Advanced Computer Organisation Architecture,
Compute Khanna Publishing House
Architecture 2. Rajiv Chopra, Advanced Computer Architecture, S.Chand Publications

23 IOT and 1. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
Applications 2. Vijay Madisetti and Arshdeep Bahga, Internet of Things, VPT
3. Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, First edition, McGraw Hill India
24 Digital Design and 1. Samir Palnitkar, Verilog HDL: A guide to Digital Design and Synthesis,
Verification Prentice Hall
25 Multispectral 1. Pramod K. Varshney, Manoj K. Arora, Advanced Image Processing

Signal Analysis Techniques for Remotely Sensed Hyperspectral Data, Springer India
26 Audio Processing 1. Shaila D. Apte, Speech and audio processing, 2nd Edition, Wiley India
2. Bali & bali, Audio Video Systems, Khanna Publishing House
27 Biomedical Signal 1. D C Reddy, Biomedical Signal Processing, McGraw Hill

Processing 2. R.M. Rangayyan, Biomedical Signal Analysis, Wiley India
28 Antennas and 1. I.J.Bhal and P.Bhartia, Micro-strip antennas, Artech House

Radiating Systems 2. T. K. Sarkar, Smart Antennas, Wiley
29 Advanced Digital 1. Shaila D. Apte, Advanced Digital Signal Processing, Wiley, India
Signal Processing 2. Salivahanan, Digital Signal Processing, TMH
30 Satellite 1. S. K. Raman, Fundamentals of Satellite Communication, Pearson

Communication 2. Pritchard, Satellite Communications, Pearson
31 Internet of Things 1. Jeeva Jose, Internet of Things, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
2. Raj Kamal, Internet of Things, First edition, McGraw Hill
3. A Bahaga, V. Madisetti, Internet of Things- Hands on approach, VPT
32 Voice and Data 1. Bhavneet Sidhu, An Integrated approach to Computer Networks,
Networks Khanna Book Publishing
2. Vijay Ahuja, Design and Analysis of Computer Communication
Networks, McGraw Hill
33 MIMO System 1. R.S. Kshetrimayum, Fundamentals of MIMO Wireless Communications,

Cambridge University Press
34 Programmable 1. Vivek Tiwari, SDN and OpenFlow for Beginners, Kindle Edition
Networks – SDN,
NFV

35 Analog and Digital 1. P Rabaey, A P Chandrakasan, B Nikolic, Digital Integrated Circuits: A

CMOS VLSI Design, PHI
Design
36 VLSI Design 1. Vijay Ahuja, Communications Network Design and Analysis of Computer
Verification and Communication Networks, McGraw Hill
Testing 2. Bhavneet Sidhu, An Integrated approach to Computer Networks,
Khanna Book Publishing
37 Memory 1. Ashok K Sharma, Advanced Semiconductor Memories: Architectures,
Technologies Designs and Applications, Wiley India
38 SoC Design 1. P Mishra and N Dutt, Processor Description Languages, Morgan

Kaufmann
39 Low Power VLSI 1. Kaushik Roy, Sharat C.Prasad, Low Power CMOS VLSI Design, Wiley
Design India
2. P. Rashinkar & Singh, Low Power Design Methodologies
40 Network Security 1. V.K. Jain, Crptography and Network Security, Khanna Book Publishing
and Cryptography 2. Atul Kahate, Crptography and Network Security, McGraw Hill
41 Physical Design 1. N.A. Sherwani, Algorithms for VLSI Physical Design Automation,
Automation Springer India
2. V.K. Jain, Cryptography and Network Security, Khanna Book Publishing
3. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, McGraw Hill India
SEMESTER-III
42 Artificial 1. M.C. Trivedi, Artificial Intelligence, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Intelligence 2. P.Joshi, P.Kulkarni, Artificial Intelligence: Building Intelligent Systems,
PHI
3. R.B. Mishra, Artificial Intelligence, PHI
43 Optimization 1. J. S. Arora, Introduction to Optimum Design, McGraw Hill India
Techniques
44 Business Analytics 1. U. Dinesh Kumar, Business Analytics, Wiley India

2. Krishnan, Bhambri & Chopra, Business Analytics, Khanna Publishing
House
45 Industrial Safety 1. L.M. Deshmukh, Industrial Safety Management, Tata McGraw Hill
2. S.C. Sharma, Industrial Safety, Khanna Book Publishing


47 Cost Management 1. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A. H.
of Engineering Wheeler Publisher, Delhi
Projects 2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw
3. Rangwala, Estimation, Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing House
Edition
49 Waste to Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing

Book, TMH
3. Waste to Resources, TERI Press New Delhi
50 Pattern 1. Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S., Biogas Technology - A Practical
Recognition and Hand Book-Vol. I & II, TMH
Machine Learning 2. M. Narasimha Murty, V. Susheela Devi, Pattern Recognition, Springer
India
3. Rajiv Chopra, Machine Learning, Khanna Book Publishing, New Delhi
51 Remote Sensing 1. Basudeb Bhatta, Remote Sensing and GIS, Oxford Publications
2. BC Panda, Remote Sensing, Viva Books
52 Communication 1. Vijay Ahuja, Communications Network Design and Analysis of Computer

Network Communication Networks, TMH
2. Bhavneet Sidhu, An Integrated Approach to Computer Networks,
Khanna Publishing House
53 Nano Materials 1. T. Pradeep, A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, TMH

and 2. Murthy, Shankar, Raj, Textbook of Nanosciene and Nanotechnology,
Nanotechnology University Press
54 Disaster 1. S.C. Sharma, Disaster Management, Khanna Publishing

Management 2. R. Nishith, Singh AK, Disaster Management in India, New Royal Co.
3. Mukesh Kapoor, Disaster Management, Saurabh Publishing House

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER-I
1 Electric Drives 1. A.K. Babu, Electric & Hybrid Vehicles, Khanna Publishing House
System 2. R. Krishanan, Electric motor drives modeling, analysis and control, PHI
3. Subrahmanyam, Electric Drives, Concepts and Applications, TMH
2 Modeling and 1. R. Krishnan, Electric Motor & Drives: Modeling, Analysis and Control,
Analysis of PHI
Electrical Machines 2. P.S. Bimbhra, Electrical Machines, Khanna Book Publishing Co., Delhi
3. Vedam Subryamanhyam, Thyristor Control of Electric Drives, Tata
McGraw Hill
3 Advanced Power 1. Rashid, Power Electronics, Prentice Hall India
Electronic Circuits 2. G.K. Dubey & C.R. Kasaravada Power Electronics & Drives, Tata
McGraw Hill
3. PC Sen, Modern Power Electronics, S.Chand Publishing
4 Optimal and 1. A.P. Sage, Optimal and Adaptive Control, PHI
Adaptive Control
5 Power Quality 1. Simmi P Burman and Bipin Singh, Power Quality, S.K.Kataria and Sons
2. S.Chattopadhay, Madhuchanda Mitra, Electric Power Quality, Springer
6 Dynamics of 1. G.C. Garg, Electrical Machines-I, II Khanna Book Publishing Co., New
Electrical Machines Delhi
2. R Krishnan, Electric Motor Drives, Modeling, Analysis, and Control,
Pearson Education
3. Mulukutla Sarma, Electric Machines: Steady-State Theory and Dynamic
Performance CL Engg., Cengage Learning
7 Static VAR 1. Ned Mohan, Power Electronics, John Wiley and Sons
Controllers and 2. JC Das, Power System Harmonics and Passive Filter Design, Wiley
Harmonic Filtering IEEE Press
8 PWM converter 1. Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics: Converters,

and Applications Applications and Design, Wiley
2. Satish Kumar Pedapalli, Pulse Width Modulation: Analysis and
Performance in Multilevel Inverters, De Gruyter Oldenbourg
9 Power 1. Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain, Handbook on Energy Audit and

Semiconductor Environment Management, TERI
Devices & 2. B.Jayant Baliga, Power Semiconductor Devices, Pws Pub Co
Modeling
3. B.J. Baliga, Fundamentals of Power Semiconductor Devices, Springer
10 Research 1. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology, Sage Publishing
Methodology and 2. R. Pannerselvam, Research Methodology, PHI
IPR 3. D.Chawla and N.Sondhi, Research Methodology-Concepts & Cases,
Vikas Publishing House

11 Mathematical 1. Papoulis & Pillai, Probability, Random Variable and Stochastic

Methods in Control Processes, McGraw Hill
2. K.B.Dutta, Mathematical Methods of Science and Engineering: Aided
with MATLAB, Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
12 Non-Linear 1. V.Lakshimnathan, Practical Stability of Non-Linear Systems, World

Systems Scientific
2. Khalil, Non-Linear Systems, Pearson
13 Robotics and 1. S. Mukherjee, Robotics, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New Delhi
Automation 2. Ghosh, Control in Robotics and Automation: Sensor Based Integration,
Allied Publishers
3. K.Goyal and D.Bhandari, Industrial Automation and Robotics,
S.K.Kataria and Sons
14 Digital Control 1. Gopal, Digital Control and State Variable Methods, McGraw Higher Ed
2. A. Ambikapathy, Control Systems, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
3. V.I. Goerge, Digital Control Systems, Cengage
15 Non-Linear 1. Khalil, Non-Linear Control, Pearson
CONTROL 2. B.N. Sarkar, Advanced Control Systems, PHI
3. Gopal, Control Systems, TMH
17 SCADA system and 1. Rajesh Mehra, PLCs and SCADA: Theory & Practice, Laxmi Publications
Applications 2. Bisht T k, Scada and Energy Management System, S. Kataria & Sons
18 Renewable Energy 1. Ranjan Rakesh, Kothari D.P, Singal K.C, Renewable Energy Sources
Systems and Emerging Technologies, PHI
2. A. Chandra, Non-Conventional Energy Resources, Khanna Book
Publishing
3. D. Mukherjee, Fundamentals of Renewable Energy, New Age
International Publishers
19 Engineering 1. S.S. Rao, Engineering Optimization, New Age International (P) Ltd.
Optimization 2. A.Ravindran, Engineering Optimization: Methods & Applications, Wiley
20 Power System 1. P.Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw Hill India
Dynamics 2. A.Chakrbarti, Power System Dynamics and Simulation, PHI
21 High Voltage 1. M. S. Naidu, V. Kamaraju, High Voltage Engineering, McGraw-Hill India

Engineering 2. Wadhwa C L., High Voltage Engineering, Wiley Eastern Limited,
NewDelhi
22 Switched Mode 1. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbins, Power Electronics Converters,
Power Control Applications and Design, Wiley
2. S.Manikantla, Switching Power Supply Design and Optimization,
McGrawHill Indian Edition

Semester-II
23 Power Electronic 1. Ned Mohan, Undeland and Robbin, Power Electronics: converters,
Converters Application and design, Wiley
2. M.H.Rashid, Power Electronics, Prentice Hall of India
3. L.Umanand, Power Electronics: Essentials & Applications, Wiley India
24 Digital Control of 1. D.P.Kothari, R.S.Lodhi, Electric Drives, I.K. International Publishing
Power Electronic 2. Dubey, Doradla, Joshi, Thyristorized Power Controllers, Newage
and Drive Systems International Publisher
25 Switched Mode 1. Ned Mohan, Power Electronics, John Wiley and Sons
and Resonant 2. V.Jagganatham, Power Electronics: Devices and Circuits, PHI
Converters
26 Industrial Load 1. I.J.Nagarath and D.P.Kothari, Modern Power System Engineering, Tata
Modeling and McGraw Hill
Control 2. S.R. Paranjothi, Modern Power Systems, Newage Publishers
27 Advanced Digital 1. Sanjit K Mitra, Digital Signal Processing: A computer-based approach,

Signal Processing Tata McGraw
2. Shailaja Apte, Advanced Digital Signal Processing, Wiley India
28 Advanced 1. B.P. Singh, Advanced Microprocessors and Microcontrollers, NewAge

Microcontroller International Publishers.
based Systems 2. D.P.Kothari, S.K.Vasudevan, Analysis of Microcontrollers, Medtech
3. A.K. Gautam, Advanced Microprocessors, Khanna Book Publishing
29 Distributed 1. K. Sukhatme, Solar Energy: Principles of Thermal Collection and
Generation Storage, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Rakesh Ranjan, Kothari, D.P.Singal, Renewable Energy Sources and
Emerging Technologies, PHI
30 Smart Grids 1. A.G.Phadke, Synchronized Phasor Measurement and their Applications,

Springer
2. A.B.M Shawakat Ali, Smart Grids: Opportunities, Developments, and
Trends, Springer
31 Stochastic Filtering 1. Papoulis & Pillai, Probability, Random Variable and Stochastic
and Identification Processes, McGraw Hill
2. D.Roy, G.Vishveshwara Rao, Stochastic Dynamics, Filtering and
Optimization, Cambridge University Press
32 Advance Control 1. M. Gopal, Modern Control System Theory, New Age International (P)
System Limited
2. B.N. Sarkar, Advance Control Systems, PHI
33 Advanced Robotics 1. Mittel & Nagrath, Robotics and Control, TMH

2. S. Mukherjee, Robotics and Automation, Khanna Book Publishing

34 Adaptive Learning 1. H. K. Khalil, Nonlinear Systems, Prentice Hall

and Control 2. S. Sastry and M. Bodson, Adaptive Control, Prentice-Hall
3. K. S. Narendra and A. M. Annaswamy, Stable Adaptive Systems, PHI
35 Advanced DSP 1. Venkatramani B., Bhaskar M., Digital Signal Processors: Architecture,
Programming and Applications, McGraw India
36 Digital Power 1. A.G. Phadke and J. S. Thorp, Computer Relaying for Power Systems,
System Protection Wiley India
2. S.R. Bhide, Digital Power System Protection, PHI
37 Non-Conventional 1. B.H.Khan, Non-Conventional Energy Sources, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Electrical Energy 2. R.K.Rajput, Non-Conventional Energy Sources and Utilisation, S.Chand
Systems 3. A.Chandra, Non-Conventional Energy Resources, Khanna Book
Publishing, New Delhi
38 Artificial 1. M.C. Trivedi, Artificial Intelligence, Khanna Publishing House, Delhi
Intelligence 2. P.Joshi, P.Kulkarni, Artificial Intelligence: Building Intelligent Systems,
Techniques PHI
3. R.B. Mishra, Articificial Intelligence, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
39 Energy Conversion 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing House
Processes 2. Amlan Chakrabarti, Energy Engineering and Management, PHI
3. V.Kadambi, An Introduction to Energy Conversion: Turbomachinery,
Newage Publishers
40 Electric and Hybrid 1. A.K. Babu, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles, Khanna Book Publishing, Delhi
Vehicles 2. Iqbal Husain, Electric and Hybrid Vehicles, CRC Press
Semester-III
41 SCADA Systems 1. Vikrant Vij, PLC & SCADA, Laxmi Publications
and Applications 2. Tanuj Kumar Bisth, Scada and Energy Management System, SK Kataria
& Sons
42 FACTS and 1. R Mohan Mathur, Thyristor Based Facts Control System, Wiley India
Custom Power 2. K.R Padiyar, Facts Control in Power Transmission and Distribution
Devices system, Anshan
43 HVDC 1. K. R. Padiyar, HVDC Power Transmission Systems, Wiley India

2. S Kamakshaiah, V. Kamaraju, HVDC Transmission, Tata McGraw Hill
44 Business Analytics 1. U. Dinesh Kuamr, Business Analytics, Wiley India



3. A.K. Gupta, Industrial Safety and Environment, Laxmi Publications
47 Cost Management 1. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A.
of Engineering H. Wheeler Publisher
Projects 2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw Hill
Book Co. Ltd.
3. Rangwala, Estimation, Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing
House
edition
49 Waste to Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Book Publishing Co., New
Delhi
2. Khandelwal, K.C. Mahdi, S.S., Biogas Technology A Practical Hand
Book-Vol. I & II, TMH
50 Stochastic Control 1. P.R. Kumar, P. Varaiya, Stochastic Systems, PHI

2. G. Visweswara Rao, Stochastic Dynamics, Filtering and Optimization,
Debasish Roy, Cambridge University Press
51 Computational 1. R. B. Bapat, Graphs and Matrices, TRIM Series, Hindustan Book

Methods Agency
2. S.P. Venkateshan , Prasanna Swaminathan , Computational Methods in
Engineering, Ane Books
3. R.S. Salaria, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Khanna
Publishing House
52 Power System 1. L.P. Singh, Advanced Power System Analysis and Dynamics, New Age
Analysis International
2. A.Ambikapathy, Power System Analysis, Khanna Book Publishing Co.,
New Delhi
3. Kothari, Modern Power System Analysis, TMH
53 Power System 1. Indulkar C.S, Power System Transients: A Statistical Approach, PHI
Transients 2. Prabha Kundur, Power System Stability and Control, McGraw Hill
54 Reliability Analysis 1. S.C. Sharma, Reliability Engineering, Khanna Publishing House

and Protection 2. A.K. Gupta, Reliability, Maintenance and Safety Engineering, Laxmi
Publications
3. Manna Alakesh, A Textbook of Reliability and Maintenance
Engineering, I K International

CHEMICAL ENGINNERING
SEMESTER-I
1 Mathematical and 1. Gupta, S.K., Numerical Methods for Engineers, Wiley Eastern, N. Delhi
Statistical
2. R.S. Salaria, Computer Oriented Numerical Methods, Khanna
Methods in
Publishing House
Chemical
Engineering 3. Das, Statistical Methods, Vol.-I, II, TMH
2 Advanced 1. Mihir K. Purkait, Randeep Singh, Membrane Technology in Separation
Separation Science, CRC Press
Processes 2. Kaushik Nath, Membrane Separation Processes, PHI Publications
3 Chemical Reactor 1. L.K. Doraiswamy, Chemical Reaction Engineering: Beyond the

Analysis Fundamentals, CRC Press
4 Industrial 1. O.P. Gupta, Elements of Environmental Pollution Control, Khanna

Pollution Control Book Publishing
2. Rao C.S., Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, Newage
Publishing House
3. Gaikwad & Sapkal, Environmental Engineering, Denett Nagpur
5 Application of 1. H.D.Kumar, Material Science: Nanotechnology and Applications, I.K.
Nanotechnology International Publishing
in Chemical
Engineering
SEMESTER-II
6 Advances in 1. P. A. Ramachandran, Advanced Transport Phenomena: Analysis,
Transport Modeling, and Computations, Cambridge University Press
Phenomena 2. Geankopolis, Transport Processes and Unit Operations, PHI
7 Advanced 1. L.K. Doraiswamy, Chemical Reaction Engineering: Beyond the

Reaction Fundamentals, CRC Press
Engineering 2. K.A. Gavhane, Chemical Reaction Engineering, Vol.-I, II, Nirali
Prakashan
8 Modern concepts 1. D.K. Chakrabarty, Heterogeneous Catalysis, New Age Science

in Catalysis and 2. B. Viswanathan, S. Kannan, R. c. Deka, Catalysts and Surfaces
Surface Characterization Techniques, Narosa Publications
Phenomenon
9 Advanced 1. Sivshankar, Bioseparations: Principles and Techniques, PHI

Downstream Publications
Processes 2. Prasad, Downstream Process Technology: A New Horizon in
Biotechnology, PHI

10 Computational 1. Ranade V.V., Computational Flow Modeling for Chemical Reactor

Fluid Dynamics Engineering, Process Engineering Science, Academic Press
2. Tapas Sen gupta, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Universities Press
11 Bioprocess 1. Goutam Saha, Alok Barua, Satyabroto Sinha, Bioreactors: Animal Cell
Engineering Culture Control for Bioprocess Engineering, CRC Press
2. D. Govardhan Rao, Introduction to Bio Chemical Engineering, Tata
McGraw Hill (India)
12 Phase Transitions 1. Ragahavan V., Material Science and Engineering, PHI

in Process
Equipment
13 Micro and Nano 1. T. Pradeep, A Textbook of Nanoscience and Nonotechnology, TMH
Fluidics 2. Sarit k.Das, Nanofluids, Wiley India
SEMESTER-III
14 Business Analytics 1. U. Dinesh Kumar, Business Analytics, Wiley India
House
15 Industrial Safety 1. L.M. Deshmukh, Industrial Safety Management, Tata McGraw Hill
2. S.C. Sharma, Industrial Safety, Khanna Book Publishing
16 Operations 1. P K Gupta, Operations Research, S.Chand, New Delhi
Research 2. J K Sharma, Operation Research -Theory & Application, Laxmi
Publications
17 Cost Management 1. Ashish K. Bhattacharya, Principles & Practices of Cost Accounting, A.
of Engineering H. Wheeler publisher
Projects 2. N.D. Vohra, Quantitative Techniques in Management, Tata McGraw
3. Rangwala, Estimation Costing and Valuation, Charotar Publishing
House
edition
19 Computer Aided 1. Anil Kumar, Chemical Process Synthesis and Engineering Design, TMH
Design 2. Srinivasa Prakash Regalla, Computer Aided Analysis and Design, I.K
International Publishing
3. Rao, Computer Aided Design, TMH
20 Disaster 1. S.C. Sharma, Disaster Management, Khanna Publishing
Management 2 R. Nishith, Singh AK, Disaster Management in India, New Royal Co.
3. Mukesh Kapoor, Disaster Management, Saraubh Publishing House

21 Process Modelling 1. R W Gaikawad, Dhirendra Process Modelling and Simulation, Denett

and Simulation Publication, Nagpur
2. Amiya K. Jana, Chemical Process Modelling and Computer Simulation,
PHI
22 Waste to Energy 1. O.P. Gupta, Energy Technology, Khanna Publishing House

Book, TMH
3. Waste to Resources, TERI Press, New Delhi
ADDITIONAL BOOKS SUGGESTED FOR AUDIT COURSES

Stress
Management by Madhusudhan Penna, Yoga-The Heart of Living, Kavi Kulguru Kalidas
1 Yoga 1. Sanskrit University, Ramkete, Nagpur
Sanskrit for
Technical Mohan Khedkar, Kalyani Kale Sanskrit for Technical Knowledge, Kavi
2 Knowledge 1. Kulguru Kalidas Sanskrit University, Ramkete, Nagpur
Personality
Development
through Life Kalyani Kale, Masterstrokes for Life, Kavi Kulguru Kalidas Sanskrit
3 Enlightment Skills 1. University, Ramkete, Nagpur

Syllabus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Syllabus

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Syllabus

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Bachelor of Technology / Master of Technology

University School of Information, Communication & Technology at

Guru Gobind Singh Indraprastha University

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

2. First year Scheme and Syllabus approved by AC Subcommittee on 22/11/2021.

4. 2nd year Scheme and Syllabus approved by BoS 10/09/2022

1. Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 40 marks

2. Term end Theory Examinations: 60 marks

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Vision of the School

Mission of the School

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

The marking scheme for all non-NUES papers (theory/practical) to be as:

1. Teachers Continuous Evaluation: 40 marks

2. Term end Theory Examinations: 60 marks

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

1. Engineering Knowledge (PO01): Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

10. Communication (PO10): Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Course / Paper Group Codes:

Programme of study shall mean Bachelor of Technology.

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Group Code Paper L P Credits

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Second Semester Open Elective from the School

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

SYLLABUS OF FIRST YEAR

University School of Information, Communication & Technology at

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: ICT101 Paper: Programming for Problem Solving L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: ICT103 Paper: Electrical Science L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

4. Electrical Engineering by Allan R. Hambley, Prentice-Hall, 2011.

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: ICT105 Paper: Engineering Mechanics L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: HS107 Paper: Communication Skills - l L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: BS109 Paper: Engineering Chemistry - l L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Paper Code: Paper: Basic Engineering Chemistry- I L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: BS111 Paper: Engineering Mathematics – I L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

2. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Larry Turyn, Taylor and Francis, 2014.

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: BS113 Paper: Engineering Physics – I L T/P C

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

Applicable from Batch Admitted in Academic Session 2021-22 Onwards

PaperCode: BS113 Paper: Engineering Physics – I L T/P C